GENERIC AERODROME INSPECTOR HANDBOOK - BAGASOO · GENERIC AERODROME INSPECTOR HANDBOOK ......

354
2 nd Edition: 01 April 2015 i GENERIC AERODROME INSPECTOR HANDBOOK A generic handbook produced for the use of BAG Member States in the establishment and implementation of procedures for the conduct of certification, surveillance, enforcement duties and the training of inspectors. 2 nd Edition: April 2015

Transcript of GENERIC AERODROME INSPECTOR HANDBOOK - BAGASOO · GENERIC AERODROME INSPECTOR HANDBOOK ......

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 i

GENERIC AERODROME INSPECTOR HANDBOOK

A generic handbook produced for the use of BAG Member States in the establishment and implementation of procedures for the conduct of

certification, surveillance, enforcement duties and the training of inspectors.

2nd Edition: April 2015

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 ii

AMENDMENT

Amendment Number

Amendment Date

Details

01 17 February 2014

Part 3, Chapter 2 Section 2.13: Guidance on the review of the Aerodrome Manual was added Part 3, Chapter 2 Section 2.13.1: Procedure for Scope of Operation Change by an Aerodrome Operator was added. Part 4, Chapter 4: Scope of Authorisation was added and includes,

- Currency requirement - progressive delegation of tasks - procedures for the handling of lost, stolen and

damaged credentials/authorisation document - conditions for surrendering credentials/authorisation

document Appendix C6: Aerodrome Certification Checklist was reviewed Appendix C24: Heliport Certification Checklist was added

02 22 May 2014 Part 2, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.1: Part IX of the XCAR was corrected to XCAR Part 14 Part 2, Chapter 1 Section 1.2 B(8).: A sentence relating to payment of certification fee was was deleted as it has been addressed in a succeeding section Part 2, Chapter 1 Section 1.2 C(2).: A note was added for the purpose of clarifying the place of aerodrome development activities in the sequence of activities in the aerodrome certification process Part 2, Chapter 1 Section 1.2 C(3).: A sentence introduced to cross reference the exemption application form in Appendix A8 Part 2, Chapter 1 Section 1.2 C(5): was added Part 2, Chapter 1 Section 1.2 D(1)(v)-(ix) : was added to broaden the scope of physical inspections Part 2, Chapter 1 Section 1.2 D(3): A statement relating to the requirement on insurance cover was added. Part 2, Chapter 1 Section 1.3: An amendment was made to the aerodrome certification process flowchart to further emphasise the inclusion of exemption as part of the certification process. Part 2, Chapter 5Section 5.1(B): A note was added in order to appropriately cross reference the advisory circular on aeronautical study Part 2, Chapter 5Section 5.1(C) (3),(4),(6): ‗Office of the Director, Air Transport‘ was replaced with ‗the department responsible for air transport issues‘ Part 2, Chapter 5Section 5.1(C) (2): ‗Inspector‘ was corrected to ‗aerodrome inspector‘ Part 2, Chapter 5Section 5.2): ‗Office of the Director, Air Transport‘ was replaced with ‗the department responsible for air transport issues‘ in the exemption process flowchart Part 3, Chapter 2Section 2.1 (C)(a)(iii)): „temporary‘ was added

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 iii

Part 3, Chapter 2Section 2.3 (B): ‗Control of Obstacles‘ was added adjacent to the Advisory Circular reference number. The references were renumbered Part 3, Chapter 2Section 2.4 (B): „Visual Aids‘ was added adjacent to the Advisory Circular reference number. Part 3, Chapter 2Section 2.7 (B): An Advisory Circular reference number was deleted. The references were renumbered Part 3, Chapter 2Section 2.8 (C)(3)(b)(ii): The example given on the determination of level of protection of ARFF provided at an aerodrome was deleted Part 3, Chapter 2Section 2.8 (C)(3)(f)(5): The paragraph was amended to emphasis the requirement for ARFF personnel to be equipped with protective clothing Appendix C1- The Index of Checklist ,Item 1: The reference number of the Aerodrome Certification Process checklist was amended Appendix C7,C9-C23: On the last column, ‗N/Awas replaced with Remarks Appendix C22, ARFFChecklist : Question 6 on rescue equipment was amended Appendix C17,Ground Vehicle Operations Checklist : Question 11 and 12 were deleted Appendix C18, Wildlife Hazard Management Checklist : Question 14 was amended, Question 17 was deleted Appendix C19,Obstacle Control Checklist : 4 additional questions were added ;Question 7-10 Appendix C21, Aircraft Fuelling Checklist : Title was amended, defueling was deleted The checklist was amended Appendix C22, Aviation Fuel Storage Facility Checklist : The Checklist was amended Appendix C23, Visual Aids Checklist : Grammar/Spelling corrections were made

03 (2nd

Edition)

01 April 2015 Part 1, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.8: MOAS 14 was corrected to MOAS ; Part XX Aerodrome Certification and Operation was deleted Part 1, Chapter 2 Paragraphs 2.1,2.2 and 2.4: Directorate of Aerodrome Standards and Safety was rewritten as Directorate of Aerodrome Safety and Standards Part 14 was replaced by Part XX where thay appear in the document Part 1, Chapter 2 Paragraphs 2.5.1: The paragraph entitled qualification of Aerodrome Inspectors was deleted since information on this subject is in Part 4-Inspector Training and Qualification Part 4 : Training Coordinator was changed to Office Manager where there they appear in Part 4 ―Flight Standards‖ was Changed to ―DASS‖ were they appear in Part 4 FSG was replaced appropriately where they appear in Part 4 Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.6 (C):

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 iv

On the subject of recurrent training: The frequency of recurrent training was changed from once every year to once every two years Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.6 (D): On the subject of On-The-Job Training : ―Chapter 3 of the Part‖ was given as the document containing detailed procedures for the conduct of OJT in lieu of the ITS OJT Guide Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.7 (B): ―by himself‖ was deleted and replaced with ‗independently‖ Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.7 (E): ―section 1.11 of this document ‖ was corrected to ― section 1.12 of this Chapter‖and replaced with ‗independently‖ Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.7 (F): In the training process flowchart ―Personnel Licensing or Competence Assessment Course ‖ was corrected to ― Competence Assessment Course‖ Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.9 (A): ―Operations and Airworthiness ‖ was corrected to ― Aerodromes‖ Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.10 (B): Under the subject Record Keeping : ―Record Keeping under the ITS ‖ was amended to ― Record Keeping for Aerodrome Inspectors ― The sentence ―A further description and complete instructions for the use of the ITS Training Records are found in the ITS.‖ Part 4, Chapter 1 Paragraph 1.11 (C): Under the Position Description : The number of Inspector Specialties was corrected from ―ten‖ to ―five‖ Part 4, Appendix S4C1-1: In the Aerodrome Inspector Training Profile , two new job tasks entitled ―Legal and Regulatory Documents‖ and ―Aviation Environment‖ were added to the indoctrination category. The formal course ―Aerodrome Certification and Audit Technique‖ was amended to ― Aerodrome Certification ―. The Job Tasks under SMS formal course in the Job Skills category was reduced from 5 to 2 Part 4, Appendix S4C1-2: The appendix which presents template Inspector Position Descriptions was deleted Part 4, Chapter 2 : Course in Indoctrination Category The requirement standard for the new employee orientation course was amended. The course was initially designed to comprise of two parts. The second part which is a 3-month abinitio training was deleted. Course in Certification Category The Aerodrome Certification and Audit Technique Course was amended to Aerodrome Certification Course.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 v

XXXX CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY

AERODROME INSPECTOR HANDBOOK

Date : Edition No

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 vi

APPROVAL

2nd Edition

Approved by

xxxx Date

(Name) Director General

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 vii

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS

No. Date issued

Description Date Entered Entered by

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 viii

FORWARD

The Handbook is designed to provide the (State) Civil Aviation Authority personnel with the necessary policy guidance and standard procedures for the conduct of aerodrome certification, surveillance, compliance and enforcement duties required by Part 14 of (State) Aviation Regulations (XCAR). It is emphasized that all matters pertaining to an inspector‘s duties and responsibilities cannot be covered in this manual. Inspectors are expected to use good judgement in matters where specific guidance has not been given. Comments and recommendations for revision/amendment action to this publication should be forwarded to (Insert Office).

Name Designation (E-mail) (Tel)

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 ix

DISTRIBUTION LIST

COPY NO:

Technical Library MASTER Director Aerodrome Standards and Safety 1 Aerodrome Safety Department Manager 2 Aerodrome Inspectors (1,2,3..) 31,32,33...

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 x

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2ND

EDITION: APRIL 2015AMENDMENT ............................................................................................................................... I

AMENDMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... II

APPROVAL ....................................................................................................................................................................... VI

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS ............................................................................................................................................ VII

FORWARD ..................................................................................................................................................................... VIII

DISTRIBUTION LIST ........................................................................................................................................................... IX

TABLE OF CONTENTS ......................................................................................................................................................... X

PART 1 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1

GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1

CHAPTER 1 ABOUT THIS HANDBOOK ..................................................................................................................................... 2 1.1 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................................................................ 2 1.2 SCOPE OF THE HANDBOOK .................................................................................................................................... 2 1.3 OVERVIEW AND CONCEPT ..................................................................................................................................... 3 1.4 DISTRIBUTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 4 1.5 STANDARDIZATION AND COORDINATION ............................................................................................................. 4 1.6 MANUAL REVISIONS .............................................................................................................................................. 5 1.7 DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................................................................... 5 1.8 ACRONYMS ............................................................................................................................................................ 6

CHAPTER 2 REGULATORY AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF (STATE) CAA .................................................................... 7 2.1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................................... 7 2.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORATE OF AERODROME SAFETY AND STANDARDS ...................... 7 2.3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ................................................................................................................................ 12 2.4 STAFFING REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................... 12 2.5 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF AERODROME INSPECTORS............................................................................ 13

CHAPTER 3 RESPONSIBILITIES OF AERODROME CERTIFICATE HOLDERS .............................................................................. 17 3.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... 17 3.2 REQUIREMENT FOR AERODROME OPERATION ................................................................................................... 17 3.3 AERODROME MANUALS ...................................................................................................................................... 17 3.4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE AERODROME OPERATORS ......................................................................................... 18

PART 2 ............................................................................................................................................................................. 21

AERODROME CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES .................................................................................................................... 21

CHAPTER 1 ISSUANCE OF AERODROME CERTIFICATE .......................................................................................................... 22 1.1 NOTE: ................................................................................................................................................................... 22 1.2 THE PROCESS........................................................................................................................................................ 22 1.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATION PROCESS FLOWCHART .......................................................................................... 26

CHAPTER 2 SURRENDER OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ................................................................................................. 27 2.1 AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER FLOWCHART ......................................................................................... 27 2.2 PROCESSING SURRENDER OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ............................................................................. 28 2.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER CHECKLIST ............................................................................................ 30

CHAPTER 3 TRANSFERING AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ................................................................................................. 31 3.1 TRANSFERING PROCESS FLOWCHART .................................................................................................................. 31 3.2 PROCESSING TRANSFER OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ................................................................................ 32 3.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATE TRANSFER CHECKLIST ............................................................................................... 35

CHAPTER 4 AMENDING AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ...................................................................................................... 36 4.1 AMENDMENT PROCESS FLOWCHART .................................................................................................................. 36 4.2 PROCESSING AMENDMENTS ............................................................................................................................... 37 4.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATE AMENDMENT CHECKLIST ......................................................................................... 39

CHAPTER 5 EXEMPTIONS ..................................................................................................................................................... 42

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 xi

5.1 EXEMPTION PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................................................... 42 5.2 EXEMPTION PROCESS FLOWCHART ..................................................................................................................... 44

PART 3 ............................................................................................................................................................................. 46

CONTINUING SAFETY OVERSIGHT OF AERODROME OPERATORS ..................................................................................... 46

CHAPTER 1 SAFETY AUDIT ACTIVITIES .................................................................................................................................. 47 1.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 47 1.2 SAFETY OVERSIGHT AUDIT .................................................................................................................................. 47 1.3 SCHEDULING AUDITS/INSPECTIONS .................................................................................................................... 49 1.4 THE INSPECTION TEAM ........................................................................................................................................ 49 1.5 THE AERODROME OPERATOR .............................................................................................................................. 51 1.6 AERODROME SAFETY SYSTEM AUDIT .................................................................................................................. 51 1.7 ON-SITE CONDUCT OF AUDITS ............................................................................................................................. 54 1.8 AUDIT INSPECTION REPORTS ............................................................................................................................... 58 1.9 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS .......................................................................................................................................... 58 1.10 AUDIT RECORDS ................................................................................................................................................... 59

CHAPTER 2 GUIDANCE FOR INSPECTION .............................................................................................................................. 61 2.1 EVALUATION OF AERODROME DATA................................................................................................................... 61 2.2 EVALUATION OF AERODROME PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS .............................................................................. 62 2.3 EVALUATION OF OBSTACLES ................................................................................................................................ 65 2.4 EVALUATION OF VISUAL AIDS FOR NAVIGATION................................................................................................. 66 2.5 EVALUATION OF VISUAL AIDS FOR DENOTING OBSTACLES ................................................................................. 69 2.6 EVALUATION OF VISUAL AIDS FOR DENOTING RESTRICTED USE AREA ............................................................... 70 2.7 EVALUATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................ 72 2.8 AERODORME OPERATIONAL SERVICES, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS ........................................................ 73 2.9 EVALUATION OF OPERATIONAL SERVICES- WILD LIFE STRIKE MANAGEMENT ................................................... 81 2.10 EVALUATION OF OPERATIONAL SERVICES- GROUND SERVICING OF AIRCRAFT .................................................. 82 2.11 EVALUATION OF OPERATIONAL SERVICES- GROUND VEHICLE OPERATIONS ...................................................... 83 2.12 AERODROME MAINTENANCE .............................................................................................................................. 85 2.13 AERODROME MANUAL ........................................................................................................................................ 87

CHAPTER 3. RESERVED ......................................................................................................................................................... 98 CHAPTER 4 COMPETENCE OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL .................................................................. 99

4.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................. 99 4.2 METHODS OF ASSESSMENT OF COMPETENCE .................................................................................................... 99 4.3 OUTCOME OF A COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT .................................................................................................... 100 4.4 DEVELOPMENT OF PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................... 101

CHAPTER 5 PARTICIPATION IN SAFETY RELATED ACTIVITIES .............................................................................................. 102 5.1 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................................................ 102 5.2 AERODROME EMERGENCY PLAN (AEP) EXERCISES .................................................................................................. 102 5.3 PRE-DESIGN/PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES/MEETINGS ........................................................................... 102 5.4 FINAL INSPECTION OF COMPLETED PROJECTS .................................................................................................. 102

CHAPTER 6 REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT ......................................................................................................................... 103

PART 4 ........................................................................................................................................................................... 105

INSPECTOR TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION .................................................................................................................. 105

CHAPTER 1. AERODROME INSPECTOR TRAINING SYSTEM (ITS) PROGRAM ....................................................................... 106 1.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................. 106 1.2. INTERNATIONAL OBLIGATIONS .......................................................................................................................... 107 1.3. TRAINING POLICY ............................................................................................................................................... 107 1.4. INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS- NEW HIRE .......................................................................................................... 110 1.5. TRAINING PROFILES ........................................................................................................................................... 111 1.6. TRAINING CATEGORIES ...................................................................................................................................... 112 1.7. TRAINING PROCESS ............................................................................................................................................ 114 1.8. INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS-JOURNEYMAN..................................................................................................... 115

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 xii

1.9. FORMAL COURSE STANDARDS ........................................................................................................................... 116 1.10. RECORD KEEPING ........................................................................................................................................... 117 1.11. POSITION DESCRIPTIONS ............................................................................................................................... 117 1.12. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 118 APPENDIX S4C1-1 AERODROME INSPECTOR TRAINING PROFILE .................................................................................. 120

CHAPTER 2. FORMAL COURSE STANDARDS AND JOB TASK ANALYSIS ............................................................................... 128 2.1. FORMAL COURSE STANDARDS ........................................................................................................................... 128 APPENDIX S4C1-1 COURSEDESCRIPTIONS..................................................................................................................... 128 2.2. JOB TASK ANALYSIS ............................................................................................................................................ 143

CHAPTER 3. ON-THE-JOB TRAINING (OJT) PROGRAM ........................................................................................................ 145 3.1. INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................................. 145 3.2. OJT BASICS ......................................................................................................................................................... 146 3.3. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................................ 149 3.4. OJT SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION......................................................................................................................... 152 3.5. PHASE 1 –PLANNING .......................................................................................................................................... 153 3.6. PHASE 2 - DELIVERY ........................................................................................................................................... 161 3.7. PHASE 3 – EVALUATION ..................................................................................................................................... 168 APPENDIX S4C3-1 OJT INSTRUCTOR LETTER OF AUTHORISATION ................................................................................ 171 APPENDIX S4C3-2 OJT PM LETTER OF AUTHORISATION ................................................................................................ 172 APPENDIX S4C3-3 TRAINING GUIDANCE FOR CONDUCTING OJT ................................................................................. 173 APPENDIX S4C3-4 OJT LESSON PLAN TEMPLATE ........................................................................................................... 181 APPENDIX S4C3-5 OJT EVALUATION QUESTIONS – TRAINEE ........................................................................................ 182 APPENDIX S4C3-6 OJT EVALUATION QUESTIONS – OJT INSTRUCTOR, OJT PM, OFFICE MANAGER ............................. 184

CHAPTER 4. SCOPE OF AUTHORISATION ............................................................................................................................ 185 1. PURPOSE ................................................................................................................................................................ 185 2. BACKGROUND ........................................................................................................................................................ 185 3. PROGRESSIVE DELEGATION ................................................................................................................................... 185 4. CURRENCY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................... 185 5. USE OF CREDENTIALS /AUTHORISATION DOCUMENT ........................................................................................... 186 6. INSPECTOR EXCHANGE PROGRAM (Recurrent Training) ..................................................................................... 186 7. RE-ISSUANCE OF AI CREDENTIALS .......................................................................................................................... 187

CHAPTER 5 ITS TRAINING RECORD ..................................................................................................................................... 188

APPENDICIES ................................................................................................................................................................. 189

APPENDIX A. – FORMS ................................................................................................................................................... 189

APPENDIX A1-APPLICATION FOR AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ....................................................................................... 189 APPENDIX A2-SAMPLE AERODROME CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................................ 191 APPENDIX A3-SAMPLE AERODROME CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER ................................................................................... 195

RESERVED ................................................................................................................................................................. 195 APPENDIX A4-ACTIVITIES OF AERODROME CERTIFICATION AUDIT PROGRAM .................................................................. 196 APPENDIX A6-SUGGESTED AGENDA ITEMS FOR AN OPENING/ENTRY MEETING ............................................................... 200 APPENDIX A7-CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN .......................................................................................................................... 201 APPENDIX A8-EXEMPTION APPLICATION FORM ................................................................................................................ 202

APPENDIX B – LETTERS .................................................................................................................................................. 203

APPENDIX B1-AUDIT NOTIFICATION LETTER TO AERODROME OPERATOR ........................................................................ 203 APPENDIX B2-SAMPLE LETTER FOR GRANT OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ................................................................. 205 APPENDIX B3-SAMPLE LETTER FOR REFUSAL TO GRANT OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ............................................ 206 APPENDIX B4-SAMPLE LETTER FOR CANCELLATION BY SURRENDER ................................................................................. 207 APPENDIX B5-SAMPLE LETTER FOR CONSENT TO TRANSFER AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ............................................ 208 APPENDIX B6-SAMPLE LETTER FOR TRANSFER CONFIRMATION OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE............................. 209 APPENDIX B7-SAMPLE LETTER FOR NON-CONSENT TO TRANSFER AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE .................................. 210 APPENDIX B8-SAMPLE LETTER FOR AMENDMENT OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ...................................................... 211 APPENDIX-B9-NON CONSENT TO AMEND AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE ......................................................................... 212 APPENDIX B10-SAMPLE GRANT OF EXEMPTION ................................................................................................................ 213

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 xiii

APPENDIX B11-EXEMPTION DOCUMENT FORMAT ............................................................................................................ 214 APPENDIX B12-SAMPLE FORMAT EXEMPTION STRUCTURE .............................................................................................. 216 APPENDIX B13-SAMPLE FORMAT FOR EXTENSION OF EXEMPTION .................................................................................. 217 APPENDIX B14-SAMPLE EXEMPTION CANCELLATION ....................................................................................................... 218 APPENDIX B15-THE ASSESSMENT PAPER ........................................................................................................................... 219 APPENDIX B16-STANDARD AUDIT REPORT FORMAT ......................................................................................................... 220

APPENDIX C – CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................................................... 224

APPENDIX C1-INDEX OF CHECKLIST .................................................................................................................................... 224 APPENDIX C2-AERODROME CERTIFICATION PROCESS CHECKLIST ..................................................................................... 225 APPENDIX C3-AERODROME CERTIFICATE AMENDMENT PROCESS CHECKLIST .................................................................. 227 APPENDIX C4-AERODROME CERTIFICATE TRANSFER PROCESS CHECKLIST ........................................................................ 229 APPENDIX C5-AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER PROCESS CHECKLIST ..................................................................... 231 APPENDIX C6-AUDIT CHECKLIST FOR AERODROME CERTIFICATION .................................................................................. 233 APPENDIX C7-CHECKLIST ON REVIEW OF AERODROME MANUAL ..................................................................................... 284 APPENDIX C9-CHECKLIST ON ASSESSMENT OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL COMPETENCE ............... 289 APPENDIX C10-CHECKLIST FOR ASSESSING THE COMPETENCE OF ARFF PERSONNEL ....................................................... 291 APPENDIX C11-CHECKLIST FOR INSPECTION OF AERODROME WORKS ............................................................................. 292 APPENDIX C12-WORK SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST ................................................................................................................. 295 APPENDIX C13-ARFF OPERATIONS CHECKLIST .................................................................................................................. 297 APPENDIX C14-AERODROME EMERGENCY PLAN CHECKLIST ............................................................................................. 302 APPENDIX C15-SURFACE MOVEMENT GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEMS CHECKLIST ................................................... 309 APPENDIX C16-APRON MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST .......................................................................................................... 313 APPENDIX C17-GROUND VEHICLE OPERATIONS CHECKLIST .............................................................................................. 317 APPENDIX C18-WILDLIFE HAZARD MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST .......................................................................................... 319 APPENDIX C19-OBSTACLE CONTROL CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................... 321 APPENDIX C20-RUNWAY FRICTION ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST ............................................................................................ 323 APPENDIX C21-AIRCRAFT FUELLING CHECKLIST ................................................................................................................ 325 APPENDIX C22-AVIATION FUEL STORAGE FACILITY CHECKLIST ......................................................................................... 328 APPENDIX C23-VISUAL AIDS CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................................ 330 APPENDIX C24-HELIPORT CHECKLIST ................................................................................................................................. 333

2

nd Edition: 01 April 2015 1

PART 1 GENERAL

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 2

CHAPTER 1 ABOUT THIS HANDBOOK

1.1 PURPOSE

A. This handbook provides information and guidance to Aerodrome Inspectors (AI) of the (State) Civil Aviation Authority (XCAA), conducting safety oversight functions on aerodrome operations. It provides guidance for Inspectors involved in safety audits of aerodromes. It provides guidance to AI on the procedures to be followed:

(1) for the assessment of aerodrome operator‘s application for the certification of the

aerodrome and recommendation to the Authority, for the issue of aerodrome certificates as required by (Insert regulation reference);

(2) for cancellation of an aerodrome certificate at the request of the aerodrome

operators as per (Insert regulation reference);

(3) for the transfer of an aerodrome certificate at the request of an aerodrome operator as per (Insert regulation reference);

(4) for the amendment of an aerodrome certificate as per (Insert regulation

reference);

B. Additionally, guidance is provided for answering enquiries related to the requirements of these actions.

C. This handbook establishes various actions required to be undertaken by Aerodrome

Inspectors so that aerodrome operations within (State) are maintained in accordance with;

(1) relevant aviation legislation that impacts on safe aerodrome operations, and specifically that which addresses aerodromes;

(2) (Insert Name of CAA Publication containing Aerodrome Standards);

(3) Annex 14 to the Chicago Convention of the International Civil Aviation Organization

(ICAO), Aerodromes Volume I; and

(4) any other directives or publication issued by XCAA, relevant to civil aerodromes.

D. This handbook defines the applicable national regulations and clearly sets out the:

(1) Responsibilities of AI of the Authority; and (2) Standards and procedures AI must follow while conducting safety oversight

functions on aerodrome operator

1.2 SCOPE OF THE HANDBOOK

A. This handbook is part of the XCAA document set. It includes processes, flowcharts, letters, forms and other related support documents to aid AI of the Authority when conducting entry control actions related to aerodrome matters.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 3

B. This handbook contains information for safety audit processes to be adopted for international aerodrome or airport intended for air transport operations.

C. Responsibility for the development, implementation and maintenance of aerodrome

standards rests with the Authority. Specifically designated Aerodrome Inspectors of the Authority are accountable for the ongoing tasks required to ensure that the contents of this handbook are being effectively implemented in order to satisfy the following objectives:

(1) to verify the effective implementation of aerodrome standards; (2) to monitor the level of compliance with the provisions of Part XX of XCAR. (3) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the handbook through the

establishment of legislation, regulations, inspections and audits; (4) to ensure all persons who are assigned aerodrome audit duties or responsibilities

are trained and instructed to carry out such duties; (5) to ensure that violation of standards are investigated; and (6) to review and re-evaluate aerodrome standards and controls immediately following

an act of violation and on a periodic basis.

1.3 OVERVIEW AND CONCEPT A. The system elucidated in this handbook consists of the following basic elements;

(1) Conduct of surveys by the Authority of various aerodromes and other aviation stakeholders to determine aerodrome requirements;

(2) Setting of operational standards by the Authority through the requirement for, and approval of, aerodrome certificate;

(3) Voluntary compliance (internal quality assurance) by the holders of aerodrome certificate;

(4) Surveillance and detection of non conformity with standards, conducted by the Authority;

(5) Investigation and reporting of non compliance by the Authority;

(6) Notification of violations to stated aerodrome operation requirements by the Authority to Aerodrome operators;

(7) Enforcement action by the Authority in case of non compliance with requirements by Aerodrome operators;

(8) Surveillance and detection of non conformity with aerodrome regulatory requirements as applied within (State), conducted by ICAO under the Universal Safety Oversight Audit Programme (USOAP).

B. Part XX XCAR requires the aerodrome operator to develop and submit for approval to the

Authority, an Aerodrome Manual describing in detail the procedures for implementing the

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 4

various standards required of them. The approval of the aerodrome manuals by the Authority designates that the requirements contained within the Manual are the standards that are required to be met by the operator, and are those which the aerodrome certificate/licence holder shall be expected to meet on a consistent basis, and upon which they shall be held accountable, during any audit or inspection conducted bythe Authority.

1.4 DISTRIBUTION

A. This manual is issued as a controlled document. All copies of the manual are numbered and issued in accordance with the distribution list. It is also published and distributed in electronic .pdf format and it is available to all AIs, and to the aviation industry and the interested public.

B. One hardcopy (master document) is available at the central library (or indicate as

appropriate) bearing the original signatures. C. The DASS is responsible for the distribution and control of the manual. Each manager and

inspector will be distributed his own numbered copy of the master document. D. Each person printing sample pages of the controlled document shall discard these pages

after use. If a whole manual is printed it must be stamped ―Uncontrolled copy‖ on the first page on the printed document.

E. All copy holders are responsible for the safe custody and maintenance of their numbered

copy of the manual and to ensure that their working copy reflects the latest revision of the officially posted manual.

1.5 STANDARDIZATION AND COORDINATION

A. The major objective of this manual is to identify and to standardise the functions of AIs position at the (Authority). In addition, it is to provide direction and guidance for all safety related personnel as well as for prospective and current holders of an Aerodrome Certificate (AC). Through the use of this manual, safety personnel are encouraged to make suggestions for revisions. Proposed changes should be coordinated through the Aerodromes Division and presented to the responsible (DASS) for a recommendation of approval to the Director General.

B. Authority to Change this Document. The Director General must approve all changes to

this manual and/or its appendices. C. Direction and Guidance. A deliberate effort has been made to provide sufficient direction

and guidance to standardize the job functions of the AIs and other safety related personnel without unnecessarily restricting the initiative of those personnel and managers. Should inspectors, supervisors, and managers find the direction and guidance of the manual too restrictive or inappropriate for a specific case, a request should be made for permission to deviate from the guidance of the manual.

D. Conflicts with other XCAA documents. The guidance in this manual may be found to be in conflict with that in other XCAA manuals and directives. This situation may arise inadvertently or because it is impractical to revise all documents simultaneously. In such a case, the document with the most recent date should normally be used. Inspectors should refer questions about such conflicts to their managers. Managers are required to take the appropriate action to resolve such questions.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 5

E. Availability of Aerodrome Inspector‟s Manuals and bulletins. This manual is available

to both the Authority‟s personnel and to individuals outside the Authority. AI should advise operators of the availability of XCAA manuals and bulletins. This information is intended to be disseminated by inspectors, upon request, to operators, operators personnel, and other interested persons who may wish to purchase or update manuals.

1.6 MANUAL REVISIONS

A. Responsibility for revision. The DASS is responsible for the development, issue and control of amendments to this manual. Individual manual copy holders indicated on the distribution list are responsible for insertion of all amendments. Individuals at all levels of the Authority and individuals in the aviation industry are encouraged to make suggestions for revisions to this manual.

B. Manual Revision Process. The need for a revision may become evident when a change

occurs in the aviation industry, national and international regulatory bodies, or in the (State) Civil Aviation Regulation or policies of the Authority. After the need for a revision has been identified by any party, that individual should direct the suggestion to the DASS.

C. Review and Notification. All suggestions submitted will be reviewed and considered by

the appropriate policy division.

D. Revision Record System. A Record of Revision form will be used to inform all personnel using this manual of any changes. Within 10 (ten) days of the receipt of an amendment, confirmation will be provided to the remittent that the required amendment action has been accomplished by the return of the amendment control page, signed and dated by the individual amending an issued Inspector Manual:

(1) Each manual issued must show the amendment number and the date, as described in the list of effective pages.

(2) All amendments will be shown in the Record of Amendments. E. List of Effective Pages (LEP). The LEP will be used to ensure the manual is maintained

up-to-date. It will be revised, as needed, whenever the manual is revised. 1.7 DEFINITIONS Aerodrome - A defined area of land or water (including any buildings, installations and equipment) intended to be used either wholly or in part for the arrival, departure and surface movement of aircraft. Aerodrome Certificate - The certificate to operate an aerodrome issued by the Authority subsequent to the acceptance/approval of the aerodrome manualand compliancewithotherrequirementsofPart 14of the XCAA Aerodrome Inspector - Personnel, authorized by the Director General,XCAA to inspect and carry out tests on the aerodrome facilities, services and equipment, inspect aerodrome operators documents and records and verify the aerodrome operator‘s safety management system before the aerodrome certificate is granted or renewed and subsequently, at any other time, for the purpose of ensuring safety and order at the aerodrome. Aerodrome Safety Inspector (ASI) and Aerodrome Inspector (AI) are used interchangeably. These terms have the same meaning wherever they are used in this document on any other document published by the Authority

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 6

Aerodrome Manual – The manual that forms part of the application for an aerodrome certificate pursuant to Part XX of XCARand includes any amendments to the manual accepted by the Authority. Aerodrome Operator - An aerodrome operator in relation to certificated aerodrome is the aerodrome certificate holder. Authority– (State) Civil Aviation Authority 1.8 ACRONYMS

AEP – Aerodrome Emergency Plan AI – Aerodrome Inspector AIP – Aeronautical Information Publication AIS – Aeronautical Information Services Annex 14 – Annex 14 to the Convention on International Civil Aviation DASS – Director Aerodrome Safety and Standards DAT – Director, Air Transport ICAO – International Civil Aviation Organization MOAS– Manual Of Aerodrome Standards (MOAS) – N/A – Not Applicable NOTAM – (Notice to Airman) A notice distributed by means of telecommunication containing

information concerning the establishment, condition or change in any aeronautical facility, service, procedure or hazard, the timely knowledge of which is essential to personnel concerned with flight operations.

XCAA –Civil Aviation Authority

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 7

CHAPTER 2 REGULATORY AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF (STATE) CAA

2.1 INTRODUCTION

A. The primary objective of the Authority, with respect to regulation aerodromes in(Insert State) is to ensure that:

(1) the aerodromes under the jurisdiction of (Insert State) offer a safe operational

environment in accordance with the Convention on International Civil Aviation; and

(2) the obligation of (Insert State) under Article 38 of the Convention to notify ICAO of differences between its national regulations and practices and the International Standards contained in Annex 14, Volume I, is met. It is also recommended that differences between the Recommended Practices contained in the Annex 14 and the State‘s national regulations and practices be notified to ICAO.

B. This handbook contains information for safety audit processes to be adopted for aerodromes intended for air transport operations.

C. The Organisational Chart of the Directorate of Aerodrome Safety and Standards is as follows: (A flow chart showing the Organisational Structure and the relationship between the offices within the top hierarchy from the Director General to the Heads of the Divisions or units under the Directorate of Aerodrome Safety and Standards)

2.2 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORATE OF AERODROME

SAFETY AND STANDARDS

A. The Directorate of Aerodrome Safety and Standards is entrusted with the following responsibilities in the area of aerodrome:

Aerodrome Certification; Notification to AIS and other organisation; Safety audits; Development of Aerodrome Standards; Compliance and Enforcement.

B. Aerodrome Certification

(1) these tasks and responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

(a) receiving, recording, reviewing and processing in cooperation with the Flight

Operations Inspector, the expressions of interest received from an intending applicant for an aerodrome certificate;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 8

(b) receiving, recording, reviewing and processing, in cooperation with the Flight Operations Inspector , the formal application for an aerodrome certificate, including the initial inspection covering the review of the aerodrome manual, on-site verification, inspection and testing of aerodrome particulars, facilities and equipment, including aeronautical studies;

(c) grant or refusal of an aerodrome certificate; (d) receiving, recording, reviewing and processing applications for the transfer of an

aerodrome certificate; (e) grant or refusal of the transfer of an aerodrome certificate; (f) receiving, recording, reviewing and processing applications for the surrender of an

aerodrome certificate; (g) cancelling or suspending an aerodrome certificate; (h) grant of an interim aerodrome certificate; and (i) reviewing the factors requiring the amendment of an aerodrome certificate and

issuing the required amendments.

C. Notifications to Aeronautical Information Services and other Organizations

(1) These tasks and responsibilities include:

(a) notifying aeronautical information services (AIS) of the certified status of an

aerodrome and providing the particulars of the aerodrome described in the aerodrome manual for promulgation by the AIS;

(b) reviewing any amendments to aerodrome manuals and notifying AIS of the changes

to be made in the AIS publications; (c) coordinating with AIS in the review of any notification received from an aerodrome

operator for promulgation by AIS, such as notification of:

(i) inaccuracies in AIS publications; (ii) changes in aerodrome facilities, equipment and level of services planned in

advance; (iii) obstacles, obstructions and hazards; (iv) closure of any part of the manoeuvring area; (v) immediate reduction in the level of service at the aerodrome and any other

conditions that could affect the safety at or near the aerodrome and warrant precautions to be taken; and

(d) coordinating with other agencies and service providers such as aeronautical

information service, air traffic services, designated meteorological authorities, and security.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 9

D. Safety Audits

(1) These tasks and responsibilities include:

(a) periodic or special on-site audits of the aerodrome safety management system

including verification of the aerodrome, and data published in the aeronautical information publication (AIP) and inspection of the aerodrome facilities, equipment and operating procedures; and

(b) review of the aerodrome operator‘s daily audits and special safety audit reports and

actions thereon. Note.— (1) An aerodrome audit programme should operate on the principle that the aerodrome certificate holder’s internal audit programme is of primary importance and that the Authority’s audits are conducted to review and evaluate that programme and, in addition, to independently check and verify the particulars of the aerodrome notified in the AIP, as well as the aerodrome operating procedures, safety measures, facilities and equipment. (2) Periodic inspections are therefore required to ensure that aerodrome certificate holders meet their obligations under the terms of the certificate and the requirements of the approved aerodrome manual. (3) The frequency of inspections may correspond to the class of the aerodrome as categorized by the Authority but at least once in a year. (4) The tasks and responsibilities associated with periodic inspections are described in chapter 2.5.2. These tasks may be carried out in the following phases a) Pre-inspection briefing with aerodrome management, including coordination with air traffic control tower personnel.

(2) Administrative inspection of the aerodrome safety management system, including such

items as:

(a) current NOTAMs; (b) medical and RFF training records; (c) aviation fuel suppliers‘ safety records; (d) fuelling agents‘ certificates and fire safety training records; (e) documentation of the annual review of the aerodrome emergency plan, including

full-scale emergency exercises; and (f) the aerodrome operator‘s records of the safety audits of fixed-base operators,

ground handling agents and other agencies engaged in airside activities.

(3) Movement area inspection including:

(a) the inspection and checking of runways and taxiways in order to ascertain the

condition of pavements, markings, lighting, signs, shoulders, strips and runway end safety areas;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 10

(b) checking for potentially hazardous conditions if construction work is in progress, such as excavations, trenches, stockpiled material, inadequate construction area markings, construction equipment in the movement area and inadequate marking and lighting of temporary thresholds;

(c) checking ground vehicle operations in the movement area to verify that only

authorized vehicles have access to the area and that the required procedures are being followed, the vehicles are properly marked and the drivers know and use the proper communication terminology;

(d) checking that the public is protected against unauthorized entry to the movement

area and against jet or propeller blast; (e) checking for wildlife hazards and wildlife attractants; and (f) checking landing direction indicators and wind direction indicators.

(4) Rescue and fire-fighting including:

(a) the checking of training records; (b) random testing of the knowledge of firefighters; (c) checking that the equipment is in position, is functional and meets the category

requirements; (d) conducting a time response drill; (e) checking the alarm system; and (f) checking and examining proximity suits, other protective clothing and fire-fighting

and rescue tools and supplies in the inventory.

(5) Fuel facilities including the examination of the inspection records by qualified and

authorized personnel, particularly checking that the aerodrome fire-fighting standards

are adequately covered in the inspection checklist, and spot checking, including fuel

sampling, for compliance with the applicable requirements.

(6) Night inspections including the evaluation and checking for compliance with the

standards related to:

(a) runway, taxiway and apron lighting and signage; (b) pavement markings; (c) aerodrome beacons; (d) wind direction indicator lighting; (e) obstacle lighting and the marking; and (f) lighting of construction areas.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 11

(7) Post inspection briefing with the aerodrome management, including the determination

of appropriate enforcement action for non-compliance with the regulations.

E. Other Safety Functions

(1) These tasks and responsibilities include:

(a) a first-hand evaluation of full-scale airport emergency exercises to identify

problems and deficiencies;

(b) the provision of guidance at the design and construction stages of aerodrome projects, particularly complex projects or where there is significant work that may impact compliance with the regulations;

(c) final inspection of completed projects involving complex or significant work to

identify problems or deficiencies that need to be corrected in order to comply with the requirements of the regulations; and

(d) the organization of, and participation in, aerodrome safety seminars and other

training programmes to promote a safety culture.

F. Compliance and Enforcement

Note: Refer to XCAA Enforcement Manual for policies and procedures relating to application of enforcement actions .

These tasks and responsibilities include:

(a) Suspension of an aerodrome certificate, if:

(i) the aerodrome operator‘s safety management system is found to be inadequate; (ii) it is in the interest of operational safety; (iii) all other means for timely correction of the unsafe condition or ensuring safe

aircraft operations have not yielded the required results; (iv) the technical proficiency or qualifications of the aerodrome operator to perform

the duties to meet the critical safety requirements in accordance with the regulations are found inadequate;

(v) the operator resists or is unwilling to take action to correct or mitigate the

condition affecting aviation safety; or (vi) the operator willfully fails to perform an already agreed upon corrective action

and suspension of the certificate is the last resort to avoid unsafe operations in the aerodrome movement area.

(b) Revocation of an aerodrome certificate, if the aerodrome operator:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 12

(i) is incapable or unwilling to carry out corrective action or has committed/repeated serious violations;

(ii) has demonstrated a lack of responsibility, such as deliberate and flagrant acts of

non-compliance or falsification of records jeopardizing aviation safety; or (iii) has made it convincingly clear that the continued operation of the aerodrome

will be detrimental to the public interest.

G. Aerodrome Standards

(1) These general tasks and responsibilities include the following:

(a) reviewing ICAOState letters on the subject of aerodromes, preparing responses

thereto and taking action thereon; (b) developing and continuing to review the national standards and practices for

aerodrome design, operation and maintenance, and engineering specifications; (c) developing and issuing orders, rules, advisory circulars and guidance material

relating to aerodrome standards and practices; (d) reviewing plans and designs for new aerodromes or the further development of, or

modification to, existing aerodromes, submitted to the Authority for approval, to ensure that the requirements of the national regulations, standards and the ICAO SARPs are complied with; and

(e) advising the aerodrome inspectors, as required, on aerodrome standards and

practices.

2.3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

2.4 STAFFING REQUIREMENTS

A. General

(1) Staffing of theDirectorate ofAerodrome Safety and Standards with a sufficient number

of suitable Aerodrome Inspectors, experienced, qualified and capable of accomplishing

the wide range of activities covered in the Aerodrome Inspector Manual is paramount to

the success of the safety oversight programme of the Authority.

(2) AI must not only have the knowledge, experience and qualifications to carry out their

duties in a professionally sound manner, but also possess the personality to win the

respect and confidence of the operators. This would require a reasonable level of tact,

understanding, firmness, impartiality, integrity and an exemplary personal conduct both

in the office and at the operator‘s premises.

B. Authorised Strength of Aerodrome Inspectors

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 13

(1) The number of Aerodrome Inspectors required will be determined by the level of and

the growth of aviation activity in the country. When planning the following year a review

will take place, as required, to determine whether or not there needs to be a change in

the number of Inspectors authorised.

(2) The following guidelines are considered to be the minimum number that is reasonable

for Aerodrome Inspectors to carry out their tasks.

(a) One Aerodrome Inspector per approximately One international aerodromes and

three domestic aerodromes(or amend as appropriate). This is only a rough rule of thumb. Account would also be taken of the aerodrome category and the complexity of the air operations as these would affect the workload.

2.5 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF AERODROME INSPECTORS

2.5.1 Intentionally Left Blank

2.5.2 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF AERODROME INSPECTORS

A. Aerodrome Inspectors will report to the Director, DASS, through the appropriate departmental Head and will be responsible for carrying out the functions described in paragraph 2.2. Adequate on-the-job training should be provided before entrusting the whole spectrum of aerodrome inspection duties to an inspector.

B. The typical duties of Aerodrome Inspectors should include but not be limited to:

(1) verification of the aerodrome data in the aerodrome manual including details of:

(a) the location of the aerodrome; (b) the name and address of the aerodrome operator; (c) the movement area; (d) the runway declared distances available; (e) aeronautical ground lighting; (f) ground services; and (g) notices of special conditions and procedures, if any;

(2) on-site verification and audits of aerodrome operating procedures including:

(a) the overall aerodrome safety management system; (b) the aerodrome emergency plan and periodic aerodrome emergency exercises; (c) rescue and fire-fighting;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 14

(d) inspection and maintenance of aeronautical ground lighting; (e) promulgation of changes to published aerodrome information; (f) the prevention of unauthorized entry to the aerodrome, particularly the movement

area and protection of the public against jet or propeller blast; (g) the operator‘s daily inspection of the aerodrome; (h) the planning and carrying out of aerodrome construction and maintenance work

including compliance with construction safety requirements;

(i) apron management and parking control; (j) the control of vehicles operating on or in the vicinity of the movement area; (k) wildlife hazard management; (l) the monitoring of obstacle limitation surfaces and notification; (m) the removal of disabled aircraft; (n) hazardous materials, including aviation fuel; (o) the protection of radar and navigational aids; and (p) low-visibility operations;

(3) on-site checking and testing of aerodrome facilities and equipment including:

(a) the dimensions and surface conditions of run-ways, taxiways, stopways, runway

end safety areas, runway and taxiway strips, shoulders and aprons; (b) aeronautical ground lighting systems including flight check records; (c) standby power; (d) landing direction indicators and wind direction indicators, aerodrome markings and

markers; (e) guidance signs and warning signs in the movement area; (f) aerodrome maintenance equipment; (g) disabled aircraft removal plan; (h) wildlife control equipment; (i) the presence of obstacles in obstacle limitation surfaces; (j) runway visual range measuring equipment; (k) the presence of dangerous lights;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 15

(l) rescue and fire-fighting equipment; (m) fuelling facilities; and (n) runway surface friction measuring equipment;

(4) flying assessments and aeronautical studies at aerodromes:

(a) in cooperation with the Flight Operations Section of the Safety Department and

other specialists as required, organize flying assessments at aerodromes and conduct aeronautical studies, if and where permitted by the national regulations, standards and practices;

(5) general duties:

(a) all other functions relating to the certification of aerodromes including:

(i) receiving and processing of expressions of interest and applications for

aerodrome certificates;

(ii) processing requests for the amendment, transfer or surrender of certificates or requests for interim certificates;

(iii) reporting to AIS;

(iv) initiating NOTAMs and determining appropriate enforcement action in the event

of non-compliance with the regulations.

2.5.3 AERODROME INSPECTOR POWER AND AUTHORITY

A. Aerodrome Inspectors carry formal authorizations, to be produced if required, enabling them to exercise their powers. These powers include the ability:

(1) to inspect any part of any aerodrome;

(2) to investigate and test the effectiveness of aerodrome practices and procedures;

(3) to require an aerodrome operator, aerodrome manager or occupier of land outside

the aerodrome occupied for business purposes in connection with the aerodrome to provide information relevant to inspections, surveys, tests and investigations;

(4) to enter on any land or in any buildings, access to which is necessary, for the

purpose of inspecting an aerodrome; and

(5) to record an operation, procedure or installation in written, photographic or other electronic form.

(6) The above powers apply equally to air navigation installations. Furthermore,

Aerodrome Inspectors are allowed to take into restricted zones of airports, and use, any equipment necessary to their duties, including cameras, video recorders and

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 16

tape recorders. These powers may be exercised when XCAA Aerodrome Inspectors are conducting audits, surveys and inspections.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 17

CHAPTER 3 RESPONSIBILITIES OF AERODROME CERTIFICATE HOLDERS

3.1 INTRODUCTION

A. Aerodrome safety is a vital link in aviation safety. It is achieved by providing appropriate

aerodrome services, facilities and equipment and maintaining them and the aerodrome environment to a level safe for aircraft operations. By complying with the prescribed standards and procedures, and by taking a pro-active safety management approach in the operation of their aerodromes, aerodrome operators can demonstrate that they have discharged their safety obligations to the travelling public.

3.2 REQUIREMENT FOR AERODROME OPERATION

A. The general requirement for some aviation entities and service providers is to develop

aerodrome manuals and submit them to the Authority in accordance with Part XX of XCAR the operator of an aerodrome intended for air transport operations shall be in possession of an aerodrome certificate.

B. Certified aerodromes must have a current approved aerodrome manual to describe

aeronautical data and other information specific to each particular aerodrome.

3.3 AERODROME MANUALS

A. Submission of Aerodrome Manuals

(1) An aerodrome manual is required to be submitted to the Authority as a component of a

formal application for certification.

B. Approval of Aerodrome Manuals

(1) Upon receipt of a submitted aerodrome manual, the DirectorGeneral has authority to approve, reject or require modification to the submitted aerodrome manual.

(2) Notification to the aerodrome operator of any disapproval or requirement for

modification will be made in writing. Where an aerodrome manual is approved and the other elements of certification have been complied with, an aerodrome certificate will be issued.

(3) An approved aerodrome manual also provides a basis for on-going surveillance of

aerodromes and aerodrome operators by the Aerodrome Inspectors after initial certification has been achieved.

C. Amendment of Aerodrome Manuals

(1) Whenever necessary to retain currency or if directed by the Authority, an aerodrome operator shall amend the aerodrome manual and provide copy of the amendment(s) to the Authority. The Director General has authority to approve, reject or require modification of the submitted aerodrome manual amendment.

(2) Approval will result in an amended aerodrome manual. Notification to the aerodrome

certificate holder of that approval, or rejection (or requirement for change to the amendment) as a result of a submitted amendment or adjustment will be made in

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 18

writing to the operator as soon as is practicably possible, and wherever possible prior to the proposed effective date of implementation of the proposed amendment or adjustment.

3.4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE AERODROME OPERATORS

A. In accordance with Part XX of XCAR,

(1) The aerodrome operator shall arrange for internal audits of the safety management

system, including inspections of the aerodrome facilities and equipment. (2) The aerodrome operator shall ensure that the internal audit reports, including the report

on the aerodrome facilities, services and equipment, are prepared by suitably qualified safety personnel.

(3) The aerodrome operator shall retain a copy of the report(s) referred to in paragraph (2)

above for a period to be agreed with the Authority. The Authority may request a copy of the report(s) for its review and reference.

(4) The report(s) referred to in paragraph (2) above must be prepared and signed by the

persons who carried out the audits and inspections. (5) The aerodrome operator shall implement:

(a) a procedure for preventive action to ensure that potential causes of problems that have been identified within the system are remedied;

(b) A process to capture staff suggestions for improvement, followed by management review and possible implementation of those suggestions;

(c) An internal quality audit programme to audit the aerodrome certificate holder‘s organization for conformity with the procedures in its manual and achievement of the goals set out in it.

(d) Management review procedures that may, where appropriate, include the use of

statistical analysis, to ensure the continuing suitability and effectiveness of the internal quality assurance system is satisfying the requirements for aerodrome operations.

B.Internal Audit Process

The internal audit process provides factual information that allows management to make appropriate decisions in accordance with the aerodrome manual. This internal audit should be able to:

(1) Determine the compliance or non compliance of the audit elements with specified

requirements; (2) Determine the effectiveness of the implemented standards in meeting the specified

objectives; and

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 19

(3) Provide the audited organization with the opportunity to improve the operational standard and overall performance.

(4) Meet the regulatory requirement specified by the Authority

C. Internal Quality Audit Programme

The aerodrome operator‘s audit process will be contained in an internal quality audit programme. The programme should:

(a) Specify the frequency and the location of the audits taking into account the nature of

the activity to be audited; (b) Ensure audits are carried out by trained auditing personnel who are independent of

those having direct responsibility for the activity being audited; (c) Ensure the results of audits are recorded and reported to the personnel responsible

for the activity being audited and the manager responsible for internal audits; (d) Require preventive or corrective action to be taken by the personnel responsible for

the activity being audited if problems are found by the audit; and (e) Ensure follow up audits to review the effectiveness of any preventive or corrective

actions taken are regularly carried out.

D. Corrective Action A procedure for corrective action would specify how:

(1) To correct an existing problem; (2) To follow up a corrective action to ensure the action is effective; and (3) Management will measure the effectiveness of any corrective action.

E. Preventive Action A procedure for preventive action would specify how:

(1) To correct a potential problem; (2) To follow up a preventive action to ensure the action is effective; (3) To amend any operational procedure as a result of a preventive action; and (4) Management will measure the effectiveness of any preventive actions taken.

F. Management Review

A procedure for management review would:

(1) specify the frequency of management reviews of the quality assurance system taking

into account the need for the continuing effectiveness of the system;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 20

(2) identify the responsible manager who shall review the operational standards; and (3) ensure the results of the review are evaluated and recorded.

A. Records

Each aerodrome certificate holder shall maintain records to demonstrate the achievement of quality operational standards. Such records should include those required by the aerodrome regulations and standards

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 21

PART 2

AERODROME CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 22

CHAPTER 1 ISSUANCE OF AERODROME CERTIFICATE

1.1 NOTE:

The aerodrome certification procedures ensures full compliance with XCAR Part XX .

1.2 THE PROCESS

A. The certification process is in five phases:

(1) Dealing with expression of interest by an intending applicant for an aerodrome

certificate; (2) Assessing the formal application; (3) Assessing the aerodrome facilities and equipment; (4) Issuing or refusing an aerodrome certificate; and (5) Promulgating the certified status of the aerodrome and the required details in the AIP

B. Phase 1-Dealing with Expression of Interest

(1) Director General receives an expression of interest letter and forwards to the (DASS)

for processing;

(2) DASS forms an Audit Team appropriate to the size, scope and complexity of the operations anticipated;

(3) The Audit Team Leader opens a file ; (4) The Audit Team carries out initial site assessment to ensure that the operation of an

aerodrome at the location specified in the application will not endanger the safety of aircraft operations. Assistance from flight operations or other relevant authority may be required;

(5) The Audit Team leader forwards the assessment result to DASS; (6) If the assessment result is negative, the Director General, through DASS advises the

applicant accordingly by invoking the relevant provision of XCAR; (7) If the assessment is successful, DASS informs the applicant to consult the relevant

State entities to obtain other required clearance, from land-use and environmental authorities with respect to environmental impact assessment and land use approvals

(8) If the applicant satisfies the requirement of phase 1, Audit Team holds a certification

meeting with the applicant‘s representatives in order to familiarise the applicant with the rest of the process. The inspector is advised on the required certification documents and these include (State) Civil Aviation Regulation and Manual of Aerodrome Standards and other State Advisory Circulars . The applicant is advised to obtain other relevant publications issued by ICAO as necessary.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 23

C. Phase II-Assessing the Formal Application

(1) Upon payment of required certification fee, the Audit Team leader issues the standard application form (See Appendix A1);

(2) The completed application form and the aerodome manual are then received from the applicant for processing by the Audit Team;

(Note: Aerodrome development activities would precede the evaluation of Aerodrome Manual. Aerodrome Development activities include : submission, evaluation and approval of the aerodrome drawings/concept documents and obstacle charts well as project development monitoring by XCAA)

(3) If the applicant seeks a deviation from a standard, an application for exemption is to be

included in the submission made in paragraph (2) above.The application for exemption shall be processed in line with the procedures discussed in Section 2 Chapter 5; The application form to be completed when requesting exemption is in Appendix A8

(4) The Audit Team assesses the aerodrome manual and ensure that the manual

complies with the requirement of the regulation andthe management system indicates that the applicant will be able to operate and maintain the aerodrome properly before moving to the next phase. All verifications that can be completed or initiated in the office should be carried out.

(5) If all the information provided by the applicant are verified as complete and accurate,

XCAA will proceed to the next stage of the certification process

D. Phase III-Assessing the Aerodrome Facilities and Equipment

(1) The Audit Team undertakes a site visit for the purpose of assessing the aerodrome facilities, services and equipment to verify and ensure that they comply with the specified standards and practices. The assessment shall include the following areas: (a) Verification of aerodrome data to be reported to the aeronautical information

service.

(b) The checking of aerodrome facilities and equipment, which should include

(i) Dimensions and surface conditions of runway(s), runway shoulders, runway

strip(s), runway end safety areas, stopway(s) and clearways, taxiway(s),

taxiway shoulder(s), taxiway strips, aprons, runway turn pads

(ii) The presence of obstacles in obstacle limitation surfaces at and in the

vicinity of the aerodrome;

(iii) The following aeronautical ground lights, including their flight check records:

Runway and taxiway lighting, Approach lights, PAPI/APAPI or T-VASIS/AT-

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 24

VASIS, Apron floodlighting, Obstacle lighting, Pilot-activated lighting, if

applicable and Visual docking guidance systems, Standby power;

(iv) Other facilities such as wind direction indicators, Illumination of the wind

direction indicator(s), aerodrome markings and markers, signs in the

movement areas, tie-down points for aircraft, ground earthing points, rescue

and fire-fighting equipment and installations, aerodrome maintenance

equipment, particularly for the airside facilities maintenance including

runway surface friction measurement, runway sweepers, disabled aircraft

removal equipment, wildlife management procedures and equipment, two-

way ratios installed in vehicles for use by the aerodrome operator in the

movement area, the presence of lights that may endanger the safety of

aircraft; and Fuelling facilities.

(v) Competence of operations and maintenance personnel, coordination of

other service providers such as the Air Traffic Services, Meteorological

Services, and Aeronautical Information Services

(vi) Safety Management Systems in place

(vii) Coordination with other agencies working at the aerodrome, such as fixed

base operators, ground handling agencies to ensure safety.

(viii) System for notifying and reporting of all relevant information to the AIS.

(ix) Procedures for reporting any penetrations of the aerodrome obstacle

limitation surface, existence of any hazardous situation on or in the vicinity

of the aerodrome, or closure of any part of the movement area, or of any

work in progress that may have an impact on the safety of aircraft

operations.

(x) Aerodrome Inspection Programme.

(xi) Section 3 Chapter 2 provides methods to be used for the evaluation of aerodrome facilities and equipment and personnel

(2) After the field verification, the audit team shall document and communicate deficiencies

identified during the audit to the applicant in writing as per format provided in Appendix B16 and also request a corrective plan of action from the applicant. The audit team shall monitor and ensure satisfactory implementation of the corrective plan of action.

(3) Before proceeding to the next stage, XCAA would require the applicant to provide an insurance cover for protection against damage or injury or accident arising from any area of operations at the aerodrome.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 25

E. Phase IV- Issuing or Refusing an Aerodrome Certificate

(1) If after being advised of the additional steps that must be taken to rectify the deficiencies in the corrective plan of action, the applicant is still not able to satisfy the requirements of the regulations, the Authority may refuse to grant a certificate

(2) If the corrective plan of action is satisfactorily implemented by the applicant, the Audit Team will forward its report and recommendation of the DG through DASS for the issuance of an aerodrome certificate.

(3) After DG approval, the audit team will preparethe aerodrome certificate, assign a

certificate number and endorse the conditions for the type of use of the aerodrome on the certificate.

(4) The audit team leader updates the aerodrome certificate register and issues the

aerodrome certificate after signature by DG

F. Phase V- Promulgation in the AIP

(1) DASS informs the AIS to publish all required information on the aerodrome in the AIP .

(2) DASSplaces the aerodrome on the schedule for continuing surveillance activity

Note: The certification process checklist is to be used by the Audit Team Leader in tracking the progress made during the certification process and the items indicated in the checklist are to be checked immediately after they are completed. A copy of the checklist is in Appendix C-2

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 26

1.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATION PROCESS FLOWCHART

DG: Director General DASS: Director, Aerodrome Safety and Standards ATL: Audit Team Leader

AT: Audit Team

OK

AT: Recommend to DG to issue the

certificate Not OK

AT: Request additional information or action from the applicant

AT: Refuses the application in consultation with DASS and DG

ATL: Prepares a draft letter of refusal and signed by DG

ATL: Advises the applicant of the refusal

DASS: Modify Surveillance Plan

DG: Receive request for aerodrome

certification

DASS: Assign Audit Team (AT)

AT: Conduct initial site assessment

AT: Hold initial briefing with operator, identify contact and provide relevant guidance documents

AT: obtain and assess standard application form Aerodrome Manual and completed exemption application in accordance with procedure in Sec 2 Chapter 5.

AT: Update certificate register

Applicant: Pay certification fees ATL: Issue standard application form to

applicant and exemption forms if required by applicant

DASS: Notify AIS for inclusion in AIP

AT: Obtain and review applicant‘s clearance e.g environmental

impact,land-use,etc.

Not Okay

OK AT: Notify the applicant

Cease process

OK

AT: Assess Aerodrome facilities and equipment

AT: Upon DG‘s approval, issue Aerodrome Certificate

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 27

CHAPTER 2 SURRENDER OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

2.1 AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER FLOWCHART

DG: Receive request to surrender an aerodrome certificate

DASS: Assigns a task to AI to deal with the request to surrender an aerodrome certificate

AAI: Establishes the credentials of the aerodromeoperator requesting the cancellation

of the certificate

NO

AAI Notifies the applicant

YES

AAI: Recommends to DG through DASS for the cancellation of the Certificate

DG: After approval of cancellation of the

certificate, instructs AAI to advise the certificate holder that the request is granted and to take

specified action

AAI: Places all documentation on the aerodrome file

AAI: Notifies aerodrome

operator to ensure issuance of a NOTAM by AIS

Are the credentials valid?

DASS:Notify AIS to issue an amendment of publications

DASS:Updates the surveillance programme

Cease process

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 28

2.2 PROCESSING SURRENDER OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

This section provides for the cancellation of an aerodrome certificate at the request of an aerodrome operator A. Key Functions

The Director, Aerodrome Safety and Standards is responsible for initiating the process for the cancellation of the airport certificate on the request of the Aerodrome Operators.

The application for the cancellation of the airport certificate shall be forwarded to the assigned aerodrome inspector for necessary action.

B. Procedure

(1) On receipt of the application, the DASS will notify the Aerodrome Inspector for

action. On receipt of the application, the assigned aerodrome inspector shall:

(a) Establish the credentials of the aerodrome operator requesting the cancellation as the certificate holder.

(b) On the notification of the intention to surrender the airport certificate, check

that the aerodrome operator has:

(i) Clearly stated making a request for the cancellation of certificate.

(ii) Specified when cancellation should become effective. If no date

is specified, the certificate cancellation date is the date30 days from the date of notification.

(c) If the aerodrome operator has not supplied the required information for a

proper notification of intention to surrender the certificate, contact the operator and advise them to supply the necessary details in writing.

(d) Determine whether the aerodrome is to continue to operate as an un- certificated aerodrome.

C. Aerodrome Certificate Surrender Checklist

(1) The assigned aerodrome inspector must complete the Airport Certificate Surrender Checklist as shown below, to ensure that each step of the aerodrome cancellation procedure is completed.

(2) Tick each box to indicate the satisfactory completion of the task. Note the date against each box.

(3) Sign and date this form and file it in the aerodrome file when the process is complete.

(4) Using the Aerodrome Certificate Surrender Checklist:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 29

(a) Check that the aerodrome operator has given at least 30 days notice. (b) Check that the operator has provided the following information:

(i) Are there regular public transport (RPT) operations at the aerodrome?

(ii) Are there any changes to reporting officer details? (iii) If the aerodrome is to be closed to all aircraft, have sufficient safety

measures been taken? For example:

- Will the windsock and boundary markers be removed? - Will un-serviceability markers be displayed for a period?

(5) If the request is properly made, prepare a letter to the aerodrome operator:

(a) Notifying the cancellation of the certificate. (b) Directing aerodrome operator to return the original certificate document to

theAuthority to enable cancellation of the certificate. (c) Advising aerodrome operator to carry out any actions necessary in the interests of aviation safety.

(6) Prepare and forward the letter for DG signature through DASS and place a copy in the appropriate aerodrome file.

(7) Send the letter of notification to the aerodrome operator before the nominated surrender date (if specified). The sample Letter of Cancellation by Surrender of an Airport Certificate is provided in Appendix B4 below.

(8) When you have the original certificate: (a) Mark it as cancelled by completing the following actions using ink: (i) Draw a line through the certificate. (ii) Write ―Cancelled‖ and the date of the cancellation on the

certificate. (iii) Sign the certificate.

(b.) Place the original cancelled certificate in the appropriate aerodrome file or a copy of the cancelled certificate.

(9) Notify the Aeronautical Information Service (AIS) through (Insert position(s)) to issue a NOTAM cancelling the certified status of the aerodrome and amend the AIP

(10) Update the Airport Certificate Register.

(11) Amend the Aerodrome file and surveillance records.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 30

2.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER CHECKLIST

(1) The aerodrome operator must provide the Authority with written notification of the request to surrender the aerodrome certificate. The aerodrome inspector who assesses the request may be required to investigate the application further to establish the relevant information.

(a) The cancellation date specified by the aerodrome operator. (b) The Authority verified that, the notification is from the certificate holder and

signed. (c) Are air transport operations being conducted at the aerodrome? (d) Is the aerodrome to be closed? (e) Is it necessary for the Authority to recommend any action to be taken by

the aerodrome operator to ensure safety of future aircraft operations?

(2) The written notification is accepted by the Authority and the certificate is cancelled.

(a) Confirm that the details specified in section 1 of this checklist have been addressed.

(b) Endorse the original certificate document or a copy attached in the

aerodrome file as ―Cancelled”. (c) Sign the endorsed original certificate document or a copy. (d) Place endorsed original certificate document or copy on the appropriate

aerodrome file.

(3) Advise the following of the details of the cancellation

(a) Aerodrome Operator in writing the date of cancellation. (b) AIS for issuing NOTAM and any changes to the details of the reporting

officer. (c) AIS for amendment to publications. (d) Amendment of the aerodrome certificate register

(4) Surveillance Update

(a) Aerodrome Certificate Register update (b) Surveillance Plan amendment

/ / .......... (Assigned Aerodrome Inspector) Date

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 31

CHAPTER 3 TRANSFERING AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

3.1 TRANSFERING PROCESS FLOWCHART

DG: Receive request to transfer an aerodrome certificate

DASS: Assign an Aerodrome Inspector to deal with the transfer

AAI: Identify the parties to the transferor

AAI: Confirm that the nominated AAI: Determine the circumstances of the

transfer and the likely effects of the transfer

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 32

3.2 PROCESSING TRANSFER OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

This section provides for the transfer of an aerodrome certificate at the request of an aerodrome operator as per (Insert regulation reference) A. Key Functions

The Director, Aerodrome Safety and Standards responsible for initiating the process for the transfer of the aerodrome certificate on the request of the Aerodrome Operators.

The application for the transfer of the aerodrome certificate submitted to the DG shall be forwarded to the assigned aerodrome inspector through DASS for necessary action.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 33

B. Procedure

The assigned inspector shall:

(1)Check whether the request for a transfer of aerodrome certificate is made by the aerodrome operator

The aerodrome operator (transferor/transferee) must make requests in writing for XCAA consent to transfer an airport certificate prior to 90 days of expiry of the airport certificate.

(2) Assess reasons for a transfer of an Aerodrome Certificate.

An aerodrome operator may request the Authority consent to transfer of the certificate in following circumstances:

(a) If a person having the Aerodrome Certificate gives a notice in writing to the

DG about the person or agency interested to obtain the said Certificate after having transferred the entitlement of the same.

(b) If a person interested to obtain the Certificate from the person currently having Aerodrome Certificate by having transferred the entitlement of the same submits an application to the DG prior to 30 days of the date of expiry of the Certificate for permission to obtain the Certificate by having transferred the entitlement of same, and

(c) If the process of transfer of the entitlement of the Aerodrome Certificate is

completed.

(3) Check the criteria for a transfer of an Airport Certificate.

(a) Consent to a transfer may be given only if the Authority is satisfied that the person to whom the certificate will be transferred is able to properly operate and maintain the aerodrome.

(b) Requests for consent to transfer of an aerodrome certificate must be tested

to determine whether:

(i) The change should be handled as a genuine transfer; or

(ii) A situation exists which requires the certificate to be surrendered and a new certificate issued to a different entity.

(c) A transfer is appropriate when no significant variation will occur in the day- to-day operations of the aerodrome — that is, when:

(i) Aerodrome Manual procedures remain substantially unaltered (minor amendments — such as contact phone numbers etc — are acceptable).

(ii) Aerodrome facilities remain substantially unaltered

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 34

(iii) Key aerodrome operational personnel — such as Reporting

Officers, Safety Manager/ Officers and the like — remain in their positions or are replaced with staff of equivalent qualification, experience or skill levels.

(4) Check the criteria for non-consent to transfer An Aerodrome Certificate.

(a) Consent to transfer must be refused ifthe Authority is not satisfied that the

person to whom the certificate is proposed to be transferred is able to properly operate and maintain the aerodrome.

(b) Generally, the XCAA policy is that consent to transfer should be refused when significant changes to operational aspects of the aerodrome will be made — for example: (i) If the certificate document is conditionally endorsed or the transfer

would require conditions to be endorsed on the certificate document.

(ii) Reduction of runway, taxiway or apron facilities.

(iii) If the aerodrome inspector believes:

- Significant revision to the Aerodrome Manual will be necessary as a result of the transfer.

- The proposed staffing arrangements are not adequate or appropriate.

Note: If consent is not granted,

(a) the DASS shall give the applicant written notice of the refusal, and the reasons for it no later than 14 days after the DG refuses to transfer the certificate and in any event within 60 days after acceptance of the application ; and

(b) the assigned aerodrome inspector should take steps to confirm that the current aerodrome operator can meet the obligations of the certificate. It is possible that a transfer of the certificate should be followed up by the Authority surveillance.

(5) Check for any reviewable Decision

(a) A refusal to consent to a transfer may be reviewable.

(b) XCAA Legal Section should review any statement of reasons contained in a

notice to the applicant before the notice is sent to the applicant.

(c) After completion of the transfer, the assigned aerodrome inspector shall put copies of the documentation relating to the transfer in the aerodrome file.

(d) DASS shall notify AIS for issuing NOTAM and any changes to the details of

the reporting officer and for amendment to publications;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 35

(e) The DASS shall amend the Surveillance Plan

(f) The assigned aerodrome inspector shall use the Aerodrome Certificate

Transfer Checklist to monitor and record all actions to process the certificate transfer.

3.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATE TRANSFER CHECKLIST (1) The aerodrome operator must provide the Authority with written notification of the request to transfer the aerodrome certificate. The assigned aerodrome inspector who assesses the request may be required to investigate the application further to establish the relevant information.

(a) Transfer date (at least 60 days prior to expiry of the aerodrome certificate) specified by the aerodrome operator.

(b) Authority verified —that is, the notification is from the certificate holder or from the transferee and signed.

(c) Are air transport operations being conducted at the aerodrome?

(d) Is the aerodrome to be closed?

(e) Is it necessary for the Authority to recommend any action to be taken by

the aerodrome operator to ensure safety of future aircraft operations?

(3) The written notification is accepted by the Authority and the Authority‟s consent to transfer the certificate is not granted

(a) Transfer date (at least 60 days prior to expiry of the aerodrome certificate)

specified by the aerodrome operator. (b) Confirm that the details specified in section 1 of this checklist have been

addressed.

(d) Reasons for not granting consent to transfer the aerodrome certificate are enclosed.

(e) Authority confirmation not to transfer the aerodrome certificate to transferor/transferee issued.

(3) The written notification is accepted by Authority and the Authority‟s consent to transfer the certificate is granted

(a) Confirm that the details specified in section 1 of this checklist have been

addressed. (b) The Authority consent to transfer the aerodrome certificate issued to

transferor/transferee. (c) Confirmation to transfer the aerodrome certificate to transferee issued.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 36

(d) Endorse the original certificate attached in the aerodrome file as

―transferred‖ (e) Sign the original transferred certificate document or a copy. (f) Place the original transferred certificate document or copy in the appropriate

aerodrome file.

(4) Advise the following details of the transfer of airport certificate

(a) Aerodrome Operator in writing the date of transfer of aerodrome certificate. (b) AIS for issuing NOTAM and any changes to the details of the reporting

officer. © AIS for amendment to publications.

(5) Surveillance Update

(a) Aerodrome Profile Sheet update (b) Surveillance Plan amendment

/ / . . . . . . . . . . Aerodrome Inspector Date

CHAPTER 4 AMENDING AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

4.1 AMENDMENT PROCESS FLOWCHART

AAI: Determines the circumstances of the amendment and the likely effects to the

operations

No

DG: Receives request to amend the aerodrome certificate

DASS: Assigns task to Aerodrome Inspector to deal with request for

amendment

AAI: Drafts a letter of non-consent and send it to Legal Section for review

Can the amendment be granted?

Yesn

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 37

4.2 PROCESSING AMENDMENTS

P art 14 of XCAR permits an aerodrome certificate to be amended by the Authority, if the following circumstances occur:

- Change in the ownership or management of the aerodrome; - Change in the use or operation of the aerodrome; - Change in the boundary of the aerodrome; or - The holder of the aerodrome certificate requests an amendment.

A. Key Functions

The DASS is responsible for initiating the process for the amendment of the aerodrome certificate on the request of the Aerodrome Operators.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 38

The application for the amendment of the aerodrome certificate submitted to DG shall be forwarded to the assigned aerodrome inspector through DASS for necessary action.

B. Procedure

The assigned inspector shall:

(1) Check whether the request for amendment of aerodrome certificate is made by the aerodrome operator

The aerodrome operator must make requests in writing for the Authority‘s consent to amend an aerodrome certificate.

(2) Check reasons for an amendment of an Aerodrome Certificate.

An aerodrome operator may request Authority‘s consent to amend the certificate when:

- There is a change in the ownership or management of the aerodrome;

- There is a change in the use or operation of the aerodrome;

- There is a change in the boundary of the aerodrome; or - - The holder of the aerodrome certificate requests an amendment.

(3) Check criteria for an amendment of an Aerodrome Certificate.

(i) Consent to an amendment may be given only if the Authority is satisfied

with the reasons submitted by the aerodrome operator. (ii) An amendment is appropriate when no significant variation will occur in the

day-to-day operations of the aerodrome — that is, when:

- Aerodrome Manual procedures remain substantially unaltered (minor amendments — such as contact phone numbers etc — are acceptable).

- Aerodrome facilities remain substantially unaltered.

- Key aerodrome operational personnel — such as Reporting Officers, Safety Officers and the like — remain in their positions or are replaced with staff of equivalent qualification, experience or skill levels.

(4) Check criteria for non-consent to amend an Aerodrome Certificate

(a) Consent to amendment must be refused if the Authority is not satisfied with the reasons submitted by the aerodrome operator.

(b) Generally, the Authority‘s policy is that consent to amendment should be refused when significant changes to operational aspects of the aerodrome will be made — for example:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 39

- If the certificate document is conditionally endorsed or the

amendment would require conditions to be endorsed on the certificate document;

- Reduction of runway, taxiway or apron facilities

- If the assigned aerodrome inspector believes that:

a significant revision to the Aerodrome Manual will be necessary as a result of the amendment.

the proposed staffing arrangements are not adequate or appropriate.

Note: If consent is not granted, the assigned aerodrome inspector should take steps to confirm that the aerodrome operator can meet the obligations of the certificate. It is possible that an amendment of the certificate should be followed up by the Authority’s surveillance.

(5) Check for any reviewable decision

(a) A refusal to consent to an amendment may be reviewable.

(b) The Authority‘s Legal Section should review any statement of reasons

contained in a notice to the applicant before the notice is sent to the applicant.

(c) After completion of the amendment of the aerodrome certificate, the assigned aerodrome inspector shall put copies of the documentation relating to the amendment of the Aerodrome Certificate in the Aerodrome File.

(d) DASS shall notify AIS for issuing NOTAM and any changes to the details of

the reporting officer and for amendment to publications.

(e) DASS shall amend the Surveillance Plan.

(f) Assigned Aerodrome Inspector shall use the Aerodrome Certificate Amendment Checklist to monitor and record all actions to process amendment of the Aerodrome Certificate.

4.3 AERODROME CERTIFICATE AMENDMENT CHECKLIST

(1) The aerodrome operator must provide the Authority with written notification of the request to amend the aerodrome certificate. The AAI who assesses the request may be required to investigate the application further to establish the relevant information.

- Amendment date specified by the aerodrome operator.

- Authority verified — that is, the notification is from the certificate

holder and signed.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 40

- Are air transport operations being conducted at the aerodrome?

- Is the aerodrome to be closed?

- Is it necessary for the Authority to recommend any action to be taken by the aerodrome operator to ensure safety of future aircraft operations?

(4) The written notification is accepted by the Authority and the Authority

consent to amend the certificate is not granted

- Confirm that the details specified in section 1 of this checklist have been addressed.

- Reasons for not granting consent to amend the aerodrome certificate are enclosed.

- The Authority confirmation not to amend the aerodrome certificate

issued.

(5) The written notification is accepted by the Authority and the Authority consent to amend the certificate is granted

- Confirm that the details specified in section 1 of this checklist have been addressed.

- The Authority confirmation to amend the aerodrome certificate issued.

- Endorse the original certificate document or a copy attached in the

aerodrome file as ―Amended”.

- Sign the amended certificate document.

- Place the copy of the amended certificate document in the appropriate aerodrome file.

(6) Advise the following details of the amendment of aerodrome certificate

- Aerodrome Operator in writing the date of amendment of aerodrome certificate.

- AIS for issuing NOTAM and any changes to the details of the reporting officer.

- AIS for amendment to publications.

- AAI, an amendment of the aerodrome certificate register.

(7) Surveillance Update

- Aerodrome Profile Sheet update

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 41

- Surveillance Plan amendment

/ / . . . . . . . . . . Aerodrome Inspector Date:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 42

CHAPTER 5 EXEMPTIONS

5.1 EXEMPTION PROCEDURE

A. General

(1) An application for exemption is a request from a member of the public to be exempted from the requirements of a regulation or part thereof. Application for an exemption in accordance with Part 14.2 of XCAR may originate among others from airport operators.

(2) The DASS maintains a record of all exemptions issued by the Authority, and ensures issues exemption information are published in the AIP through coordination with Aeronautical Information Service

B. Receipt of Application for Exemption

(1) Part XX of XCAR permits any person to apply to the Authority for an exemption. Any application for exemption from any provision should be forwarded to the Authority for consideration. The application should contain the following :

(i) compelling argument to support why the proposed exemption should be

granted.

(ii) provide any information and documentation/aeronautical study report to support their argument that the exemption is:

(a) in the public interest; and (b) not likely to affect aviation safety.

(iii) Propose conditions that would mitigate any risk that could be created by virtue of the exemption to ensure that aviation safety will not be affected.

(Note: Advisory Circular (Insert AC Number) contains guidance for the preparation of an aeronautical study report. Applicants are advised to study the guidance materials before submitting their application. It is imperative that the principles of risk assessment and aeronautical study contained in the AC be applied in the conduct of the study)

(2) A copy of the Exemption Request Form in Appendix A8must also be completed by the applicant

C. Processing of Application for Exemptions

(1) Upon receipt, the DG will forward the application to the DASS who shall review the request and ensure that all necessary information has been provided. The DASS shall forward to the applicant a letter acknowledging that his application has been received and request further documentation, if required

(2) The application is assigned to an aerodrome inspector for comprehensive technical

review and evaluation.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 43

(3) The DASS shall coordinate the involvement of all relevant section /offices in the

process as early as possible. In this regard, DASS shall also refer the application to the department or office responsible for air transport issues, where the submission involves an element of public interest for which the professional advice of the department would be required. A primary criteria for such a referral would be where economic policy issues of national concern may be affected if the exemption is granted e.g when an exemption request is made for a commercial purpose that has potential for unfair economic advantage.

(4) The responsible office or department shall conduct a ―public interest" test from social

and economic policy perspective, and forward assessment in writing to the DASS who shall send the inputs to the Assigned Inspector.

(5) The assigned inspector shall conduct a technical assessment of the request and

evaluate the arguments & evidence put forward by the party making the request in accordance with the aviation safety and public interest test.

(6) Beginning with the aviation safety test., the assigned inspector shall determine whether

an equivalent level of safetyshall be maintained by the introduction of stated conditions and procedures If the result is yes the inspector shall then determine whether granting the exemption is in the public interest, the inputs received from the department or office responsible for air transport would be taken into account where there are economic implications. While each request for an exemption must stand on its own merit, due diligence must be made to each application for exemption for administrative purposes (namely, to see if similar exemptions have been granted before.). In an exemption action, maintaining an equivalent or greater level of safety is of primary concern. The analysis should focus on the applicant‘s justification that safety would not be adversely affected

(7) The inspector shall document the findings of the assessment complete the assessment

paper, providing the justification to grant or deny the exemption. A sample of the assessment paper is in Appendix B15

(8) The assigned inspector shall forward to DASS for review , together with the supporting

file, the following documents

(a) Exemption Request Form

(b) Assessment Paper; and

(c) Draft Grant or denial of Exemption Document (9)The DASS shall review the submission and forward for DG‘s approval

D. Grant or Denial of Exemption

(1) Decision to Grant. The applicant is issued the document granting the exemption if it is concluded that the applicant's arguments support a grant of exemption. The conditions and procedures under which the exemption is granted shall be outlined in the Exemption document.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 44

(2) A decision to deny the exemption is based on the determination that the exemption would not be in the public interest, would adversely affect safety, or, if applied, would not provide a level of safety equal intended by the regulation. Under such circumstances, the reasons will be cited in the denial of the exemption document.

(3) Partial Grant of an Exemption. If the Authority determines that part of the applicant's

request meets the criteria for granting the application, it may issue a partial grant of exemption. The guidelines above for grant of exemption and denial of exemption documents should be followed citing reasons. The document must fully discuss those parts of the request that are being denied and those that are being granted.

(4) The Authority shall and publish a report of its decision to grant or deny the application

for exemption. The report shall specify the duration of the exemption and any conditions or limitations of the exemption. The means of publication shall include the AIP

E. Request for an Extension of the Termination Date of an Exemption

(1) Upon receipt of a request from an applicant to extend the termination date of an exemption, the Authority shall prepare a letter of agreement or denial. The following information is to be included:

(a) The applicable regulation (b) Grant or denial statement; and (c) Exemption number (after signed)

(2) A copy of the extension or denial shall be filed on the Aerodromes Register prior to the original exemption termination date.

5.2 EXEMPTION PROCESS FLOWCHART

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 45

DG: Director General DASS: Director, Aerodrome Safety and

Standards AAI: Assigned Aerodrome Inspector

AAI: Completes and forwards documentation to

DASS

DG: Receives request for Exemption

DASS: Assigns an Inspector

AAI: Administers test

DASS: Completes review and forwards Exemption for DG approval

AAI: Develops exemption conditions

DG: Approves Exemption

Is request accepted ?

Yes

No-Advise client with rational for denial

Client: Exemption Application

DASS: Consultation with dept

responsible for Air Transport

issues to obtain inputs.

Ensure: -Ensure Exemption is in public interest; and -technical requirements are specified to ensure exemption will not affect aviation safety

Exemption with economic /commercial implications eg where there is a potential for unfair economic advantage

Exemption Criteria -Is it public interest; -Will it not affect aviation safety.

-

-Exemption Request Form; -Draft Exemption Document; -Assessment Paper; and -Supporting file

Sends exemption to Client

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 46

PART 3 CONTINUING SAFETY

OVERSIGHT OF AERODROME OPERATORS

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 47

CHAPTER 1 SAFETY AUDIT ACTIVITIES

1.1 GENERAL

A. Continuing aerodrome safety oversight in the broad sense means the total scope of activity

conducted by the Authority to assess that aerodrome operations are conducted to a level that is as safe as is reasonably practicable, thus ensuring that certification obligations are being met. Aerodrome certification involves, but is not limited to, initial entry (via a permission from the Authority in the form of a certificate), continuing oversight action by way of audits and/or inspections, education activity and, where necessary, enforcement action (ranging from warnings to action to suspend or cancel certificates).

B. Aerodrome safety oversight is a function of the Authority and is additional to any internal

audit conducted by an individual aerodrome operator.

C. In this manual the safety oversight activity is limited to inspection and audit processes as they may be applied to certification and surveillance activity by the Authority.

D. Although enforcement is mentioned, staff will be required to undertake specific additional

actions when a need for certificate action (suspension or cancellation) is determined, such procedure are contained within the Enforcement Manual of the Authority.

E. The types of Audit are determined by the circumstances under which the audit is convened

and includes the following:

(1) Initial Certification Audit: It is the first audit conducted prior to issuance of an aerodrome operating certificate. This has been discussed in detail in Section 2.

(2) Periodic Audit: It will be conducted periodically to verify the Organisation overall level of

conformance to regulatory requirements. All applicable characteristics of the Organisation will be subject to review. Its scope will be the same as the initial certification audit.

(3) Special Purpose Audit: This is conducted to respond to safety concerns or

circumstances other than those requiring a periodic certification audit. It may be conducted for a number of reasons; e.g to monitor airfield construction or test the aerodrome continued compliance with aerodrome manual and national aerodrome regulations. They are flexible in coverage and may encompass only a portion of the certification requirements. The inspections are not intended to be all- inclusive but may be.

(4) Certificate Renewal Audit: The audit is conducted for certificated aerodrome once in

every three years to renew the validity of the aerodrome certificate, upon submission of written notification to the Authority for renewal of its certificate

1.2 SAFETY OVERSIGHT AUDIT

Figure 1-2 gives an overview of audit activities.

A. There are distinct differences between the aims and objectives of audits and inspections, and the methodologies used to conduct each one. An audit is a systematic and independent comparison of the way in which an aerodrome standard is being implemented,

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 48

against the way in which the published procedures say it should have been implemented. Figure 1-2 gives an overview of audit activities. An inspection is basically the act of observing a particular aerodrome operation, action, facility, equipment or document to verify whether the established procedures and requirements are followed, and whether the required standard of performance is achieved.

Fig. 1-2 Overview of Audit Process and Activities

B. Aerodrome safety oversight audits shall only be carried out by authorized and certified personnel of the Authority. These personnel will have undergone audit training and be in possession of competency certificates in the conduct of aerodrome audits issued by the Authority. Those without the necessary qualifications or experience may carry out audits

6. Completing the audit

7. Audit review Follow-up on corrective actions

1. Initiation of the audit Appoint team leader Define objectives, scope, criteria Can we do it?

2. Documentation review Review relevant documented system for adequacy with respect to audit criteria

3. Preparing for the on-site audit activities Prepare audit plan Assign work to audit team

4. Conducting on-site activities Conduct opening/entry meeting Collect information Generate audit findings Analysis of those findings

5. Preparing and distribution of the audit report

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 49

and inspections only under the supervision of a person who is appropriately qualified and experienced.

1.3 SCHEDULING AUDITS/INSPECTIONS

A. The DASS is responsible for scheduling inspections and audits of all aerodrome certificate

holders and other aerodrome operators. B. The selection of the aerodrome and the frequency of the inspections and audits will be

subject to the following:

(1) In normal circumstances each nominated aerodrome certificate holder will be the subject of audit at least once (1) per calendar year (or amend as appropriate);

(2) Other aerodromes will be subject to inspection from time to time as determined by the

DASS;

(3) In the intervening period between scheduled audits, inspections of relevant parts of aerodrome operations may take place, e.g. Inspectors may attend at aerodrome emergency exercises;

(4) In certain situations, or following the occurrence of an accident/incident, or at the

discretion of the DG, additional full or partial audits may be scheduled in addition to any other action that may take place.

1.4 THE INSPECTION TEAM

A. General

(1) Whether an inspection is carried out by a team or by an individual, a lead inspector should be placed in overall charge.

B. Responsibilities

(1) The lead inspector is ultimately responsible for all phases of the inspection. The lead

inspector has the authority to make final decisions regarding the conduct of the inspection and any inspection observations.

(2) The lead inspector‘s responsibilities cover: (3) Assisting with the selection of the inspection team. (4) Preparation of the inspection plan.

(a) Communicating and clarifying inspection requirements to the inspection team. (b) Communicating the inspection plan to the provider. (c) Representing the inspection team with the aerodrome‘s management. (d) The formulation of the conclusions and non-conformities of the inspection. (e) The assessment of the level of the found non-conformities.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 50

(f) Submitting the inspection report according to the procedures of the Authority. (g) Ensuring that the inspection is carried out with due regard to ethical standards (h) Taking or recommending action to the Authority, in accordance with the authority

boundaries of the lead inspector, any licensing action that is considered necessary. (5) Inspectors are responsible for:

(a) Complying with the applicable inspection requirements. (b) Communicating and clarifying inspection requirements. (c) Planning and carrying out assigned responsibilities effectively and efficiently

documenting the observations. (d) Reporting the inspection results to the lead inspector. (e) Co-operating with and supporting the lead inspector.

C. Activities

(1) The lead inspector should:

(a) Plan the inspection. (b) Ensure that the aerodrome operator is notified of the inspection (c) Prepare working documents and brief the inspection team. (d) Report critical non-conformities. (e) Report any major obstacles encountered in performing the inspection. (f) Report on the inspection results clearly, conclusively and without undue delay. (g) Be accountable for any action taken by the audit team

(2) Inspectors should:

(a) Remain within the inspection scope. (b) Exercise objectivity. (c) Collect and analyse evidence to support claims that is relevant and sufficient to

define non-conformities and to develop conclusions regarding the inspected system. (d) Remain alert to any indications (including body language) of evidence that may

influence the inspection results and possibly require more extensive inspection.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 51

1.5 THE AERODROME OPERATOR

The aerodrome‘s management should

(1) Inform relevant employees about the objectives and scope of the inspection. (2) Make available members of senior management with safety accountabilities during the

inspection. (3) Appoint members of staff to accompany members of the inspection team when

required. (4) Provide all resources needed for the inspection team in order to ensure an effective and

efficient process. (5) Co-operate with the inspectors to permit the inspection objectives to be achieved. (6) On the basis of the inspection report, develop a plan for corrective and preventive

action for approval by the authority. Note: It is the duty of the Authority to make the aerodrome operator aware of his

responsibilities.

1.6 AERODROME SAFETY SYSTEM AUDIT

A. System Safety Audit Process

(1) There are three (3) stages to an audit: (2) Preparation for the audit; (3) Conduct of the audit on-site; and (4) Recording of findings, reporting and follow-up.

B. Preparation for Audit/Inspection

(1) There are distinct differences between audits and inspections. However, many of the

processes for the two remain essentially the same, albeit that an audit is far more detailed.

(2) The basic phases to the preparation for an audit or inspection are:

(a) Notification (b) Inspection Team Selection and assignment (c) Identification and review of all pertinent documentation, including receipt and review

of pre-audit questionnaire; (d) Preparation of Checklist

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 52

(e) Audit Plan (f) Confirmation of audit arrangements with the aerodrome certificate holder being

audited.

C. Notifying Audits/Inspections

(1) The DASS shall notify in writing each selected aerodrome operator that an audit has been planned for that facility or service provideralong with the Audit Programme(See Appendix B1 and Appendix A4).

(2) Every notification shall include;

(a) The dates of the intended audit; (b) Name of the auditors; (c) Scope of activities to be covered under the audit; (d) List of persons to be made available to the audit team for interview; (e) Deadlines for the submission of the pre-audit questionnaire (if applicable see

Appendix – A5); and (f) Request for essential documentation, as specified by the Authority that may be

required to be reviewed prior to the actual audit.

D. Inspection Team Selection and assignments

Each inspector should be assigned specific tasks or organisational elements to inspect - such assignments should be made by the lead inspector in consultation with the inspectors concerned.

E. Review of Documentation

(1) As a basis for planning the inspection, the lead inspector should request and review for

adequacy the provider‘s safety assurance documentation, and any other documentation and records found necessary. Generally speaking the following documents need to be reviewed before each audit is carried out;

(a) The aerodrome documents for the entity being audited; e.g aeronautical data,

aerodrome operations procedures, AEP manual, SMS manual; (b) Appropriate regulatory and other legislative texts; (c) Operating manuals and/or standard operating procedures; (d) Site plans and descriptions of the aerodrome certificate holders operations; (e) Logbooks on facilities and equipment; (f) Flight schedules;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 53

(g) Previous audit or inspection reports; and (h) Information contained in the pre-audit questionnaire.

(2) The purpose of this review is to determine the status of the documentation as it relates

to the entity being audited, and to identify key areas that need to be observed and analyzed during the actual audit. Particular attention should be paid to previously identified items of non-compliance from previous reports. This review will also assist in the preparation of checklists to be used by the audit team during the actual conduct of the audit.

(3) The pre-audit questionnaire may provide an opportunity to gather useful information

about the entity being audited. This questionnaire shall be developed by the audit team leader and transmitted to the aerodrome certificate holder in accordance with the requirements of this manual. See Appendix – A5 for a pre-audit questionnaire for an aerodrome operator.

F. Preparation of Checklists

(1) The use of checklists is to be utilized to provide a structure to the audit that allows for

consistent and standardized conduct of audits. Standardizing the conduct of audits guarantees objectivity, impartiality and credibility. In addition this will also provide a degree of transparency for all stakeholders subject to audit.

(2) Checklists will be prepared by Audit Team Leader and distributed to the members of

the audit team in advance of the audit in order that they are fully prepared. Generic checklists have been developed and are included in this manual (see Appendix C), and they are applicable to each category of aerodrome. However the operational details may vary from one aerodrome to any other, so checklists specific to that aerodrome operator need to be developed prior to the audit.

G. Inspection Plan

(1) Based on the defined depth and scope of the inspection and taking into account the

results the review of the provider‘s documentation and records, the lead inspector should prepare an inspection plan.

(2) The inspection plan should be approved by the DASS and communicated to the

inspection team carefully and in detail, and to the aerodrome provider to the extent deemed necessary for an effective and efficient execution of the inspection.

(3) The plan should be designed to be flexible in order to permit changes in emphasis

based on information gathered during the inspection, and to permit flexible use of resources.

(4) The plan should include at least the following:

(a) The inspection objectives and scope. (b) Identification of the organisational elements to be inspected. (c) Identification of all reference documents that the inspection will be carried out

against (such as the applicable regulations, provider‘s documentation etc).

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 54

(d) Identification of inspection team members. (e) The date and place where the inspection is to be conducted. (f) The expected time and duration for each major inspection activity, including

meetings with key personnel. (g) The schedule of meetings to be held with aerodrome management. (h) Inspection report distribution and expected date of issue. If the provider objects to

any provisions in the inspection plan, such objections should immediately be made known to the lead inspector. They should be resolved between the lead inspector and the provider and, if necessary, the Authority before executing the inspection.

H. Confirmation of Audit Arrangements

Prior to the scheduled date of the audit, the audit team leader should confirm to the aerodrome certificate holder the date(s) and location of the audit, and the availability of senior management and key staff identified in the preparation of the timetable. It is highly desirable to forward the audit timetable to the aerodrome operator, well in advance, to assist in their preparation for the audit.

1.7 ON-SITE CONDUCT OF AUDITS

A. The purpose of the on-site phase of the audit is to gather information and then compare

that gathered information to the information contained within the approved documentation which establishes the standards for operation of the entity being audited. In this case:

(1) National Regulations governing Aerodromes Part 14 of XCAR; (2) Manual of Aerodrome Standards, to which the aerodrome certificate holder is subject;

and (3) The aerodrome manual and other documents of the entity being audited. (4) Information can be gathered by;

(a) Observations; (b) Review of documentation; and (c) Formal and informal interviews.

B. Entry/Opening Meeting

(1) The first action taken when commencing an audit is the conduct of an entry meeting.

The purpose of the entry meeting is to;

(a) Establish communication between the audit team and representatives of the aerodrome certificate holder;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 55

(b) Ensure there is clear understanding of the purpose of the audit; (c) Explain how the audit will be carried out; (d) Brief the auditee about expectations for support for the audit team; (e) Clarify and confirm the audit timetable; and (f) Resolve any other matters of concern. (g) A sample of the typical agenda items for an opening meeting can be found in

Appendix A6.

C. Evidence of Conformity

(1) Observations of operational equipment, activities and procedures form the main source of evidence that the aerodrome is conforming to regulatory requirements or otherwise. Verifiable evidence is necessary to provide the true measure of compliance or non-compliance with required standards and procedures. Checklists for the inspectors‘ guidance can be found in Appendix C. Evidence provides the verification that written procedures are in fact implemented.

(2) Additionally, evidence by assessment of each facility, equipment or procedure through

observations and discussions to determine compliance with requirements and documentation plus implementation assists to establish compliance with mandatory obligations. If non conformities are found, look for facts to establish proof and make a formal record (checklist notes, photos etc).

(3) Exercise discretion when making observations in the workplace. The presence of an

auditor (often accompanied by a senior person within the organization) can have a disrupting impact on the workflow in what may be a potentially hazardous environment. Take care to ensure the presence of the auditor does not create an abnormal situation that could lead to errors or omissions being made by those being observed. Do not do anything that could disrupt the workflow, or refocus staff away from their primary tasks.

(4) Where appropriate, watch as technical processes are performed, and observe the work

practices of those involved. Observe the facilities and equipment that are being used, the work instructions provided, and the working environment. Talk to the people in the workplace. Establish how many people are involved, and if they have duties other than those they perform in support of aerodrome operations.

(5) Identify reporting actions for identified or perceived problems. What is the actual

documentation process and does it conform to the required process. If deficiencies are seen, discuss them with the management representatives away from the workplace.

(6) Make use of the checklists developed for the audit to structure and record the

observations.

D. Interviewing

(1) Another principal element of the audit is the interview of selected staff members from the aerodrome certificate holder. The position and job function of the interviewee will determine the type and scope of questions to be put to the interviewee. It is always best

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 56

to interview the most senior representative available first, and follow this with interviews of other managers and key personnel identified in the audit plan. This can extend to individual staff members if necessary, but normally an informal conversation at their workplace would achieve the same result.

(2) Establish how the senior person expects the aerodrome certificate holder to operate

from an aerodrome operation perspective. Identify any changes that have been made, or are being planned. Gain knowledge of other issues that may be affecting the organization, for example, changes in the scope of work carried out, industrial relations etc. Establish how the senior person satisfies him or herself that the entity is in compliance with the approved aerodrome documents. Determine how identified or perceived problems are recorded and handled.

(3) Ask open questions based on the checklists. If necessary, and depending on the

information received, adjust the depth of examination. Try to avoid asking questions that can be answered with a simple ‗yes‖ or ‗no‘. Try to focus on what is occurring now, not what might occur in the future (the audit finding rely on verifiable evidence).

(4) Formal interviews need to be carefully structured. The objective of the formal interview

is to meet the main representatives of the aerodrome certificate holder and discuss existing measures. Interviews are usually preceded by on-site observations so the auditor is already aware of the situation and has perhaps already noticed discrepancies or exceptional performance. Any discrepancy must be mentioned to the audited party during subsequent interviews. The location of the interview is important. The selection of the person‘s office is usually the best option, as interviewing him/her in his/her natural environment might make it easier to establish a climate of trust and reduce possible tension. The auditor is the one who, as a rule, travels to meet the interviewee. This is preferable to having individuals meet in the auditor‘s office and helps avoid the impression of an interrogation.

E. Recording of Audit Findings

(1) Findings are the result of an observed action once it has been compared to the required

approved documentation. An observation of a documented requirement or an implemented requirement will indicate whether compliance with required procedures is achieved or not. A non compliance is classified as a finding, and it should be accompanied by a request for corrective action. Findings are not opinion, but statements of facts as observed by the auditor. As such they must be backed up by proof, or other evidence of non compliance, such as a photograph or the completed checklist, explanation of deficiency, or a statement of findings by the auditor.

(2) Audit findings shall be classified into different categories, as follows;

(a) Non Compliant, with major deficiencies - Category 1 (b) Non Compliant, with minor deficiencies - Category 2 (c) Compliant, but improvement desirable - Category 3 (d) Not Applicable - N/A (element that does not apply to the entity being

audited, e.g. length of runway on a helipad)

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 57

(e) Not Confirmed - N/C (element whose compliance with required documentation could not be verified during the audit for whatever reason, e.g. Lack of time, absence of key personality.)

(3) Clearly Category 1 findings are a high priority as they require major corrective action to

correct the deficiency, with Category 2 findings as a second priority, and so on.

(4) In order to add a degree of priority Category 1 and Category 2 findings, a further additional classification shall be assigned to indicate the priority for corrective action on the part of the audited organisation. These additional classifications are as follows;

(a) Classification A = A finding that is critical in nature that has the potential to cause loss of life, serious injury, or damage to facilities, and which requires corrective action to be completed immediately;

(b) Classification B = An occurrence or deficiency involving a major

system that caused, or has the potential to cause, significant problems to the function or effectiveness of that system, and which requires corrective action to be completed within 8 weeks; and

(c) Classification C = An isolated occurrence of deficiency not indicative

of a significant system problem which requires corrective action to be completed within 12 weeks or longer.

(5) Thus, the most serious finding with the highest priority will be a 1A, and the lowest priority, a 3C.

(6) It is important that the senior management of organization being audited is made aware

of the results of the audit, including the specific findings. Obviously ―Category A‖ findings have to have priority. Therefore, it is necessary to conduct a post audit or exit meeting where these findings can be communicated. It may not be necessary to inform the aerodrome certificate holder of everything that may be included in the final written report, as the audit team may need time to reflect upon their observations before concluding a finding, so the onus is on providing the aerodrome operator with an initial explanation of the major findings. Additionally, all issues of concern may be communicated to the auditee‘s staff during the audit as they arise.

F. Exit/Closing Meeting

(1) The objectives and activities of the post audit, or exit meeting are to:

(a) Review the purpose of the audit and how it was carried out; (b) Record attendance at the meeting; (c) Present the major audit findings; (d) Request comments or explanations on any of the findings; (e) Confirm corrective actions (if possible) and agree time frames for their

implementation;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 58

(f) Advise what to expect in the final audit report together with time frame for delivery;

and (g) Identify, and where possible resolve, any other issues of critical safety concerns.

1.8 AUDIT INSPECTION REPORTS

A. The audit report formally documents the compliance performance of the aerodrome

operator by recording matters of non-compliance with mandatory regulatory standards and other safety-related obligations. The report must accurately record all that took place during the audit, should reflect the tone of the audit and contain no surprises.

B. It is the responsibility of the team leader to coordinate the development of the audit report.

The team leader and all other auditors/members must sign the report. C. While each report will contain factually varying information, it is important that the reports

should be similarly structured and formatted to allow for comparison and analysis and to ensure that each audit completed is to a consistent standard. A standardized report format is contained in Appendix B16.

D. Audit reports generally will not include recommendations to address findings. The

responsibility for appropriate remedial activity rests with the aerodrome operator. E. The audit or inspection report shall also specify a time frame for the organization being

audited or inspected to respond to the findings made in the report. F. It is the responsibility of the team leader to ensure that the completed audit report is

sent/delivered to the aerodrome operator within three (3) weeks from the on-site audit or inspection exit meeting.

1.9 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

A. On receipt of an audit or inspection report, the organization concerned is required to submit

a Corrective Action Plan (CAP) within an agreed period. The CAP is a written confirmation by the aerodrome certificate holder detailing the measures they intend to implement, to address all of the findings of non compliance.

B. The CAP must incorporate actions that at least will remedy the deficiency in the short term

and prevent a future re-occurrence.Failure to compile with a CAP or failure to comply with the deadline for submission of the CAP or failure to implement the measures outlined in the CAP may result in enforcement action, including possible sanctions against an aerodrome certificate.

C. Every CAP generated as a result of findings communicated to an aerodrome certificate

holder, following an inspection or audit, must contain, as a minimum:

(1) The recommendations/elements in need of improvement; (2) Planned corrective action;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 59

(3) Identification of the person(s) responsible for implementing and finalizing the corrective action; and

(4) Time frame for completion.

D. Where the Authority has not received advice that corrective action has been taken by the

due date, the aerodrome operator is to be advised that it is overdue, and that the Authority expects the matter to be resolved within ten (10) days. If a formal notice has not been received with satisfactory closing action, within the ten (10) day period, the aerodrome certificate holder should be advised in writing by the audit team leader that unless immediate action is taken to close the findings then action may be taken against the aerodrome certificate holder in accordance with regulatory provisions.

E. In cases where the aerodrome certificate holder being audited or inspected does not

implement corrective action regarding the findings made by the audit team because it disagrees with any of them, it should direct a formal written notice of disagreement to the DG, laying down the reasons for the disagreement. The DG may review this and determine subsequent action in accordance with the regulatory requirements and the best interests of safety for the industry within(State).

F. The team leader is responsible to ensure that a follow-up audit or inspection takes place as

necessary after the actions mentioned in the CAP have been advised as completed, in order to ensure that the stated corrective action has taken place within the agreed time frame, and that the corrective action has been successful in ensuring compliance with the aerodrome standards and/or other regulatory obligation.

G. The DASS with the assistance of designated aerodrome inspector(s) is responsible for

maintaining a database of audit and inspection findings. Each team leader is to enter their respective results onto this database, and review the contents on a regular basis to ensure that timeframes are being respected and overdue actions are identified.

1.10 AUDIT RECORDS

All documents relevant to the audit or inspection should be retained and placed on the aerodrome certificate holder‘s file (aerodrome file) after completion of the audit. These should include, where applicable, the following:

(1) A copy of the initial notification of the audit; (2) The audit timetable; (3) Completed checklists; (4) All notes made during the audit by the audit team; (5) Records of any interviews; (6) Records of entry and exit meetings; (7) A copy of the Corrective Action Plan (CAP); (8) Results of follow-up activities to ascertain compliance;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 60

(9) Corrective action form from operator (see Appendix – A7).

It is the responsibility of the DASS, with the assistance of designated aerodrome inspectorsto establish and maintain an audit database that will contain all the findings gained from the audits and inspections of all aerodrome certificate holders. This database will be utilized by the Authority to monitor the constant surveillance on all aerodrome certificate holders, and in the development of audit and inspection schedules and timetables.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 61

CHAPTER 2 GUIDANCE FOR INSPECTION

2.1 EVALUATION OF AERODROME DATA

A. Purpose

The purpose to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when checking or evaluating aerodrome data required to be published in the Aeronautical information Publication.

B. Reference

(1) (Regulation Reference)

(2) ICAO Annex 14 or equivalent reference

(3) Advisory Circular No…or equivalent reference

(4) Checklist reference

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) Chapter2ofAnnex 14vol.I(Insertequivalentreferencecontains a complete list of aerodrome data to be originated and included by the Aerodrome Operator in the Aerodrome Manual. The information must be available to the operator prior to initial certification.

(b) Before being sent to the Aeronautical Information Services for publication in the AIP, the Authority must be satisfied that the information is adequate. It must be ensured that all parties in the data chain including the data originator, the data provider and the data publisher have quality systems for maintaining the integrity of aeronautical data.

(c) Any proposed changes by the Aerodrome Operator to published information in

the AIP must be checked and approved by the Authority before being sent to AIS for publication.

(2) Checklist

Part 3 and Subpart 4.1 of Part 4 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist, (Insert checklist reference) contained in Appendix C6 relating to aerodrome data and aerodrome reporting procedures must be completed by the Aerodrome Inspector when assessing aerodrome data during initial certification and during the inspection for certificate renewal. Subpart 4.1 of Part 4 of the same Checklist could be used in evaluating reporting procedures during surveillance inspections

(2) Evaluation

(a) The AI must determine if:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 62

(i) There is a system to forward any new data or variation of existing data to the aeronautical information service.

(ii) There is a quality system for protecting aeronautical data from the point

of origination in the data chain to the next intended user.

(iii) There is a system for prompt notification of changes to temporary, variable and permanent data.

Note: Information requiring engineering survey and assessment should be gathered for verification by qualified technical person. Examples of temporary data are limitations and warnings such as temporary runway or taxiway closure, temporary obstacles, runway surface condition reports, system failures and bird hazards. Examples of variable data are runway declared distances, hours of operation, visual aids and such facilities as rescue and fire fighting. Examples of permanent data are aerodrome reference point, runway strength, runway dimensions and layout, elevations and permanent obstacle.

2.2 EVALUATION OF AERODROME PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

A. Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating the aerodrome physical characteristics of an aerodrome.

B. Reference (1)(Regulation Reference)

(3) ICAO Annex14or equivalent national reference (Physical Characteristics)

(4) ICAODoc.9157 Part1 (Runways)

(5) ICAODoc.9157Part2 (Taxiways, Aprons and Holding Bays)

(6) Advisory Circular No…or equivalent reference

(6) Checklist reference

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) Prior to initial certification, the aerodrome designs and drawings must be evaluated by appropriate aerodrome standards inspectors, who would ensure that they meet requirement before initial approval is given by the Authority for commencement of aerodrome construction work.

(b) Details relating to the physical characteristics in approved designs/drawings must be consistent with what is to be provided in the aerodrome manual and on site.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 63

(c) After initial certification and where a change to the physical characteristics of the airside facilities is proposed by the Aerodrome Operator, such a proposal must be processed in accordance with the procedure in(Insert reference document name).

(d) Changes to physical characteristics of airside facilities at an aerodrome include :

(i) Construction, realignment, or alteration any runway or other aircraft landing or take-off area of an aerodrome.

(ii) Construction or realignment, of a taxiway associated with a landing or

takeoff area of an aerodrome.

(2) Checklist

Subpart 4.5 the Aerodrome Certification Checklist, (Insert Checklist reference)in Appendix C6 relates to aerodrome movement area, would normally have to be completed prior to initial certification.

(3) Evaluation

(a) During initial certification inspection, the AI must check the dimensions and surface conditions of runway(s), runway shoulders, runway strip(s), runway end safety areas, stopway(s) and clearways, taxiway(s), taxiway shoulders, taxiway strips and aprons.

(b) Pavement. The AI must determine if all pavements available for aircraft use,

including loading aprons and parking areas, are maintained to meet the required conditions

(i) Check the pavement lips—the area between full-strength pavement and

shoulders or paved shoulders and safety areas—to assure that they are no greater than necessary to allow water to drain off the pavement, check the pavement edges to assure that they are no greater than necessary to allow water to drain off the pavement. A lip height not greater than 25 mm to 35 mm is usually sufficient to allow proper drainage. Any edge of 75 mm or more would be considered to be a hazard to aircraft;

(ii) Determine if there are any cracks wide enough to cause directional control problems for an aircraft.

(iii) Determine if there are any holes that could cause directional control problems for an aircraft. A hole exceeding 125 mm in diameter that exceeds 75 mm in depth with a side slope of 45 degrees or greater, is considered to be a hazard to aircraft and requires immediate rectification;

(iv) Check the condition of pavement areas for cracks, scaling, spalling, bumps, low spots, and for debris that could cause foreign object damage to aircraft.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 64

(v) Check for vegetation growth along runway and taxiway edges that may impede drainage from the pavement surface.

(vi) Check for vegetation growth in cracks.

(vii) Report and monitor any cracks, holes, variations and vegetation that can cause loss of aircraft directional control or may cause pavement damage, including damaged caused by damming or ponding water.

(viii) If a crack or surface variation is found and appears to create a marginal

condition which could impair directional control of aircraft, advice aerodrome management so that corrective action can be taken as needed. Where conditions are found involving possible pavement deterioration (evidence of cracking, ponding, settling, blow-ups, etc.), the operator should be made aware of the possible pavement deterioration immediately. Longitudinal cracks are more likely to affect directional control of aeroplanes than transverse cracks. Each case should be evaluated at the discretion of the AI.

© Safety Areas. The AI should:

(i) Determine if there are any hazardous ruts, depressions, humps or variations from the normal smooth surface.

(ii) Check to ensure no object is located in a safety area, except objects that must be in the safety areas because of their functions (such as runway lights, signs, or navigational aids). These objects must be constructed on frangibly mounted structures of the lowest practical height.

(iii) Determine if the base for any equipment in safety areas flushes with

surrounding ground and equipment and NAVAIDs mounted on frangible couplings.

(iv) Check to ensure that manhole and hand hole covers are at grade level and

can support vehicles and aircraft. Check to ensure that mounts for light fixtures are at grade level.

(v) Check for surface variation and other damage caused by rodents or other

animals.

(vi) Take note of any objects that are not frangible or not at grade level. Also note extraneous equipment and objects, such as construction equipment, and surface variations that would cause damage to an aircraft or impede emergency response vehicles.

(vii) The AI must determine if all unpaved areas available for aeroplanes,

including loading aprons and parking areas, are maintained to meet the required conditions; if the safety areas and runway strips are maintained to the required conditions. Unusual aerodrome conditions caused by seasonal variations, such as, mud, water, etc., are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The AI may have the vehicle operator drive in portions of the safety areas to evaluate surface conditions, provided conditions allow it. The safety area and strips would extend only to the culvert or ditch.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 65

2.3 EVALUATION OF OBSTACLES

A. Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating obstacle limitation surfaces associated with aerodromes.

B. Reference (1) (Regulation Reference).

(2) ICAO Annex14 Vol I chpt.4 or equivalent national reference (Obstacle restriction and

removal).

(3) ICAO Doc.9137 Part 6 (Control of Obstacles).

(4) Advisory Circular No…or equivalent reference.

(5) Checklist reference

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that a number of imaginary surfaces be established around the vicinity of aerodromes operated under Chapter 4 of the Manual of Aerodrome Standards. These surfaces must be free of penetration by any object including structures, vegetation (e.g tree) and terrains

(b) The aerodrome operator is required to establish a process for monitoring the airspace around their aerodromes to ensure that they are free from these objects. Aerodrome operators are also required to report new or on-going construction around aerodrome to the Authority who is statutorily responsible for determining whether such construction would constitute a hazard to air navigation and subsequently providing aviation height clearance.

(c) In determining whether an object constitutes a hazard to air navigation, an inspector must apply the ultimate development approach in his evaluation. In the ultimate development approach, the obstacle limitation surface of the ultimate layout of the system of runways as provided in the aerodrome master plan is taken into account in determining whether or not a permanent obstacle would constitute a hazard. Temporary obstacles may be evaluated based on existing development only.

(2) Checklist

Subpart 4.5 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist presented inAppendix C6and relating to obstacle limitation surfaces, would normally have to be completed during initial certification and periodic inspections and certificate renewal inspections. Checklist in Appendix C19 may be used during special- purpose inspections. As circumstances warrant, depending on the objective and scope of the inspection, the checklist should be tailored to meet specific needs.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 66

(3) Evaluation

(a) The AI must determine that:

(i) All fixed and mobile objects, as defined in the manual of standards(or amend as appropriate) within the aerodrome operators authority are either marked or lighted or removed, unless determined to be unnecessary by an aeronautical study or the by shielding principle, where applicable.

(ii) There are no objects extending above the obstacle protection surface for visual approach slope indicator system and that the approach light plane is free of infringements.

(iii) The operator has conducted an obstacle survey to produce a chart

and if follow-up surveys are conducted whenever significant changes occur. The Chart shall show a plan view of the entire aerodrome and its environs to the outer limit of the conical surface where established), together with profile views of all obstacle limitation surfaces. Each obstacle should be identified in both plan and profile with its description and height above the datum, which should be specified on the chart.

(iv) Electronic and visual aids which are obstacles are frangibly designed

and constructed and mounted on frangible couplings (marking may be omitted if the obstacle is lighted by high intensity obstacle lights).

(v) The operator has established a programme of regular and frequent

visual inspection, of all areas around the aerodrome including a daily observation of all obstacle lights both on and off the aerodrome and corrective action in the case of light failure, in order to be sure that any construction activity or natural growth (i.e trees) likely to infringe any of the OLS is discovered before it may become a problem

2.4 EVALUATION OF VISUAL AIDS FOR NAVIGATION

A Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating visual aids for navigation.

B Reference

(1) (Regulation Reference )

(2) ICAO Annex14or equivalent national reference (Visual Aids for Navigation )

(3) ICAODoc.9157 Part4 (Visual Aids)

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 67

(4) Advisory Circular No…or equivalent reference

(5) Checklist reference

C Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that all aerodromes operated under Part XX of the XCAR be provided with visual aids. The type of aids to be provided would depend on traffic density, visibility condition and complexity of the aerodrome layout.

(b) where a change to the configuration and specification of visual aids at an aerodrome is proposed by the Aerodrome Operator, such a proposal shall be processed in accordance with the procedure in(Insert document name)

(c) Proposed change to visual aids at an aerodrome may arise from:

(i) Construction, realignment, or alteration any runway or other aircraft landing or take-off area of an aerodrome;

(ii) Construction or realignment, of a taxiway associated with a landing or

takeoff area of an aerodrome;

(iii) Change status from Visual flight rules (VFR) to Instrument flight rules (IFR);

(iv) Change in time of use from daylight operation to day and night operations

(5) Checklist

Subpart 4.6 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist presented in Appendix C6and relating to Visual Aids, would normally have to be completed during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections.Checklist in Appendix C23 may be used when evaluating alterations made to an airside visual aids arising from the factors listed in 1c above. The Checklist is to be used during other special- purpose inspections as circumstances warrant, depending on the objective and scope of the inspection, the checklist should be tailored to meet specific needs.

(3) Evaluation

(a) Markings. The AI must determine if:

(i) The status of markings with respect to correct color-coding, peeling, blistering, chipping, fading, and obscurity due to rubber buildup are adequate or not .

(ii) All runway hold position markings are clearly visible.

(iii) During and after construction projects, new markings for compliance with Manual of Aerodrome Standards (or amend as appropriate).

(iv) If the markings have glass beads, the reflectivity of glass beads is

adequate at night.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 68

(v) There are non standard marking or markings that are obscured, faded

or deteriorating.

(b) Signs. The AI must determine if:

(vi) Signs are easy to read, in accordance with color standards, retro-reflective, and that all lighted signs are working and not obscured by vegetation, dirt, snow, etc.

(vii) Signs are frangibly mounted and concrete bases are properly. (viii) Sign panels are not missing or damaged, that they have the correct

legend and arrow orientation, and that they are not cracked or broken.

(ix) During and after construction projects, new signs are in compliance with specifications in the Manual of Aerodrome standards(o ramend as appropriate)

(x) During periods of darkness, signs are properly illuminated, if mandatory

instruction signs are illuminated with the associated runway lighting system, check signs for correct operations; that they are on the correct circuits, they do not flicker and that they follow the intensity setting of the runway or taxiway lights.

(xi) There is non standard sign or any sign that is not functioning, is faded

or damaged.

(c) Lighting. The AI must determine if:

(i) The following are operable, if installed, and that vegetation or deposits of foreign material do not obscure the light fixture.

- Runway and taxiway edge lights; - Apron edge lights; - Runway centerline and touchdown zone lights; - Taxiway centerline lights or centerline reflectors;

- Runway threshold/end lights; and - Runway guard lights (both elevated and in-pavement, if installed).

(ii) The following are operable, if installed:

- Ramp lights and floodlights used in construction to ensure they are properly shielded);

- Obstruction lights; and

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 69

- Lighting in fuel storage areas.

(iii) Note all fixtures missing and lights that are not working or appear dim.

(iv) Note any missing or broken light fixture lenses.

(v) Runway and taxiway lights and runway threshold lights are the proper color and are oriented correctly.

(vi) The aerodrome has an operational wind cone to provide aerodrome

surface wind direction information. If the aerodrome is open to flight operations during hours of darkness, the required wind direction indicators must be lighted. The Manual of Aerodrome Standards provides specification for the construction of a circular band around a wind cone. The segment circle must be clear of vegetation and be seen easily from the air.

(vii) A beacon has been installed to specification where conditions

necessitate such installation.

(viii) Performance level objectives for approach and runway lighting in a precision approach lighting system are in accordance with specification. Particular attention should be paid to situations where two or more consecutive lights are missing.

(ix) Road holding position signs and marking are provided at runway/road

intersections.

(x) There is a visual docking guidance system which provides alignment and stopping position guidance, where marshalling services is not provided.

2.5 EVALUATION OF VISUAL AIDS FOR DENOTING OBSTACLES

A Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating visual aids denoting obstacles.

B Reference

(1) (Regulation Reference )

(2) ICAO Annex14 Vol. I Chpt. 6 or equivalent national reference (Visual Aids for Denoting Obstacles)

(3) ICAO Doc.9157 Part 4 (Visual Aids)

(4) Advisory Circular No…or equivalent reference

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 70

(5) Checklist reference

C Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that the operators of aerodromes regulated under Part XX of the XCAR establish a mechanism for continually monitoring existing obstacles around their aerodromes tor the purpose of ensuring among others, that markings and lights fitted to these obstacles are maintained in serviceable condition.

(b) The Authority must ensure that operators carry out a regular inspection or visual monitoring of their obstacle limitation surfaces around airport to ensure that serviceable marking and lighting are in place and the height of such structures have not been increased without approval.

(2) Checklist

The Checklist in Appendix C 19 may be used during other special- purpose inspections to the extent applicable

(3) Evaluation

(a) The AI must:

(i) determine if marking and lighting are in accordance with specification in Manual of Aerodrome Standards (or amend as applicable).

(ii) determine If wind direction indicator, apron floodlight and other tall

structures within the airside are fitted with obstacle light and if obstacle lights are operable. Check AM for a list of lighted obstructions.

(iii) check to see if construction is underway on or near the aerodrome that

could affect aircraft operations, check for any vegetation, especially, trees, that may penetrate the obstacle limitation surfaces.

(iv) check to ensure that construction equipment, especially tall cranes

being used at construction sites, are not an obstruction.

(v) Determine if obstructions are properly marked and lighted.

(vi) Report any obstruction light that is missing, inoperative or damaged, and any object that appears to be an obstruction and is not properly marked or lit.

2.6 EVALUATION OF VISUAL AIDS FOR DENOTING RESTRICTED USE AREA

A Purpose

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 71

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating visual aids denoting restricted use areas.

B Reference

(1) (Regulation Reference )

(2) ICAO Annex14 Vol. I Chpt. 6 or equivalent national reference(Visual Aids for Denoting

Obstacles)

(3) ICAO Doc.9157 Part 4 (Visual Aids)

(4) Advisory Circular No…or equivalent reference

(5) Checklist reference

C Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that aerodrome operators establish procedures for temporary and permanent movement area closures and safety precautionary measures to be taken during routine and major construction work on the airside of an aerodrome.

(b) Safety precautionary measures for major construction work in an aerodrome airside are to be incorporated in a work safety plan which must be approved by the Authority before the commencement of such work. A template work safety plan is provided at the appendix to the Advisory Circular (reference number). Aerodrome Inspectors should use the template as guidance when reviewing an operator‘s plan.

(c) Where circumstances necessitate the imposition of restriction on the use of a

runway such as would result in a reduction in the length of the runway, the Aerodrome Operator is required to ensure that runway threshold is displaced using appropriate specification of markings and light if applicable.

(d) Where an aerodrome certificate is suspended or withdrawn by the Authority or

voluntarily surrendered by the operator, the Authority shall carry out inspection to ensure that appropriate measures have been taken to prevent inadvertent use of the runway, taxiway or aerodrome as the case may be.

(2) Checklist

Checklist inAppendixC11-1is to be used by inspectors while inspecting aerodrome works; ChecklistC12applies to preparation of a safety plan

(3) Evaluation

(a) The AI must determine if: :

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 72

(i) Procedures have been established for temporary and permanent movement area closures, for reduction of declared distances or displacement of threshold. Where threshold have been displaced, displaced threshold marking and lighting should be evaluated.

(ii) Procedures have been established by the aerodrome operator for briefing of contractors for avoiding damage to existing utilities or other underground facilities. When a complex construction project is in progress, the AI shall inquire about the existence of and adherence to the safety plan. Additional information is available in (Insert advisory circular on work safety plan.

(iii) Procedures have been established by the aerodrome operator for

avoiding damage to existing utilities, such as the review of appropriate utility plans prior to construction.

(iv) Each construction area, construction equipment construction roadway,

NAVAID area, and unserviceable area, is marked, and lighted if appropriate, in an acceptable manner.

(v) Procedures are in place to repair any accidental damage to existing

utilities.

2.7 EVALUATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating electrical systems.

B Reference (1) (Regulation Reference )

(2) ICAO Annex14 Vol. I Chpt. 8or equivalent national reference (Electrical Systems)

(3) ICAO Doc.9157 Part 5 (Electrical Systems)

(4) Advisory Circular No…or equivalent reference

(5)Checklist reference

C Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that electrical systems provided at aerodromes are of adequate design to facilitate the steady operation of aerodrome lighting system.

(b) The capacity of power supply and design of electrical systems at an aerodrome are

dependent on the type of operation at the aerodrome and the category of lighting supported.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 73

(c) A proposed change by an aerodrome operator from a VFR to IFR or day only operations to 24 hour operation would require an inspection of the aerodrome electrical system before a determination is made.

(2) Checklist

Subpart 4.6 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist presented inAppendix C6and relating to Power supply and Electrical Systems, would normally have to be completed during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections.

(3) Evaluation

(a) The AI must determine if:

(i) Adequate primary and secondary power supply are available at the aerodrome for the safe functioning of visual and non visual aids. Check if steady power supply is assured through availability of automatic switchover system and see if the switchover requirement for the category of operation, specified in manual of standards is met.

(ii) Adequate precautions have been put in place against system failure. Examples of such precautions are: interleaving of circuits supplying the runway lighting system, phasing of the supply to approach lighting system.

(iii) There is a monitoring and intensity control panel for airfield lighting,

where applicable and control is from one point i.e the control tower supported by a back-up control point in the event of failure of the panel in the control tower.

2.8 AERODORME OPERATIONAL SERVICES, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS

A Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating evaluating aerodrome operational services equipment and installations including aerodrome rescue and fire fighting service and aerodrome emergency planning apron management service and Aerodrome Fencing .

B Reference (1) (Regulation Reference)

(2) ICAO Annex14VolIchpt.9 or equivalent national reference

(3) ICAO Doc.9137 Part1 (Rescue and Fire Fighting)

(4) ICAO Doc.9137 Part7 (Aerodrome Emergency Planning)

(5) Advisory Circular No… (Rescue and Fire Fighting)

(6) Advisory Circular No… (Aerodrome Emergency Planning)

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 74

(7) Checklist reference

C Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that the level of rescue and fire fighting service provided at an aerodrome be adequate to support the designated fire fighting category of the aerodrome.

(b) During initial certification, the evaluation of rescue and fie fighting service at the aerodrome should be based strictly on the dimensions of the longest aeroplane planned for the aerodrome, that is, the aeroplane overall length and fuselage width.

(c) A provisional aerodrome emergency plan should be available before

commencement of flight operations at the aerodrome . The aerodrome operator should be allowed some time to constitute an emergency committee that would test the emergency plan. The aerodrome emergency plan must be tested not later than nine (9) months.

(2) Checklist

Subpart 4.4 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist presented in Appendix C6 and relating to rescue and fire fighting, would normally have to be completed during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections. The same applies to subpart 4.9, 4.10 and subpart 4.14 for apron safety, management service and Disabled Aircraft Removal. Other checklist are available for special-purpose inspections and should be further tailored to meet specific needs. Checklist in Appendix C14is to be used for evaluating emergency exercises (partial and full scale) Checklist in Appendix C13is to be used to check adequacy or otherwise of the surface movement guidance and control systems at the aerodrome while Checklist in Appendix C16 is to be used for assessing apron management service.

(3) Evaluation

(a) Aerodrome Emergency Plan

(i) The AI must determine if :

(1) The operator should also be encouraged to include procedures for response to other utility failures in addition to electrical power failure such as fuel spills, hazardous materials, natural gas, water and sewage.

(2) It is written in sufficient detail to give adequate guidance to all concerned.

(3) The certificate holder has made adequate provisions for the agencies and personnel addressed in the AEP to participate in the development of the plan. Look for agency listing, or letters addressing meetings/reviews, and coordination.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 75

(4) The plan contains procedures for notifying facilities, agencies, and personnel of the location of an aircraft accident on the aerodrome, the number of persons involved, and any other necessary information as soon as it is available. At the discretion of the AI, conduct a communications test of the emergency plan notification procedures of mutual aid agencies to evaluate the timeliness and effectiveness of the notification procedures. Select at random a number of telephone numbers listed in the emergency plan and contact the mutual aid agency listed to verify telephone number currency.

(5) If applicable, the AEP address water rescue provisions, to the extent

practicable. Significant bodies of water or marsh lands are considered adjacent to the aerodrome if they are under the approach/departure flight paths, out to the ―final approach fix‖ on runways with published approaches. If an aerodrome operator cannot obtain cooperation from other jurisdictions concerning water rescue provisions ―to the extent practicable‖, documentation demonstrating that a reasonable attempt was made shall be maintained in the manual.

(6) All aerodrome personnel having duties and responsibilities under the AEP

are familiar with their assignments and are properly trained. Randomly question personnel in the AEP to determine validity of the training programme and to ensure that all aerodrome personnel having duties and responsibilities under the plan are familiar with their assignments and are properly trained. Testing, written or oral may be used if determined to be necessary by the AI.

(7) The AEP is reviewed with all participating agencies in the preceding 12

months. An annual review of the AEP may consist of a review meeting with a representative of each of the agencies with which the plan was coordinated or after an full-scale or partial emergency has been carried out. Look for letters addressing tabletop exercise, Full-scale and partial exercises AEP review meetings and AEP revisions. During pre-inspection preparation, look for letters concerning annual review in the aerodrome files.

(8) The aerodrome operator has conducted a full scale exercise of its AEP in

the preceding 2 years.

(ii) During pre-inspection preparation, look for letters concerning full scale exercise of the AEP. Examine any record of critique. The full-scale aerodrome exercise must involve, to the extent practicable, all mutual aid participants, a reasonable amount of equipment specified in the AEP, and include a summary report and/or critique. Aerodromes which have experienced an aircraft accident and exercised a substantial portion of their AEP related to, or as would respond to, an air carrier accident can substitute this accident for the full-scale exercise. If such a substitution is made, the certificate holder should conduct a critique of their performance during the accident response.

(iii) For the purpose of this requirement, the biennial exercise may be conducted

within the calendar month it is due. For example, if the last biennial exercise was held on August 4, 1990, the next biennial exercise is due by August 31, 1992. Unique or special cases may affect the need to vary the schedule slightly, and where supportable justification exists, a reasonable extension may

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 76

be approved. For example: the biennial is due in April, but the county is planning a much larger exercise for June in which the aerodrome will play an important part and gain the same benefit.

(iv) The purpose of this biennial exercise is to test the effectiveness of AEP through

a response of the aerodrome and its mutual aid for a disaster at the aerodrome. It should also be used to familiarize emergency mutual aid personnel with the location of staging areas and other aerodrome facilities. For these reasons the full-scale exercise should be conducted at the aerodrome. However, at the discretion of the AI, the drill may be conducted on property adjoining or adjacent to the aerodrome (such as for a water rescue exercise) if the AEP can still be properly exercised.

(v) The AI should determine the adequacy of facilities in the Emergency Operations

centre and the mobile command post. The communication equipment in these facilities should be tested for adequacy and serviceability. The AI should rely on guidance in the Advisory circular on Aerodrome Emergency in determining if human factor principle has been taken into account in preparing the Aerodrome Emergency Plan.

(vi) When possible, aerodrome managers should be encouraged to participate in

off-aerodrome disaster exercises involving downed aircraft and provide their expertise and resources.

(vii) AIs are encouraged to attend the full-scale exercise of the AEP whenever

possible.

(b) Rescue and Fire Fighting Service: Determination of Fire Category

The AI must determine if:

The aerodrome category shall be determined from the Manual of Aerodrome Standards and shall be based on the longest aeroplanes normally using the aerodrome and their fuselage width. To categorize the aeroplanes using the aerodrome, first evaluate their overall length and second, their fuselage width. If, after selecting the category appropriate to the longest aeroplane‘s overall length, that aeroplane‘s fuselage width is greater than the maximum width for that category, then the category for that aeroplane shall actually be one category higher. Guidance on categorizing aerodromes for rescue and fire fighting purposes and on providing rescue and fire fighting equipment and services is given in Attachment A, Section 17 of Annex 14 and in the Aerodrome Services Manual, Part 1. During anticipated periods of reduced activity, the level of protection available shall be no less than that needed for the highest category of aeroplane planned to use the aerodrome during that time irrespective of the number of movements.

(c) Extinguishing Agents

The AI must determine if:

(i) ARFF vehicle discharge capacities and agent capacities meet requirements in

the Manual of Aerodrome Standards (MOAS).

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 77

(ii) The amount of water for foam production meet the requirement in the MOAS

(iii) The amount of water and foam concentrate separately provided on vehicles for

foam production are adequate

(iv) The quantity of foam in reserve is adequate

(v) The discharge rates of foam solution is adequate

(vi) There is a means of supplementary water supply for expeditious replenishment. Water tanker(s) or other suitable means is acceptable.

(d) Emergency Rescue and Fire Fighting Vehicles The AI must determine if:

(i) The aerodrome is equipped with ARFF vehicles meeting the aerodrome fire fighting category during flight operations. ARFF equipment required to meet the category must be listed in the AM.

(ii) Each required ARFF vehicle is equipped with appropriate radio

communications, beacon, and is marked in colors to contrast with the background and optimize daytime/nighttime visibility.

(iii) Each required vehicle is operationally capable of performing the required

functions. Technically, a required ARFF vehicle is inoperative during preventive maintenance if it cannot meet response requirements. At aerodromes which do not have extra ARFF equipment, maintenance must be scheduled during periods when aircraft operators are not operating. Notification to the CAA and airlines would be expected when ARFF equipment required to meet Category requirements breaks down and cannot be immediately repaired.

(e) Rescue Equipment.

The AI must determine if Rescue equipment commensurate with the level of fire protection is provided in accordance with ICAO Doc 9137 Part 1 Table 5-2

(f) Personnel The AI must determine if:

(i) Sufficient ARFF personnel are available to operate the required ARFF vehicles

(ii) Training requirement is available incorporating initial and recurrent training, and covering the subject areas enumerated in the MOAS has been developed and is being implemented. Training programme shall include initial and recurrent training and training in human performance and team coordination.

(iii) Training records are maintained and readily available and the records indicate that all ARFF personnel have participated in live-fire drill and pressure-fed fuel fires. ―live-fire drill‖ has the same meaning as ―simulated aircraft fire.‖

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 78

(iv) All ARFF personnel are equipped in a manner needed to perform their duties.

(v) Such equipment shall include protective coat, protective trousers, protective helmet,

gloves and respiratory equipment.

(vi) All personnel assigned to rescue duties have been given first aid and (cadio-pulmonary resuscitation) CPR training. At least two full time members per shift of the aerodrome rescue and fire fighting service or other on-aerodrome personnel should be trained to an emergency medical treatment level.

(g) Response Time.

The AI must determine if:

(i) At least one required ARFF vehicle achieves a response time not exceeding 3 minutes to any point of each operational runway. Any other vehicles should arrive no more than one minute after the first responding vehicles. At the option of the AI, a discharge of water may be used in lieu of other agents for a timed response. However, a demonstration of the discharge of the agents not used in the response drill is to be conducted for at least one required response vehicle before the conclusion of the inspection to insure the adequate capability.

(ii) During the certification inspection, the AI should request that a refractometer test

be conducted by ARFF personnel on at least one required response vehicle with a foam proportioning system. By observing the preparation for and performance of this test the following will be achieved.

(iii) Get an indication of ARFF personnel knowledge of the vehicle and its systems. In

some cases, ARFF personnel may have a refractometer but not know how to use it. In those cases be prepared to conduct a refractometer test and provide some basic training. If the ARFF department does not conduct periodic refractometer test advise them to do so. Other refractometer procedures may be used. Be sure to read manufacturer's instructions.

(iv) Gain some indication of the maintenance level for the foam proportioners and,

therefore, vehicle systems. If the results of the refractometer test indicate a foam mixture that is to lean or rich, advise the ARFF officer in charge that the system needs to be checked to determine if the proportioning device is adjusted properly.

(v) ARFF response drills may be conducted at night or during inclement weather.

However discretion shall be used to ensure that safety is not derogated. If there is a question as to whether or not a drill can be conducted safely, it should be postponed until later. When conducting the timed response, the AI should keep in mind that the times given in the MOAS are based on a direct path on dry pavement under good weather conditions. If the drill is conducted at night or in other than dry conditions, the times may be adjusted at the discretion of the AI to allow for the adverse condition.

(vi) It shall be at the AIs discretion as to the location from which he/she conducts the

response drill on the aerodrome.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 79

(vii) The alarm system is acceptable. The timing for the response requirement begins upon activation of the first alarm signal to the RFF unit responsible for ARFF at the aerodrome. This will normally be ATC activating whatever alarm system is used by the aerodrome. The signal may be audible (klaxon, telephone ring, siren, etc.), visual (dormitory illumination, strobe light, etc.), or a combination. The RFF unit is usually the fire house where the vehicles and crews are stationed. It is important that the timing begin with the activation of the first alarm signal and include any message passing, crew assembly, coordination, and other processes which occur as part of the response. If there are problems with meeting the response time it may be that the alarm enters the fire station at the wrong point, and that the system needs to be changed to modify or eliminate time consuming communications, coordination, etc.

(h) Emergency Access Roads. The AI must determine if all designated emergency access roads are maintained for all weather conditions. Emergency access roads are those required to meet ARFF requirements. Roads constructed specifically for use by emergency vehicles must be considered as an emergency access road. Additionally, service roads that are located in the safety area must be considered by the aerodrome operator as an emergency access road and maintained during all weather conditions.

(i) Fire Station The AI must determine if adequate shelter is provided to protect RFF vehicles from the harmful effects of exposure to the sun.

(j) Communication and Alerting Systems.

The AI must determine if:

(i) A discrete communication system links all the fire stations within the aerodrome, the control tower and rescue and fire fighting vehicles.

(ii) An alerting system links all the fire stations within the aerodrome, the control tower and rescue and fire fighting vehicles. The alerting system should be such that it can be operated from the fire station.

(k) Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan.

The AI must determine if:

(i) The aerodrome operator has developed a disabled aircraft removal plan.

The plan should be developed in consultation with aircraft owners and operators. The extent of the plan will depend on user aircraft weights and sizes and the density of air traffic at the aerodrome.

(ii) The plan provides for permission to disturb the accident site to be obtained from body responsible for accident investigation. Where a disabled aircraft has been involved in an accident, notwithstanding this general rule, the

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 80

aircraft may be moved where necessary to preserve life or to prevent additional hazard to persons or property. A claim for damages could follow an attempts to move a crashed aircraft if it was proven the act of moving worsened the damage. Therefore, the invariable rule is that only aircraft owner, operator or his appointed representatives should control the aircraft removal operation.

(iii) The plan includes:

- Nominated person or organization authorized to act on their behalf at

the aerodrome owner or operators using the aerodrome to avoid delay.

- Nominated representative of the aerodrome operator to coordinate

the aircraft removal operation. All major users of the aerodrome will be informed of the aerodrome management's preparations and capabilities, as well as policies regarding disabled aircraft removal. The officer assigned responsibility to coordinate this plan should be made known to all aircraft owners or operators.

- A list of equipment available on or near the aerodrome on demand. - A list of additional equipment available from nearby aerodromes on

request.

- A list of nominated agents acting on behalf of each aircraft operator at the aerodrome.

- A statement of the aircraft operator arrangements for the use of

pooled specialist equipment. - A list of local contractors (with names and telephone numbers) with

suitable removal equipment for hire.

(l) Apron Management Service.

The AI must determine if:

(i) Responsibility for marshalling service, leader van service, gate and parking allocation, start up, push back and taxi clearances, control of vehicles on the apron, maneuvering areas are clearly and unambiguously assigned.

(ii) A written agreement exist between both parties defining method of coordination

and points of transfer of responsibilities, where coordination between air traffic service unit and apron management unit is required.

(iii) Adequate aircraft stand clearances and apron safety lines have been provided in

accordance with manual of standards. Apron safety lines include wing tip clearance lines and service road boundary lines.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 81

(m) Fencing.

The AI must determine if: (i) The aerodrome operator has appropriate safeguards against inadvertent entry to

the movement area by unauthorized persons or vehicles. These safeguards may consist of a combination of natural barriers, fencing and warning signs which are effective in deterring personnel or vehicles from inadvertently entering the movement area.

(ii) The aerodrome operator has provided reasonable protection of persons and property from aircraft blast. This includes persons who are required to use airstairs; and public areas adjacent to air carrier ramps and movement areas.

2.9 EVALUATION OF OPERATIONAL SERVICES- WILD LIFE STRIKE MANAGEMENT

A. Purpose The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating wildlife strike hazard management programmes at aerodromes

B. Reference

(1) (Regulation Reference)

(2) ICAO Annex14 Vol I Chpt.9 or equivalent national reference (Wildlife Strike hazard Reduction )

(3) ICAODoc.9137Part 3 (Bird Control and Reduction)

(4) Advisory Circular No… (Wildlife Strike Hazard Reduction)

(5) Checklist Reference

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

It is required that aerodromes exposed to wildlife hazard analyse the level of risk posed by the existing hazards to enable a determination of the need for a wildlife hazard management plan. It is not anticipated that such a determination can always be reached before the commencement of initial operations at the aerodrome. Data collection on bird activity in the vicinity of the aerodrome and subsequent analysis may take sometime after aerodrome operations begin before a meaningful conclusions can be drawn concerning wildlife management programme to be implemented, where applicable. However it is anticipated that a procedure for recording and reporting bird strike be established and incorporated in the Aerodrome Manual before approval of the Manual is given by the Authority.

(2) Checklist

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 82

Subpart 4.12 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist presented in Appendix C6and relating to wildlife hazard management, would normally have to be completed during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections. Checklist in Appendix C18is to be used for special purpose inspection relating to wild life hazard management.

(3) Evaluation

The AI must determine that:

i. The aerodrome operator has adequate procedures to take immediate measures to alleviate wildlife hazards whenever they are detected. During the movement area inspection, the AI should be on the lookout for wildlife of a size or in numbers capable of triggering the conduct of an ecological study. If the AI feels that wildlife activity on or in the vicinity of the aerodrome constitutes a wildlife hazard, the conduct of an ecological study must be addressed in the corrective plan of action. The ATC shall also be consulted concerning wildlife hazards.

ii. If records of reported strike are maintained and transmitted to Authority for

onward transmission to ICAO.

iii. Procedures are established by the aerodrome operator for the conduct of a wild life risk assessment

iv. If a Wildlife Hazard Management Plan is in effect, the AI must review the

following:

(1) Its effectiveness in dealing with the wildlife hazard.

(2) Indications that the existence of the wildlife hazard, described in the ecological survey, should be reevaluated.

(3) Personnel with responsibilities in the Wildlife Hazard Management Plan

are adequately trained.

(4) Procedures outlined in the Plan, such as inspections prior to air carrier operations, are carried out.

(5) Status of habitat modification projects or changes in land us identified in

the Plan.

2.10 EVALUATION OF OPERATIONAL SERVICES- GROUND SERVICING OF AIRCRAFT

A. Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when evaluating aircraft ground servicing operations

B. Reference

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 83

(1) (Regulation Reference)

(2) ICAO Annex14 Vol I Chpt.9 or equivalent national reference (Ground Servicing of Aircraft) (3) Advisory Circular No… (Ground Servicing of Aircraft ) (4) Checklist Reference

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that aerodrome operators have qualified personnel who are familiar with safety precautionary measures which should be in place during the fueling and defueling of aircraft by fueling companies

(b) The scope of inspection by aerodrome inspectors should cover both the facilities of the fueling companies at the operational base and an the actual aircraft fueling on the apron

(2) Checklist

Subpart 4.15 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist in Appendix C6 is to be used during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections. Checklist in Appendix C20 and C21 relating to aircraft fuelling and defueling is to be used for special purpose inspection relating to handling and storage of aviation fuel.

(3) Evaluation

The AI must determine if: (i) Fire extinguishing equipment are positioned sufficient close to areas designated

for ground servicing of aircraft. (ii) Extinguishing agents bear serviceability tags and the dates on tags. (iii) An efficient means is available for quickly summoning rescue and fire fighting

service in the event of a fire or major fuel spill. Apron management unit and ARFF service are connected on a designated frequency. Where apron management unit is not available, check if airline or ground staff or aerodrome personnel who have responsibilities on the apron are familiar with the frequency on which to reach RFF service.

2.11 EVALUATION OF OPERATIONAL SERVICES- GROUND VEHICLE OPERATIONS

A. Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when inspecting and evaluating ground vehicle operations

B. Reference

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 84

(1) (Regulation Reference)

(2) ICAO Annex14 Vol I Chpt.9 or equivalent national reference (Ground Vehicle Operations) (3) Advisory Circular No… (Ground Vehicle Operations ) (4) Checklist Reference

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information Each employee, tenant, or contractor, who operates a ground vehicle on any portion of the airside of an aerodrome, is required to comply with the aerodrome‘s airside driving rules and procedures. In order to comply with this section, the aerodrome operator shall develop an appropriate driver's training programme for aerodrome personnel, tenants, contractors and others who operate on, or have access to movement areas. The programme shall be consistent with the guidance provided by the Authority on Aerodrome Vehicle Operations and shall be approved by Authority before being put to use. (2) Checklist

Subpart 4.11 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist presented in Appendix C6 and relating to airside vehicle control, would normally have to be completed during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections. The checklist in Appendix C17 is to be used for surveillance and other special purpose inspection relating to ground vehicle operations. The checklist may be further tailored to meet specific needs.

(3) Evaluation

The AI must determine that:

(i) Roads located on the movement areas and safety areas are restricted to only those vehicles necessary for aerodrome operations. During the course of the inspection, be on the lookout for unnecessary operations of vehicles on or adjacent to movement areas.

(ii) Vehicles authorized in the movement area include ARFF vehicles, ambulances, mowers, aerodrome operations and maintenance vehicles, fuel trucks catering vehicles, toilet service vehicles etc.

(iii) Procedures for these vehicles to cross the runway or taxiway such as two-way communications with the Control Tower or escort have been established for continued operations. Vehicles must be radio equipped or escorted. These procedures need to be clearly addressed in the AM.

(iv) For aerodromes with an Control Tower in operation, each vehicle operating on the movement areas is controlled by two-way radio, escort vehicle with two-way radio.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 85

(v) For aerodromes without an Control Tower in operation, adequate procedures are established to control ground vehicles through prearranged signals or other procedures.

(vi) Look for distribution of aerodrome procedures/training curriculum or permit

process to control applicable tenants. At aerodromes with a SMGCS Plan, requirements should also be included in the driver training as applicable.

2.12 AERODROME MAINTENANCE

A. Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors to use when inspecting and evaluating aerodrome maintenance programmes and their levels of implementation at aerdromes.

B. Reference

(1)(Regulation Reference)

(2) ICAO Annex14 VolIchpt10 or equivalent national reference (Aerodrome Maintenance)

(3)Advisory Circular No… (Movement Area Maintenance)

(4) Advisory Circular No…(Assessment of Runway Friction)

(5)ICAO Doc.9137 Part 2 (Pavement Surface Condition)

(6) ICAO Doc.9137 Part 9 (Pavement Maintenance Practices)

(7) Checklist reference

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) It is required that the frictional characteristic of runway pavements be periodically determined by the aerodrome operator using a continuous friction measuring device with self wetting features for the purpose of the monitoring pavement friction characteristics and taking prompt preventive maintenance action.

(b) The regulation obligates operators to include in their operations manual,

maintenance programmes for paved and unpaved movement areas, runway strips and aerodrome drainage.

© Although the subject of maintenance in the Manual of Aerodrome Standards is

presently limited to safety critical areas such as pavement and visual aids, the Aerodrome Inspectors should, for the purpose of promoting efficiency and regularity of aeronautical operations encourage operators to include maintenance programmes for other aspects, namely terminal facilities including passenger loading bridges, elevators, travelators, lifts, conveyor

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 86

belts, chillers, Flight information displays, etc. Guidance for the development of maintenance programmes for

2

nd Edition: 01 April 2015 87

these areas is contained in ICAO Doc 9137 Part 9 on Aerodrome Maintenance Practices

(2) Checklist

Subpart 4.7 of the Aerodrome Certification Checklist CL:MOS-AATNS001presented in Appendix C6. and relating to airside vehicle control, would normally have to be completed during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections.

(3) Evaluation

The AI must determine that:

(i) Preventive maintenance procedures have been established for pavements, visuals aids power supply drainage and buildings and specialized vehicles such as rescue and fire fighting vehicles. Check procedures for calibration of VASIS. These procedures should also be addressed in the AM.

(ii) Maintenance procedures are being implemented. Check maintenance records for airfield lighting, power supply and RFF vehicle and compare with sample maintenance schedules.

(iii) Debris, rubber deposit removal and friction measurement programmes have

been developed. See when the last friction measurement was conducted and review result against minimum requirement.

(iv) The pavements are free of debris and surface irregularities (cracks depressions

or other distress features). The AI should use his judgement to determine when a pavement distress is significant to constitute a finding.

(v) Marking and lighting systems on the aerodrome are well maintained.

Maintenance action shall includes: cleaning, replacing, or repairing any faded, missing, or nonfunctional item of marking or lighting; keeping each item clearly visible; and ensuring that each item provides an accurate reference (this includes alignment of fixtures) to the user. If the aerodrome operator owns a standby generator for movement area lighting, inquire about testing procedures. The AI should consider a test operation of the generator if periodic testing procedures do not appear to be adequate.

(vi) There are adequate spares for replacement of any electrical fixture that may

become defective.

2.13 AERODROME MANUAL

A. Purpose

The purpose is to provide guidance and information to aerodrome inspectors on the review of the Aerodrome Manual.

B. Reference

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 88

(1) XCAR Part XX (2) Aerodrome certification Manual (or equivalent document )

C. Guidance and Procedures

(1) General Information

(a) XCAR Part requires an aerodrome manual to be submitted to the Authority as a

condition for the processing of application for the issuance or grant of an aerodrome certificate

(b) Schedule 14.1 of the XCAR Part 14 spells out the information to be included in the Aerodrome Manual.

(2) Checklist

Part 1 to 5 of the Aerodrome Certification presented in Appendix C6 itemises the information that must be verified as present in the Aerodrome Manual. The Checklist would normally have to be completed during initial certification and certificate renewal inspections as neccessary. The checklist provides a sufficient guide to the inspectors in reviewing parts 1 to 3 of the Aerodrome Manual. Inspectors are advised to adhere to the instructions provided in the Checklist in carrying out a review of these parts. In addition some guidance has been provided in the Checklist to assist the aerodrome inspector in reviewing parts 4 and 5 of the manual. However additional guidance is provided below

(3) Evaluation

The AI must review the manual to establish that it addresses the issues raised in the underlying areas :

(a) Subpart 4.1- Aerodrome Reporting Procedures. Determine if the manual

includes (i) Roles and responsibilities. Names and telephone numbers of persons

responsible for initiating NOTAMs and for logging unserviceabilites .

(ii) Procedure for reporting any changes. The means of transmitting NOTAM eg email, facsimile, the address of the NOTAM office to which the originated NOTAM will be sent, the changes to AIP information that may require NOTAM, (where applicable), the temporary changes that require the initiation of NOTAM, procedure to ensure that NOTAM can be initiated when warranted outside the working hours of the designated NOTAM issuing officer, procedure to ensure the NOTAM is accurate or free of error, procedure for monitoring the currency of issued NOTAMs, procedures for reporting unserviceabilites requiring immediate or urgent rectification.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 89

(b) Subpart 4.2 Access to the Movement Area: Determine if the manual includes (i) The name of the person responsible for establishing and maintaining the

airport security program, the name and contact details of persons responsible for manning security gates, for screening and for regular patrols.

(ii) The physical control measures in place, eg fencing, manned and unmanned gates, security lighting.

(iii) Personnel and vehicle access control procedures eg access pass

system, the types of passes issued and the procedure for issuance and control of passes.

(iv) The procedure for controlling access into the airside through Airport

Tenants gates.

(c) Subpart 4.3 Aerodrome Emergency Planning: Determine if the manual includes (i) The name and telephone numbers of the Chairman of the Aerodrome

Emergency Planning Committee, of the members of the planning committee, the persons responsible for arranging for table top exercise.

(ii) Details of the emergency coordination units such as EOC, mobile

command post, rendezvous point and assembly point

(iii) Names of responding agencies, their telephone numbers, roles of responding agencies in the event of occurrence of the emergencies specified in the Manual of Standards. How the facilities in the EOC and MCP are tested.

(iv) Arrangement with rescue coordination centre, arrangement with

specialist rescue services where approach is close to large bodies of water, arrangement for full scale and partial exercise and the review of emergency plan

(d) Subpart 4.4 Rescue and Fire Fighting : Determine if the manual includes : (i) Roles and Responsibilities. Names of persons responsible for ensuring

the level of protection published for the aerodrome is commensurate with the aerodrome fire category, for notifying changes to the level of fire protection, for conducting station training, for performing vehicle checks, for ensuring that manning levels are maintained, for checking watchroom radios and phones and reporting unserviceability

(ii) The aerodrome fire category and the level of protection provided at the aerodrome, the process of arriving at the aerodrome fire category. Quantity of water for foam production, principal and complementary extinguishing agent in reserve and on wheel that is required for the

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 90

specified level of protection provided, the discharge rate of foam for the specified level of protection provided at the aerodrome

(iii) Means of ensuring expeditious replenishment of water, the number and

types of rescue tools required for the specified level of protection, the amount of protective clothing and breathing apparatus available the use of rescue and fire fighting personnel

(iv) The training requirement for firemen, both initial and recurrent, and

process of ensuring that the requirements are always met.

(v) The number of vehicle required for the designated level of protection provided at the aerodrome, the number of fire fighting vehicles available at the fire Station. The vehicle maintenance procedures.

(vi) The communication and alerting facilities available at the fire station

(e) Subpart 4.5 Inspection of Movement Area and OLS : Determine if the

manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Names and telephone numbers of persons responsible for carrying out serviceability inspections, for recording inspection outcomes and taking follow up action

(ii) Interval and time of daily inspection, condition that may warrant special inspection eg after strong rain or breeze, after maintenance.

(iii) Arrangement for reporting results of inspection and taking follow up

action eg maintenance department advised, ATC advised or NOTAM initiated.

(iv) Arrangement for runway friction measurement, to include the frequency

of measurement, the criteria to be used in evaluating friction characteristics (the maintenance planning levels and minimum friction levels specified for the type of friction equipment to be used)

(v) Arrangement for carrying out inspection – types of inspections to be

carried out eg daily serviceability inspections, monthly inspection to assess effectiveness of daily inspection and annual inspection to establish compliance with CAA requirement. Inspection Procedure

(f) Subpart 4.6 Visual Aids and Electrical System: Determine if the manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Names of those responsible for inspection and maintenance of airfield lighting and secondary power supply.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 91

(ii) Arrangement for recording the result of inspection- use of checklist and logbook and follow up action to correct deficiencies through the issuance of work order.

(iii) Arrangement for secondary power supply – description of back –up

power available and switchover time from primary to secondary source, Airfeild monitoring panel, where required and intensity control device specifying the stages of intensity available.

(iv) Arrangement for routine maintenance and emergency maintenance eg

Routine maintenance based on maintenance schedules, Emergency maintenance – informed by work order received

(v) Inspection/maintenance checklist for generator/airfield light and types of

inspection

(vi) Maintenance standards. Performance level objectives for various elements

(vii) Method of dealing with systems failure eg interleaved field circuits,

number of circuits to approach lights, runway lighting and PAPI. number of feeders to runway lights

(viii) Flight checking after new and modified development

(ix) Procedure for commissioning new lighting installations eg ground

checked and flight testing, approval by XCAA before commissioning

(x) Procedure for regular monitoring of surrounding for lights that may endanger safety

(g) Subpart 4.7 Movement Area maintenance: Determine if the manual includes

: (i) Roles and Responsibilities. Names of person responsible for ensuring

maintenance of paved and unpaved areas, names of persons responsible for carrying out maintenance of these areas.

(ii) Arrangement for maintenance – preventive maintenance schedules for pavement, strips and drainage describing standards to be achieved, frequency of maintenance activity and responsible person. Corrective maintenance eg procedure for repair of cracks and oil and grease removal and responsible persons or department

(h) Subpart 4.8 Aerodrome Works Safety: Determine if the manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Names and telephone numbers of persons responsible for planning and executing works.

(ii) Types of aerodrome works eg time limited works and works requiring safety plan

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 92

(iii) Conditions under which MOWP need not be prepared.

(iv) Conditions under which time limited works can be carried out eg 5 minutes before aircraft operations and resume work immediately after arrival, continuous radio contact with personnel

(v) Condition under which work can proceed on the runway strip while

runway remains operational or active ie the 3 work zones

(vi) Procedure for temporary return of runway to operational status during overlay

(vii) details on preparation of works safety plan

(viii) functions of work safety officer

(i) Subpart 4.9 Apron Management : Determine if the manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Names and telephone numbers of those responsible for providing marshaling service, follow me service and for monitoring aircraft ground equipment and movement of persons on the apron

(ii) Organisation responsible for parking and operation of ground service equipment, for providing start up and push back approvals, for aircraft stand allocation.

(iii) Location of isolated parking area.

(j) Subpart 4.10 Apron Safety : Determine if the manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Name of person responsible for inspecting cleaning and sweeping service providers, for ensuring that driving on apron is in accordance with apron driving rules.

(ii) Safety precautionary measures during fuelling, including measures during fuelling with passengers on board.

(iii) Apron sweeping procedure eg equipment used, responsible persons or

organization, whether outsourced or not, times of sweeping

(iv) Apron cleaning procedures eg responsible person or organization, method of cleaning, frequency of cleaning

(v) Arrangement for auditing the compliance of personnel working on the

apron

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 93

(k) Subpart 4.11 Airside Vehicle Control : Determine if the manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Name and telephone numbers of person responsible for conducting training, examinations and assessment of the condition of airside vehicle

(ii) Method of issuing driving permits for operating vehicles in movement area – eligibility requirement eg national drivers licence, radio operators licence. Permit issuance and control procedures eg applicant to take a course on airside driving followed by written exams, practical driving test and oral exams as applicable

(iii) Method of designating examiners eg designation by operator using CAA

established criteria or designated by CAA

(iv) The rules and regulation on airside driving

(v) Details of the application of traffic rules and means of enforcing the rules

eg offence- sanction system ie a list of punishable offence and associated sanctions

(l) Subpart 4.11 Airside Vehicle Control : Determine if the manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Name and telephone numbers of wildlife control officers, where applicable

(ii) Arrangement for assessing wildlife. A listing of conditions that would necessitate the conduct of wildlife assessment by the operator eg en engine ingestion, multiple strike etc

(iii) What the conduct of a risk assessment would involve eg environmental

and ornithological study.

(iv) The conditions under which a wildlife hazard management plan would have to be developed by the operator eg when an assessment suggest significant risk using the risk assessment matrix

(v) Arrangement for implementing the control programmes if applicable eg

vegetation , bird prey, food and water management measure. flight schedule modification, habitat modification, bird harassment and bird removal

(vi) Training programme for wildlife control staff

(m) Subpart 4.12 Control of Obstacles: Determine if the manual includes :

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 94

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Name and telephone numbers of persons responsible for ensuring that obstacles details are in the AIP, for ensuring periodic surveys of approach and take off surface, for visual inspection of OLS

(ii) Procedure for monitoring the OLS eg frequent visual inspection of the OLS or areas on and around the airport vicinity by an assigned officer recording the results of inspection

(iii) Procedure for evaluating applications for temporary and permanent

structures within the airport boundaries

(iv) Procedure for monitoring Type A Chart. eg periodic conduct of Type A Chart surveys and changes observed are made to published Type A Chart.

(n) Subpart 4.13 Disabled Aircraft Removal Plan: Determine if the manual includes :

(v) Roles and Responsibilities. Name and telephone numbers of persons responsible for arranging for the removal of disabled aircraft.

(vi) The role of the holder of the certificate of registration or airline operator eg to remove the aircraft, to defuel, unload and remove the aircraft.

(vii) The role of the aerodrome operator eg airport operator to contact the accident investigator, notify ARFF, direct the issuance of NOTAM, displace threshold, determine declared distances, provide unserviceability markers, escort recovery equipment , determines when normal operation is to be restored.

(viii) Arrangement to notify the holder of the certificate of registration eg disabled aircraft removal plan to contain a list of airline representatives and representatives of airline manufacturers nearby.

(ix) Arrangement in place in the event that the owner or operator cannot

remove the aircraft or is dilatory in doing so. Eg sample indemnity agreement to be signed between owner or operator of aircraft and the airport operator.

(x) Arrangement for liaising with aerodrome ATS. eg liaising with ATC for

the issuance of NOTAM to suspend or restrict operations as necessary depending on the position of the disabled aircraft.

(o) Subpart 4.14 Hazardous Material Handling : Determine if the manual includes :

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 95

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Name and telephone numbers of persons responsible for ensuring that lease agreement with airport tenants contain adequate provisions on safe handling of dangerous goods such as provision of receptacles for hazardous waste, airport drains not to be contaminated by hazardous waste generated by airport tenants, procedures for dealing with hazardous material incident and hazardous spills.

(ii) A listing of hazardous materials handled at the airport eg Petrochemicals, Explosives, pesticides and herbicides, dangerous goods. Methods of storage, handing and dispensing

(iii) The hazardous materials generated at the airport eg sewage and

cleaning agents. Method of handling and disposal eg central sewage system and use of separators in drainage system

(p) Subpart 4.15 Protection of Radar and Navaids: Determine if the manual includes :

(i) Roles and Responsibilities. Name and telephone numbers of persons responsible for ensuring that naviads critical/sensitive areas are protected from interference by movement of persons, vehicles, mtce personnel, mowing contractors etc

(ii) Physical measures taken to protect navaids and signals generated eg signs warning of radiation,

(iii) Arrangements for carrying out works in the vicinity of navaid eg prior

notification before works are carried out where the air navigation service provider is not the responsible organization for execution of maintenance works around navaids

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 96

12.13.1 Scope of Operation Change involving Amendment of Aerodrome Manual

The following flowchart represents the process involved in changing a certificate holder's scope of operation that would require an amendment to the aerodrome manual:

Certificate holder submits amended aerodrome manual that details proposed

change to the scope of operation

Form to be completed and submitted with Aerodrome Manual amendment.

XCAA assessment of application and supporting

documentation

Demonstration inspection required?

Demonstration inspection scheduled and

confirmation sent to certificate holder

Letter to certificate holder with at least 2 weeks notice of demonstration inspection

Noes

No

Supporting documentation such as reasons for change, aeronautical studies supporting the change. See advisory circular on Aeronautical Studies or other relevant document regarding details on supporting documentation

XCAA observes changed activities of the operation

Exit meeting tabling any findings and

recommendations

Certificate holder's CEO to sign off on findings and

recommendations

Confirmation and time tabling of the corrective actions required to address findings and recommendations

Demonstration Inspection complete

Next Page

Next Page

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 97

CAA to confirm certificate holders position

Certificate holder completes rectification of

findings and recommendations and

forwards to XCAA

CAA assesses certificate holders response

Ensure response actions will correct all deficiencies found during the demonstration inspection

In writing within 10 days of inspection

Previous Page

Previous Page

Attach all checklists, correspondence and any documentation

XCAA recommends change to certificate

holders Scope of operation.

Approve Manual amendment

XCAA copy of aerodrome manual amended.

Work Request closed

Amended Aerodrome Manual pages stamped

where applicable

Copies of stamped exposition pages to be filed.

2

nd Edition: 01 April 2015 98

CHAPTER 3. RESERVED

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 99

CHAPTER 4 COMPETENCE OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL

4.1 GENERAL

A. Rationale (1) The Authority shall ensure, through the application of appropriate regulatory principles

and processes that Aerodrome Operators personnel responsible for operations and maintenance tasks are competent to carry out those tasks.

(2) The purpose of competence assessment is to affirm competence and to identify areas

in need of improvement as appropriate either in the individual or the system within which the individual works. The aerodrome operations and maintenance personnel covered in the section include apron control staff, bird control staff, airfield lighting and aircraft pavement maintenance personnel, aircraft movement area inspection staff, etc.

B. Definition (1) Assessment.The procedure by which the professional qualities currently being

demonstrated by aerodrome operation and maintenance personnel are determined. In some cases consistency may be a requirement and the attributes may be assessed individually or in their entirety. In other words, the overall quality of work is being judged.

(2) Examination. An in-depth inspection of a person‘s knowledge. It is a formalised test for

qualification using written and/or oral questioning

4.2 METHODS OF ASSESSMENT OF COMPETENCE

A. Competence may be assessed by a system of: (1) Dedicated practical check; or/and

(2) Oral Examination and/or a written test of the personnel‘s knowledge of aerodrome

operations and maintenance procedures

B. Dedicated Practical Assessments

To conduct a dedicated practical assessment the Aerodrome Inspector sits with the personnel with the sole purpose of observing the quality and standard of work being carried out. The personnel concerned must be briefed on the conduct of the assessment particularly when it is necessary to monitor and observe him from a remote position. Following a dedicated practical check the Aerodrome Inspector must de-brief the personnel being assessed and give feedback regarding the quality of working practices observed. If a personnel‘s performance is observed only in some working situations the assessment must be supplemented by questioning on other situations, e.g. low visibility operations, military activity, etc.

C. The Oral part of the Assessment Process

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 100

(1) The oral element of the process should be carried out after the practical element. All key performance objectives must be tested to confirm understanding. Scenario-type questioning allows the AI to gather additional evidence of how the operator‘s personnel would have reacted in circumstances that were not observable but are nevertheless considered important to the overall operation at that Unit. An aerodrome personnel who demonstrates practically that he can do the job (seen by direct observation) and can explain the reasons for acting in a particular way (verified through the oral element) has demonstrated understanding and has fulfilled the requirements to be considered competent.

(2) As stated, when used properly, the oral element of the process primarily establishes

how the personnel would work under circumstances the AI was unable to witness. Additionally, the AI will be able to focus on certain specific observations to provide clarification. The oral will, therefore, give a clear indication that the personnel knows, not only what he should be doing, but why he should be doing it. The oral process requires considerable skill and it is difficult to ensure consistency between individual AI.

D. Written Examinations

It is easier to administer and to ensure the consistency of written examinations particularly when using multiple-choice questioning. Although multiple-choice questioning can test knowledge it is not appropriate for determining what an aerodrome personnel would do in a particular operational situation. The most comprehensive method of testing an operation or maintenance personnel understanding, as opposed to his possession of pure knowledge, would be a combination of multiple-choice questions that assess the personnel‘s knowledge national procedures, together with a separate oral examination which tests the personnel‘s reaction to operational situations .

E. Record Keeping

AIs should keep records of the periods during which they observe and assess the competence of the personnel. Where continuous assessment is the chosen process, Aerodrome Inspectors must be particularly disciplined in this requirement. These records would be short and informal if the competence assessor had no reservations about a personnel‘s competence. Where the competence assessor(Aerodrome Inspector) is concerned that an aerodrome personnel 's operational competence is declining, but not yet to the extent that he is assessed as being not competent, more comprehensive records would be required and early intervention possibly in the form of remedial training may be needed.

4.3 OUTCOME OF A COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT

A. The competence of an aerodrome operations and maintenance personnel is measured

against performance objectives, therefore, at the end of an assessment, whether ongoing or dedicated, the personnel will have been found to be either ‗competent‘ or ‗not competent‘ as the case may be.

B. There may be occasions however, when the personnel‘s overall performance, although safe, may be described as ‗barely satisfactory‘. This may be caused by either one major factor or several smaller factors being observed during the assessment which, in themselves are not enough to declare the personnel ‗not competent‘. This situation gives the competence assessor (Aerodrome Inspector) cause for concern and it illustrates the ‗declining performance‘ of the personnel from what is expected. Aerodrome Inspectors should be able to identify aerodrome personnel whose operational competence is declining, but who are not yet below

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 101

the required competence level. An Aerodrome Inspector who identifies such a problem should discuss his concerns with the personnel concerned in order to identify, if possible, the cause of the decline in performance and determine in conjunction with the personnel in question and the Operator‘s management any remedial action that could be taken. This remedial action may include remedial training or may require a reduction in the work scope of the personnel. If the remedial action proves ineffective and the personnel 's performance continues to decline the Aerodrome Inspector should conduct a dedicated practical assessment to confirm his initial assessment. If this assessment concludes that the personnel is not competent, the personnel should be immediately informed of the result and the Aerodrome Operator advised.

C. The personnel will not, from that point on, be permitted to provide an unsupervised service and the Operator have the authority to withdraw personnel from operational duty in the interest of safety and without prejudice.

4.4 DEVELOPMENT OF PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES

Performance Objectives for Aerodrome Operations and Maintenance Personnel (Use of Checklist)

(1) The aim of aerodrome operations and maintenance is to contribute to the overall

provision of safe, orderly flight operations. Personnel can achieve this objective in different ways. It isthrough the introduction of key performance objectives the effect of subjectivity can be limited. Therefore a set of key performance objectives must be developed to ensure that the focus of the assessment is correct. Through the use of key performance objectives for assessment purposes weaknesses revealed or suspected may be further diagnosed by making reference to the more detailed task objectives.

(2) To assist the Aerodrome Inspector in the task, the availability of a relatively simple

checklist would be beneficial. It should be noted, however, that the checklist should not distract the Aerodrome Inspector from the primary task of observation. The checklist would best be completed before the formal debriefing and it would also be of great assistance to the Aerodrome Inspector in compiling the report. Whatever the key performances demanded of Aerodrome personnel one of the most important elements of any competence assessment is that the person being assessed has a clear understanding of the objectives against which he is being assessed.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 102

CHAPTER 5 PARTICIPATION IN SAFETY RELATED ACTIVITIES

5.1 PURPOSE

This Chapter defines the Aerodrome Inspector's recommended role in the following activities.

5.2 AERODROME EMERGENCY PLAN (AEP) EXERCISES

It is recommended that Aerodrome Inspectors attend the biennial full scale emergency exercise required in (Insert relevant document reference). An exercise should not only be a learning experience for aerodrome/emergency personnel but an opportunity for the AI to do a firsthand evaluation of the AEP. Normally an AI will be only one of several people evaluating an exercise. Any problems or deficiencies brought out during the exercise which requires a change to the AEP need to be attended to in a timely manner by aerodrome management.

5.3 PRE-DESIGN/PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCES/MEETINGS

It is recommended that AIs attend pre-design and preconstruction conferences/meetings when a construction project is complex or there is significant work that may impact compliance with Part 14 Regulations. This will allow the inspector to make input prior to the time of design/construction. AI recommendations and comments should be documented and form part of the minutes of the Pre-design/Preconstruction Conference/Meeting.

5.4 FINAL INSPECTION OF COMPLETED PROJECTS

At the completion of a construction project involving complex or significant work the AI, if requested, should accompany XCAA project engineer/manager to assure compliance with Regulations. If problem areas are noted, coordination with aerodrome management should be accomplished in order to bring the project up to standards.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 103

CHAPTER 6 REGULATORY ENFORCEMENT

Note: Enforcement policy of the Authority dictated by the provisions in Part XX of the (State) Aviation Regulation and procedures are discussed in the Resolutions Manual. The general criteria often applied in determining the enforcement actions to be taken are discussed below.

A. Administrative Enforcement Action

Administrative Enforcement Action is intended to bring the violation to the attention of the aerodrome operator, to document corrective action and to require future compliance. Such actions are warranted when the violation does not result in a significant unsafe condition, is not caused by incompetence or lack of required qualifications on the part of the aerodrome operator, is not deliberately caused, the attitude of the operator is constructive and positive towards compliance with the regulations and there is no history of such a violation by the operator.

B. Formal Legal Enforcement Action

(1) Formal legal enforcement action may be warranted to prevent future violations of the regulations. Such action may include revocation, suspension or amendment of the certificate.

(2) Certificate-related legal sanctions can have a significant impact on air services and may also have other repercussions. Since the public interest and aviation safety are the principal objectives of aerodrome certification regulations, recourse to the imposition of sanctions may be warranted only after all other means of resolving safety violations have failed to ensure compliance.

(3) Suspension of an aerodrome certificate may be considered if:

(a) the aerodrome operator‘s safety management system is found to be inadequate; (b) it is in the interest of operational safety;

(c) all other means for timely correction of the unsafe condition or ensuring safe aircraft

operations have not yielded the required results;

(d) the technical proficiency or qualifications of the aerodrome operator to perform the duties to meet the critical safety requirements in accordance with the regulations are found inadequate;

(e) the operator resists or is unwilling to take action to correct or mitigate the condition

affecting aviation safety; or

(f) the operator wilfully fails to perform an already agreed upon corrective action and suspension of the certificate is the last resort to avoid unsafe operations in the aerodrome movement area.

(4) Revocation of an aerodrome certificate may be warranted if the aerodrome operator:

(a) is incapable or unwilling to carry out corrective action or has committed/repeated

serious violations;

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 104

(b) has demonstrated a lack of responsibility, such as deliberate and flagrant acts of non-

compliance or falsification of records jeopardizing aviation safety; or

(c) has made it convincingly clear that the continued operation of the aerodrome will be detrimental to the public interest.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 105

PART 4 INSPECTOR TRAINING AND

QUALIFICATION

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 106

CHAPTER 1. AERODROME INSPECTOR TRAINING SYSTEM (ITS) PROGRAM

1.1. INTRODUCTION

A. The Directorate of Aerodrome Safety and Standards (DASS) Inspector Training System (ITS)

is a comprehensive training program for Aerodrome Inspectors. It is a single integrated program which provides oversight and management of inspector development from new-hire status through retirement from the XCAA. The program is systematic and structured to provide for the delivery of an effective ICAO compliant program. It is intended to prepare new hires from aviation industry for their new role as government Aviation Safety Inspectors.

B. The Inspector Training System is composed of five principal components:

(1) ITS Program

(2) ITS OJT

(3) ITS Formal Course Standards

(4) ITS Job Tasks Analysis

(5) ITS Training Record

C. Chapter 1 of this section - ITS Program describes the requirements, objectives, and procedures for operation of the Aerodrome Inspector Training System. Policies and procedures have been designed to provide the maximum flexibility to accommodate individual and office preferences while fulfilling the obligations of ICAO and needs of the Aerodrome Department. This chapter also includes inspector Training Profiles and Position Descriptions.

D. Chapter 2 of this section - ITS Formal Course Standard and Job Task Analysis discusses

course descriptions and minimum requirements for each of the formal classroom style training courses referenced in the Aerodrome ITS. The Job Task Analysis is briefly mentioned in this chapter. Detailed inventory of the requirements associated with each technical job tasks is provided in a separate document. Each Job Task Analysis provided a description of the task, required supporting documents, and a step-by-step listing of the subtasks that must be performed to accomplish the task.

E. Chapter 3 of this section on ITS On-The-Job-Training describes the requirements and procedures used to conduct on-the-job training for the technical job tasks listed in the Training Profiles.

F. Chapter 4 of this section on Scope of Authorisation provides guidance and procedures for

the issuance and awarding of XCAA Scope of Authorization.

G. Chapter 4 of this section -The ITS Training Record discussed the means used to record all training completed in the ITS.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 107

1.2. INTERNATIONAL OBLIGATIONS

A. (State) is a signatory to the Convention on International Civil Aviation (known as the Chicago Convention), is obligated to implement the aviation safety requirements of ICAO. In order to fulfill its ICAO obligations, the Government of (state) created the XCAA. The XCAA with its component departments which include aerodrome is then granted the responsibility and authority to implement the ICAO requirements on behalf of the Federal Government.

The ICAO requirements are contained in the Articles of the Chicago Convention and in the Standards and Recommended Practices (SARPS) found in the Annexes to the Convention. In addition, to these, ICAO has published many guidance documents which contain best practices for the operation of the XCAA. The principal ICAO documents affecting the Aerodrome are as follows:

(1) Chicago Convention;

(2) Annex 14 – Aerodrome Design and Operation;

(3) Doc. 9734, Safety Oversight Manual, Draft 2005;

(4) Doc. 9774, Manual on Aerodrome Certification.

1.3. TRAINING POLICY

A. This training program is intended to address the development of Inspectors from the time they are newly hired into the XCAAthrough the attainment of Principal Inspector or Journey status, and throughout the careers.

B. This section provides the training requirements for Aerodrome Inspectors. These

requirements include both formal classroom training courses and on-the-job training requirements. Training requirements have been specified for nine categories of training which are discussed in 1.5- Training Profiles, and 1.6 – Training Categories. All DASS Inspectors must complete the training requirements specified in this document.

C. The Director General and certain designated staff members of the Authority have overall

responsibility for the XCAAsuccessful implementation of this inspector training program. These responsibilities include managing, coordinating, and developing training policies, procedures, plans, programs and budgets for all aspects of the Inspector Training System. Roles and responsibilities are included in this section for five positions:

(1) Director General

(2) National Training Manager

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 108

(3) Office Manager

(4) OJT Program Managers

(5) Inspectors

A. The Director General is responsible for the following: STAFFING (1) Hire highly qualified individuals to serve as Aerodrome Inspectors.

(2) Provide the Inspectors with industry comparable remuneration.

(3) Provide qualified staff in sufficient numbers to ensure the fulfillment of national

requirements and international obligations BUDGETING (1) Ensure that the budget submitted by DASS will fully support the requirements of the

inspector training program;

(2) Ensure that adequate resources are provided to the Directorate to fully implement the inspector training program;

(3) Approve and fund training activities identified in this document. TRAINING (1) Ensure the development of a highly skilled and qualified work force.

(2) Review the inspector training program to ensure it is meeting national objectives, ICAO

requirements, and international obligations.

(3) Provides leaders and direction to support the Aerodrome training program.

(4) Ensure that the inspector training program is effectively and efficiently managed, and complies with all policy requirements.

(5) Hold managers and supervising officers accountable for ensuring that employee work

assignments and schedules allow for sufficient time for employees to fully participate in and complete training requirements.

(6) Negotiate and oversee national agreements and contract with training institutions.

(7) Provide for evaluation of any locally arranged and conducted training.

(8) Ensure the appropriate elements are included in job task analysis information and the job

task analysis drives training courses to ensure that the content remains current with respect to job tasks, knowledge, skills and inspector performance requirements.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 109

B. The National Training Manager is responsible for the management, standardization, implementation, and revision of the ITS training program. The National Training Manager is responsible for the following:

(1) Standardized implementation of the ITS in the Aerodrome Department.

(2) Ensure allocation of resources from the Authority required to fulfill ITS requirements.

(3) Recommending policy or procedural changes to the ITS. (4) Accomplishing revisions to the ITS as required. (5) Coordination and communication with different departments of DASS to be sure they are

aware of policies and changes to the ITS.

C. Office Managers play a key role in assessing gaps between missions requirements and actual workforce skills, identifying developmental needs, prioritizing training needs, certifying the accomplishment of learning objectives, and fostering on-the-job development.

D. Office Managers are responsible for the following: (1) Assign office resources: ensure funds and people are provided to support inspector

training.

(2) Ensure that employee work assignments and schedules allow sufficient time for employees to fully participate in and complete training requirements.

(3) Notify Human Resources Department regarding changes in training requirements, specify

new training needs not previously identified, and relinquished training resources that no longer apply.

(4) Foster a work environment conducive to the success of the training program. (5) Communicate regularly with employees regarding the status of training requirements and

employees progress in meeting requirements. (6) Evaluate the effectiveness of the training program on a continuous basis and providing

feedback to DASS. (7) Manage and administer an OJT program in each department, identify specific job tasks for

which employees must complete OJT, designate qualified employees to serve as OJT instructors, ensure OJT instructors receive training, and ensure performance of OJT instructor meets acceptable standards.

E. OJT Program Managers are responsible for the daily implementation of the ITS training program in each Division. They may conduct actual JOT training inspector, or may delegate the conduct of training to OJT instructor when necessary. The OJT Program Manager should be specified in each Division .

F. The OJT Program Manager or delegated OJT Instructors are responsible for the following: (1) Arrange for formal training courses that required for each inspector.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 110

(2) Schedule On-the-job-training events.

(3) Logistics associated with training events.

(4) Conduct on-the-job-training events.

(5) Training recordkeeping.

(6) Advise the Office Manager when training has been completed.

(7) Annual review of the ITS Training Record for each inspector in the office to determine

ongoing training needs.

G. The Directorate of Aerodrome Standards and Safety depends upon the talent and dedication

of its employees to accomplish its mission. To meet this challenge, inspectors must recognize and take advantage of opportunities, whether on the job, outside of work, or in formal training, to develop expertise require by changing job requirements.

H. Each inspector is responsible for the following: (1) Collaborate with Office Manager to identify his/her training needs.

(2) Communicate with OJT Program Manager or instructors to plan training activities.

(3) Actively participate in training activities.

(4) Review personal training records and documentation as directed.

(5) Provide feedback and evaluation regarding the effectiveness of the training program.

1.4. INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS- NEW HIRE

A. The Directorate of Aerodrome Safety and Standards conduct highly technical work and

occupy sensitive and authoritative positions as representatives of the XCAA and the Federal Government of (State). It is essential that new inspector candidates meet the highest standards of competence and integrity.

The minimum requirements for new-hire Aerodrome Inspectors who are selected as new hires are provided below. While not absolute, these qualifications and experience requirements provide important guidelines for initial employment of new inspectors (See: ICAO Doc. 9774, 5.5.1 and 5,5,2) (1) Civil or Electrical Engineer with experience in aerodrome planning,operation or

maintenance (Flight training,airport management experience and knowledge of modern safety managementsystemsaredesirable) ; or

(2) Persons with airportmanagement, flightoperationsor airtrafficcontrolbackgrounds

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 111

1.5. TRAINING PROFILES

A. The training program specifies the minimum initial training requirements that must be completed for both Aerodrome Inspectors. Recurrent training requirements are discussed in Section 1.7 and are not specifically shown in the Training Profiles.

B. The training required for any individual inspector is based upon the specific Job Tasks that the inspector will be asked to perform. The Job Tasks are shown in the Training Profiles for Aerodrome Inspectors. This Training Profiles are located in Appendix 1 and 2 of this document.

C. Within the Training Profiles the Job Tasks have been divided into nine categories that

represent the principal subject areas for Aerodrome Inspectors. Each training category includes a listing of all profiles of all possible Job Tasks. These same training categories are used consistently throughout the ITS system. The training categories are as follows:

(1) Indoctrination

(2) Certification

(3) Surveillance

(4) Personnel Training

(5) Investigations

(6) Job Skills

(7) Emergency Services

(8) Aerodrome Engineering

(9) Management

D. Training categories one through five are normally considered core training that is required for all inspectors. If more than one course is shown in the category, it is expected that, as a minimum, at least the first course listed in the category will be provided to an inspector prior to being assigned as a Principal Inspector. Training categories six through nine are optional specialized training.

E. For each of these training categories, a formal required training course has been specified. In order to determine the training required for an inspector, simply consult the Training Profile, and locate the Job Task that the inspector will be asked to perform. The inspector must complete both the formal classroom training course associated with the Job Task, and On-the-job-training for the Job Task, before he can be given authority to conduct the task by himself. The process illustrated as follows:

Select Training Category

Complete Formal Course

Complete OJT on Job Tasks

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 112

F. In order to achieve qualification for any particular Job Task, an inspector must complete both the formal course and the OJT for that Job Task. A detailed analysis of each Job Task is found in a separate Job Task analysis document for Aerodrome Inspectors.

1.6. TRAINING CATEGORIES

A. This section provides a description of each training category traditionally used in Aerodrome Department. In addition to the nine principal training categories used in the ITS, several sub-categories are also discussed below in order to provide supporting details, policy, or XCAA requirements for that subject area. Sample formal classroom training course description can be found for each of these subject areas in the ITS Formal Course Standards.

B. It is important to note that the training category used in the ITS for Aerodromes represent DASS oriented job functions. The ITS for Aerodromes does not use training categories called, Aerodromes because there are inspectors specialties not specific job functions. Training requirement for these specialties are included under each of the nine training categories used in the ITS. All of the following subject areas have been addressed in the Training Profiles under one of the nine principal training categories.

(1) INDOCTRINATION

Training courses in this category are designed to provide a new employee with the history of the XCAA, obligations, normal office procedures, ethics standards, computer skills, use of software, information technologies, and administrative procedures related to such things as time and attendance, leave, pay, retirement, conduct and discipline etc. (2) CERTIFICATION

Training courses in this category are designed to provide the knowledge and skills required to be successful in the performance of Job Tasks related to the certification of aerodromes. (3) SURVEILLANCE

Training courses in this category are designed to provide the knowledge and skills required to be successful in the performance of Job Tasks related to the surveillance or inspection of the aerodrome industry. (4) COMPETENCE ASSSSMENT

Training courses in this category are designed to provide the knowledge and skills required to be successful in the performance of Job Tasks related to assessment of aerodrome operator‘s personnel competence as required by State regulations. These normally include aerodrome operations and maintenance personnel

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 113

(5) INVESTIGATIONS

Training courses in this category are designed to provide the knowledge and skills that are required in the performance of Job Tasks related to the investigation of aircraft incidents, accidents, and violations. Courses of this type include Aircraft Accident Investigation, Human factors, Compliance and Enforcement, etc. (6) JOB SKILLS

Training courses in this category include many subjects that will enhance an Inspector‘s knowledge and skill in any work related area. This will include such things as systems training, advanced techniques, new technologies, safety management, communications skills, computers, report writing, etc. the ongoing enhancement of Inspector skills is an ICAO requirements. (7) EMERGENCY SERVICES

Training courses in this category will prepare an Inspector for advanced responsibilities in the area of aircraft fire fighting, aerodrome emergency planning etc

(8) AERODROME ENGINEERING

Training courses in this category will prepare an Inspector for advanced responsibilities in the areas of airport planning, design, maintenance etc

(9) MANAGEMENT

Training courses in this category provide an Inspector with knowledge and skill that is required to function effectively as a supervisor, manager, training manager, or instructor. Courses in this category include Basic Supervisory Skills, Advanced Management Techniques, Instructor Training, Labor Relations, Conduct and Discipline, Systems Thinking, Strategic Planning, etc.

C. RECURRENT

(1) Recurrent training requirements are not shown in the Inspector Training Profiles.

(2) In order that an AI credential holder to perform the inspection duties prescribed in this Manual, it is necessary to maintain currency by compliance with the following:

(a) Perform an overall aerodrome inspection within the last 12 month period.

(b) At least once every two year after receiving his/her credential, an AI shall attend one

recurrent training course.

(3) The selection of the most appropriate recurrent training course should be determined by

the Inspector in collaboration with his Supervisor or Manager and reviewed annually. (4) Generally, a formal recurrent training course should contain a review of the elements found

in the initial course, along with a discussion of any new requirements or procedures that

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 114

have been established in the previous few years, as they relate to the inspector‘s tasks. The length of recurrent classroom training courses should typically be 30% - 50% of the length for the initial course. There are no additional Job Tasks associated with formal classroom recurrent training courses.

D. ON-THE-JOB-TRAINING

On-the-Job-Training (OJT) must be completed during initial training for every Job Task that an Inspector will be authorized to conduct without assistance. An Inspector must complete three phases of OJT instruction for each Job Task. This training must be accomplished under the direct supervision of the OJT Program Manager or an authorized OJT Instructor/qualified inspector. Detailed procedures for the conduct of OJT are found in Chapter 3 of this Part.

1.7. TRAINING PROCESS

A. When a new candidate is selected from the aviation industry or advanced program to become

an Aerodrome Inspector he is issued a Position Description for a New Hire/Development Inspector. He must then complete the training requirements specified in this document before being given the authority to accomplish any inspector Job Task without direct supervision.

B. All new hire employees normally begin training with indoctrination training. After successfully completing this training requirement a new inspector is then issued XCAA credential, but at this point any Job Task accomplished for the XCAAmust still be under the direct supervision of another qualified inspector or OJT Instructor. All new-hire inspectors must complete both the formal training course and On-the-Job-Training on the associated Job Tasks before being given authority to accomplish a Job Task independently.

C. After receiving a XCAA Credential, the new inspector normally continues training until he has

completed training in all five subject areas that comprise the core of inspector job functions.

D. Core training refers to the essential training that must be provided to all Aerodrome Inspectors. Core training requirements are found in the first five training categories of the Training Profiles. If more than one course is shown in a category, as a minimum, at least the first listed in the category will be provided to an inspector prior to being assigned as a Principal Inspector.

E. The five essential core training courses are: New Employee Orientation, Air Operator

Certification, Air Operator Surveillance, Personnel Licensing Procedures and Compliance & Enforcement. When this minimum core training requirements have been completed the inspector can be issued a Principal Inspector Position Description as described in Section 1.11 of this Chapter. He should then continue training until all training courses in the first five training categories has been completed.

F. The following flowchart depicts the typical process for a new-hire employee all the way

through final qualification and journeyman status. This process can be modified as necessary to accommodate special requirements.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 115

1.8. INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS-JOURNEYMAN

Final inspector qualification is accomplished in three steps as shown in the table below.

Recurrent Training Program

Optional Job Skills and Specialty Training Courses as Required. OJT on Associated Job Tasks

Assignment as Principal Inspector - Issue Position Description -

Formal Investigations Course OJT on Associated Job Tasks

Formal Competence Assessment Course OJT on Associated Job Tasks

Formal Surveillance Training Course OJT on Associated Job Tasks

Formal Certification Course OJT on Associated Job Tasks

Issue Inspector Credential

Formal Indoctrination Training Course OJT on Indoctrination Job Tasks

New Hire Inspector. Meets Criteria?

Issue New-Hire Position Description

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 116

Final Inspector Qualification

Step # XCAA Authority Granted: Training Required:

1.

Issuance of the XCAA inspector credential.

Meets new hire minimum requirements. Completion of the Indoctrination formal course and OJT on associated Job Tasks as specified in the Aerodrome Inspector training profiles.

2.

Signature of authority for any particular job task.

Completion of the formal training course and OJT associated with the Job Task as specified in the Aerodrome Inspector training profiles

3.

Assignment a Principal Inspector

Completion of at least the minimum five core training courses.

1.9. FORMAL COURSE STANDARDS

A. Formal training course descriptions for Aerodrome inspectors are found in Chapter 2 of this Part.

B. These course descriptions specify the title, course number, minimum training hours, and minimum content that must be included for each course. All formal classroom training courses provided to Aerodrome Inspectors must meet these minimum requirements in order to be creditable under this training program.

C. Course descriptions are provided for both initial and recurrent training courses under the

same nine standardized training categories.. (1) Indoctrination.

(2) Certification.

(3) Surveillance.

(4) Competence Assessment.

(5) Investigations.

(6) Job Skills.

(7) Emergency Services.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 117

(8) Aerodrome Engineering.

(9) Management.

D. A course that does not meet the minimum guidelines specified in the Formal Course

Standards cannot be used for credit..

E. If DASS must use a deficient course, and wish to use it for credit, the course must first be modified by adding additional time and material so that it will comply with the standard.

F. Alternatively, DASS could take the first deficient course and then combine it with a second

supplementary course. This combination of two courses to meet the requirements of one ITS course would be acceptable. The most important thing is to ensure that high quality is done, and to comply with total hours and recommended subjects as specified in the Formal Course Standards.

1.10. RECORD KEEPING

A. It is imperative that an accurate and permanent record be created to record the training status of each Inspector. This record should be meticulously maintained from the time the Inspector is hired into the XCAA until the time he retires from the XCAA.

B. Record keeping for Aerodrome Inspectors is accomplished by the ITS Training Record. This Training Record is a (hard copy/an automated software program). (For soft copy users)The software includes automates summary functions for managers and worksheets for Aerodrome Inspectors. The ITS Training Record creates a comprehensive record of the formal classroom training and on-the-job training that has been completed by each inspector during his career. . (For hard copy users)The hard copy uses the Aviation Safety Inspector OJT Progress Chart for the OJT accomplishment and individual training files for the record of the formal course training.

1.11. POSITION DESCRIPTIONS

A. Position Descriptions are used by the XCAA for administrative control to assign an Inspector

to a particular job function or specialty. They may contain administrative information such as pay grade, and description of the employee‘s areas of responsibility.

B. Position descriptions do not specify training requirements. Training requirements are specified in the Inspector Training Profiles and are based on the individual Job Tasks that an inspector will be asked to perform.

C. Position Descriptions (PDs) have been provided for five inspector specialties in common use.

These PDs are located in Appendix 3 of this document and can be used by XCAA management at their discretion. Titles of the PDs are shown below.

(1) Aerodrome Inspectors:

(a) New Hire/Development Inspector

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 118

(b) Principal Operations Inspector

(c) Emergency Service Inspector

(d) Aerodrome Engineering Safety Inspector

(2) Supervisory Personnel (a) Aerodrome Department Managers

(b) Aerodrome Unit Supervisors Office Manager

D. The New Hire/Development PD should be issued to all inspector personnel at the time they

are hired. The Principal Aerodrome Inspector PDs should be issued to an inspector only after he has completed the core training requirements specified in Section 1.5 of this Chapter . The Emergency Services, Aerodrome Engineering and Supervisory PDs should be issued only after completion of all core training as well as the additional specialized training shown in the Training Profiles. In this way issuance of a PD assigns inspector responsibilities, and also serves to indicate that the inspector has completed all training that is required for that assignment.

1.12. DEFINITIONS

A. Approved Curriculum: A training course that included all of the following characteristics:

(1) A course number assigned by the training institution. (2) Instructors who have been approved by the training institution in accordance with

established criteria. (3) Written courseware that includes student prerequisite, written objectives, instructor lesson

plans, and established requirements for graduation. (4) Some form of assessment to determine that the training objectives have been met.

B. Continuing Development Training: Optional training required to improve an employee‘s Position Essential skills. This is supplemental training that is not necessarily required for all employees. This training will be identified through collaboration between an employee and his supervisor or manager. This training should only be scheduled after all core training requirements have been completed.

C. Core Training: Core training refers to the essential training (both formal courses and OJT) that should be provided to all Aerodorme Inspectors. Core training requirements are shown in the ITS as the first formal course listed in training categories 1 through 5. These five courses are: New Employee Orientation, Aerodrome Certification, Aerodrome Surveillance, Competence Assessment and Compliance and Enforcement.

D. Developmental: Developmental Refers To Two Types Of Inspectors:

(1) A person who has been hired as an inspector by the XCAA but who does not meet all of

the minimum recruitment standards specified by the XCAA. The individual in this category will continue to develop their training experience under the guidance of the XCAA until

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 119

meeting the minimum requirements for new inspectors. The inspector is not issued an inspector credential until he/she meets all new hire requirements as well as all core training requirements.

(2) A new-hire inspector who meets all of the requirement standards but who has not yet completed the core training requirements for Principal Inspectors.

E. Formal Training Course: a course of training conducted in a classroom environment in

accordance with an approved Curriculum (see definition above). Formal courses include all flight courses and most courses conducted by approved training institutions.

F. Four steps of training evaluation: Level 1: Reaction – How well did the trainees like the program. Level 2: Learning – To what extent did the trainees learnt the facts, principles and approached

that were included in the classroom training. Level 3: Behaviour – To what extent did their job behaviour change because of the program. Level 4: Results – What final results were achieved (Reduction in cost, reduction in turnover,

improvement in production etc.)

G. Informal Course: Courses in this category include computer-based instruction (CBI), correspondence training, interactive video tele-training (IVT), videotapes, web-based training (WBT), and locally funded workshops, seminars, conferences, and symposia.

H. Instructional Systems Design (ISD): A systematic approach to training in which all phases of the development process are put together in logical steps. Each phase builds on the preceding one and is used to develop training that is linked to job performance.

I. Job Task Analysis (JTA): The process of making a complete task inventory of a job which

results in accurate and descriptive task statements and other job-specific information.

J. Journeyman Inspector: A generic term for any inspector who meets the minimum recruitment standards specified by the XCAAand has completed the core training requirements.

K. Mandatory Training: Training that must be accomplished by an Inspector before he can

accomplish assigned Job Tasks without assistance. Previous work experience may not be substituted for this training.

L. New-Hire: A new employee hired to become a Aerodrome Inspector at the XCAA. New hire

inspector personnel should be issued Developmental position descriptions until completing the core training requirements.

M. On-The-Job- Training (OJT): Structured training conducted at a work site by the supervisor or

his/her designee. This type of training provided direct experience in the work environment in which the employee is performing or will be performing on the job.

N. Position Essential Training: Supplemental training or skill required by an employee that will

significantly enhance in his performance in his current duty position. This is highly desirable training for which there is no associated Job Task specified in the Training Profile. Previous equivalent work experience or training may be substituted for this training.

O. Recurrent Training: A course of refresher training taken at specified time periods after initial

training. Recurrent training should be completed at regular intervals.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 120

P. Specialized Training: Specialized training is additional, beyond the Principal Inspector level that is provided to improve an inspector‘s abilities in a specific area. Examples might include such things as aircraft dispatch, avionics, cabin safety, or supervisory training.

Q. Training Needs Assessment (TNA): The DASS process for determining training requirements.

This process is used to identify all training requirements, including formal, management, general, and other training.

APPENDIX S4C1-1 AERODROME INSPECTOR TRAINING PROFILE

Aerodrome Inspector Training Profile

Job Function Duty AGA Task #

Task Description

1.0 Indoctrination 1.000 Formal Course Name: New Employee Orientation Formal Course Number: 1001 Indoctrination Admin 1.001 Employee benefits Indoctrination Admin 1.002 Time and Attendance Indoctrination Admin 1.003 Employee Training and Development Indoctrination Admin 1.004 Office Communications Indoctrination Admin 1.005 Computer Systems Indoctrination Admin 1.006 Managing Resources Indoctrination Admin 1.007 Employee Ethics Indoctrination Admin 1.008 Labor Unions Indoctrination Admin 1.009 Conduct and Discipline Indoctrination Admin 1.010 Travel Indoctrination Admin 1.011 Security Indoctrination Admin 1.012 Legal and regulatory documents, inspector‘s manual,

guidance materials. Indoctrination Admin 1.013 Aviation environment (Ministry in charge of aviation,

CAA, Service providers and international and regional organizations)

2.0 Certification 2.000 Formal Course Name: Aerodrome Certification Formal Course Number: 2002 Certification Aerodrome

Operator 2.001 Cert Phase I: Pre-application Phase

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.002 Cert Phase II: Formal Application Phase and Document Evaluation Phase

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.003 Cert Phase III: Demonstration and Inspection Phase

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.004 Cert Phase IV: Certification Phase

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.005 Cert Phase V: Promulgation Phase

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 121

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.006 Evaluate an Aerodrome Operations Manual

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.007 Process a Request for Amendment of an Aerodrome Certificate

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.008 Process a Request for the Transfer of an Aerodrome Certificate

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.009 Process a Request for the Surrender of an Aerodrome Certificate

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.010 Process and Exemption,Deviation or Waiver Request

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.011 Evaluate an Aerodrome Reporting System

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.012 Evaluate Airside Pavements and Safety Areas

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.013 Evaluate Aerodrome Visual Aids

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.014 Evaluate an Obstacle Control Program

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.015 Evaluate an Airside Vehicle Control Program

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.016 Evaluate a Wildlife Hazard Management Program

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.017 Evaluate a Training Program for Operations/Maintenance Staff

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.018 Evaluate a Training Program for RFF Staff

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.019 Approve a Work Safety Plan

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.020 Evaluate an Apron Safety/Management Program

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.021 Evaluate a Surface Movement Guidance and Control Systems

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.022 Evaluate a Disabled Aircraft Removal Program

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.023 Conduct an Initial Site Assessment

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.024 Evaluate a Pavement/Safety Area Maintenance Program

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.025 Evaluate an Airfeild Lighting/ Power Supply Maintenance Program

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.026 Evaluate and Approve a Runway Extension Request

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.027 Evaluate and Approve an Apron Extension Request

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.028 Evaluate and Approve a Pavement Resurfacing Request

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.029 Approve a Request for Change in Fire Cover Status

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.030 Evaluate an Aerodrome Rescue and Fire Fighting Capability

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.031 Evaluate an Aerodrome Emergency Plan

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 122

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.032 Evaluate a Fuel Handling/Storage Inspection

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.033 Evaluate Ground Handling Facilites/Equipment

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.034 Evaluate a Ground Handling Operations Manual

Certification Aerodrome Operator

2.035 Evaluate a Ground Handling Operations Personnel Training Programme

2.1 Certification 2.100 Formal Course Name: Heliport Certification Formal Course Number: 2102 Certification Heliport

Operator 2.101 Certification of a Heliport

Certification Heliport Operator

2.102 Evaluate Heliport Facilities and RFFS

Certification Heliport Operator

2.103 Evaluate a Heliport Operations Manual

Certification Heliport Operator

2.104 Evaluate a Heliport Operations Personnel Training Program

3.0 Surveillance 3.000 Formal Course Name: Aerodrome Surveillance Formal Course Number: 3002 Surveillance Aerodrome

Operator 3.001 Plan a Surveillance Work Program

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.002 Conduct an Aircraft Fueling Inspection

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.003 Inspect a Response Test

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.004 Inspect a Partial Emergency Exercise

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.005 Inspect a Friction Test/ Records

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.006 Inspect a Pavement Strength Report

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.007 Inspect an Aerodrome Works

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.008 Inspect Airside Physical Characteristics

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.009 Inspect Airside Visual Aids

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.010 Inspect a Rescue and Fire Fighting Facility

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.011 Inspect an Aerodrome Marking/Signage and Lighting Plan

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.012 Inspect an Existing Obstacle

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.013 Inspect an Aerodrome Emergency Plan

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 123

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.014 Inspect a RFFP training Program

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.015 Inspect a Wildlife Control Officer Training Program

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.016 Inspect an Operations Personnel Training Program

Surveillance Air Operator 3.017 Inspect a Maintenance Personnel Training Program Surveillance Aerodrome

Operator 3.018 Inspect a Revised Aerodrome Emergency Manual

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.019 Conduct a Wildlife Inspection

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.020 Inspect an Obstacle Chart

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3.020 Inspect a Heliport

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3021 Perform an Operations/Maintenance Personnel Competence Assessment

Surveillance Aerodrome Operator

3022 Perform an RFF Personnel Competence Assessment

4.0 Competence Assessment 4.000 Formal Course Name: Competence Assessment Procedures - Aerodromes Formal Course Number: 4002 Competence Assessment

4.001 Inspect an Operations Personnel Competence Assessment Scheme

Competence Assessment

4.002 Inspect an Maintenance Personnel Competence Assessment Scheme

Competence Assessment

4.003 Inspect an RFF Personnel Competence Assessment Scheme

4.2 Competence Assessment 4.200 Formal Course Name: Designated Assessor Procedures Formal Course Number: 4202 Competence Assessment

Assessors 4.204 Inspect a Designated Aerodrome Operations Personnel Assessor

Competence Assessment

Assessors 4.205 Inspect a Designated Aerodrome Maintenance Personnel Assessor

Competence Assessment

Assessors 4.206 Inspect a Designated Fireman Assessor

4.5 Competence Assessment 4.500 Formal Course Name: Aviation Training Organizations - Aerodrome Formal Course Number: 4502 Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.501 Approval of a Training Center or renewal

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.502 Inspect Training Personnel, Facilities, Equipment, and Records of a RFF Training School

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.503 Inspect Training Center Personnel and Qualifications

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 124

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.504-4.509

Blank

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.510 Inspect Training Center Simulator

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.5011 Blank

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.512 Approve a Training Center Training Program Curriculum

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.513 Blank

Competence Assessment

Trn‘gCenter 4.514 Evaluate a Training Center Lease or Contract

5.0 Investigations 5.000 Formal Course Name: Compliance & Enforcement (or Resolution of Safety Concerns) Formal Course Number: 5002 Investigations Enforcement 5.001 Conduct an Enforcement Investigation Investigations Enforcement 5.002 Investigate Non-Compliance in Accordance with Self-

Disclosure Investigations Enforcement 5.003 Provide Technical Assistance to Legal Counsel Investigations Enforcement 5.004 Investigate a Complaint Investigations Enforcement 5.005 Blank

Investigations Enforcement 5.006 Suspension, Revocation of an Aerodrome Certificate

Investigation Enforcement 5.009 Investigate a Vehicle Deviation

5.5 Investigations 5.500

Formal Course Name: Aerodrome Accident Investigation Formal Course Number: 5502

Investigations Accident 5.501 Investigate an Aircraft Accident

Investigations Accident 5.502 Investigate an Aircraft Incident

Investigations Accident 5.503 Investigate an Occurrence

6.3 Job Skills 6.300

Formal Course Name: Wildlife Hazard Management Formal Course Number: 6302

Job Skills WHM 6.301 Evaluate a Wildlife Hazard Management Program

Job Skills WHM 6.302 Inspect a Wildlife Control Officer Training Program

Job Skills WHM 6.303 Conduct a Wildlife Inspection

6.4 Job Skills 6.400

Formal Course Name: Aerodrome Operations Formal Course Number: 6402

Job Skills Aero Ops 6.401 Evaluate an Airside Vehicle Control Program

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 125

Job Skills Aero Ops 6.402 Perform Operations Staff Competence Assessment

Job Skills Aero Ops 6.403 Evaluate and Apron Safety/Management Program

Job Skills Aero Ops 6.404 Evaluate/Inspect a Ground Handling Operation

Job Skills Aero Ops 6.405 Evaluate/Inspect a Terminal Operations/Mgt Programme

Job Skills Aero Ops 6.406 Evaluate/Inspect a Cargo Operations/Mgt Programme

6.5 Job Skills 6.500

Formal Course Name: Aviation Safety Program Manager - Aerodrome Formal Course Number: 6502

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.501 Develop an Annual District Aviation Safety Prgm Plan

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.502 Manage Safety Meetings, Events and Activities

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.503 Appoint an Aviation Safety Counselor

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.504 Issue an Aviation Safety Award

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.505 Evaluate Accident or Incident Reports for Trends

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.508 Process a Remedial Training Action

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.509 Issue Waiver or Authorization for a Aviation Event

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.510 – 6.513

Blank

Job Skills Safety Prgm 6.514 Evaluate and Approve a Work Safety Plan

6.6 Job Skills 6.600

Formal Course Name: Aeronautical Studies and Risk Assessment Formal Course Number: 6601

Job Skills 6.601 Process an Aviation Height Clearance Certificate

Job Skills 6.602 Conduct Obstruction Evaluation

Job Skills 6.603 Conduct Airport Airspace Evaluation

Job Skills 6.604 Evaluate and Approve an Aeronautical Study Report

6.7 Job Skills 6.700

Formal Course Name: Safety Management System Formal Course Number: 6701

Job Skills SMS 6.701 Approve a Safety Management System

Job Skills SMS 6.702 Approve a Safety Management System

7.0 Emergency Services

7.000

Formal Course Name: Rescue and Fire Fighting Formal Course Number: 7001

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.001 Evaluate/Inspect an Aerodrome Rescue and Fire Fighting Capability

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.002 Evaluate a Change in Fire Cover Status

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.003 Perform a Rescue and Fire Fighting Personnel Competence Assessment

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.004 Evaluate RFFS Training Program

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 126

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.005 Conduct a Fuel Handling/Storage Inspection

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.006 Conduct a Rescue and Fire Fighting Inspection

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.007 Inspect a Response Test

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.008 Evaluate an Aerodrome Emergency Plan

Emergency Services

ARFF 7.009 Evaluate a Full-Scale/Partial Aerodrome Emergency Exercise

8.0 Aerodrome Engineering 8000

Formal Course Name: Aerodrome Engineering Formal Course Number: 8001

Job Skills AE 8.001 Evaluate a Runway Upgrading/Expansion Request

Job Skills AE 8.002 Evaluate an Apron Upgrading/Expansion Request

Job Skills AE 8.003 Evaluate Terminal Facility Upgrade

Job Skills AE 8.004 Evaluate a Pavement Resurfacing Request

Job Skills AE 8.005 Inspect a Pavement Friction Test

Job Skills AE 8.006 Inspect a Pavement Strength Test

Job Skills AE 8.007 Evaluate an Aerodrome Pavement/Safety Area Maintenance Program

Job Skills AE 8.008 Evaluate an Aerodrome Plans/Designs

Job Skills AE 8.009 Evaluate an Airfield Lighting/Power Supply Maintenance Program

Job Skills AE 8.010 Evaluate/inspect an Airside Pavement and Safety Area

Job Skills AE 8.011 Conduct an Aerodrome Airfield Lighting, Electrical System and Power Supply Inspection

Job Skills AE 8.012 Evaluate an Airfeild Lighting Upgrade

Job Skills AE 8.013 Evaluate a Airport Noise Exposure Map

9.0 Management 9.000

Formal Course Name: Supervisory Job Skills Formal Course Number: 9001

Management Supervisory 9.001 Employee benefits

Management Supervisory 9.002 Time and Attendance

Management Supervisory 9.003 Employee Training and Development

Management Supervisory 9.004 Office Communications

Management Supervisory 9.005 Computer Systems

Management Supervisory 9.006 Managing Resources

Management Supervisory 9.007 Employee Ethics

Management Supervisory 9.008 Labor Unions

Management Supervisory 9.009 Conduct and Discipline

Management Supervisory 9.010 Travel

Management Supervisory 9.011 Security

Management Supervisory 9.012 Recruitment

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 127

.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 128

CHAPTER 2. FORMAL COURSE STANDARDS AND JOB TASK ANALYSIS

2.1. FORMAL COURSE STANDARDS

A. INTRODUCTION

(1) This section provides a description of the minimum standards and content that should be included in formal classroom training courses provided to inspector personnel. It includes an entry for each course referenced in the Training Profiles. Additional courses may be added at the discretion of the XCAA.

(2) Course descriptions are arranged according to the nine training categories used in the

Inspector Training System. (3) When considering a course for inspector personnel the XCAAAerodrome Department

consults the formal course standards provided in this section to be certain that the proposed course complies with the minimum standards specified herein.

APPENDIX S4C1-1 COURSEDESCRIPTIONS

(1) IndoctrinationCourses 1001 New EmployeeOrientation

ITS Course Number 1001

ITS Course Title New Employee Orientation

Training Profile Aerodromes

Training Category Indoctrination 1.0

Sequence Initial

Course Length 40 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with new employee orientation into the CAA.

Course Description This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department

personnel. It presents orientation information concerning the CAA

and Aerodrome Department. Course subjects include history,

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 129

mission and philosophy of the CAA.

Course Content

Part 1 : 40 Hours

At the conclusion of the course, participants will be able to:

Utilize Computer Systems / Info Technology

Manage Resources

Understand agency Travel and Per Diem policy

Describe agency Security policies

Describe CAA history and philosophy

Identify with the mission of aerodrome standards

Understand and apply customer service principles

Identify with the aerodrome standards service doctrine

Apply team concepts in the aerodrome standards department

Understand ethical conduct as it pertains to the aerodromes standards department

Incorporate professionalism into job functions

Demonstrate effective communication skills

Understand the aviation environment and aviation and legal documents

Prerequisites None

Revision Date October 1, 2006

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

(2) Certification Courses 2003 Aerodrome Certification

ITS Course Number 2003

ITS Course Title Aerodrome Certification

Training Profile Aerodrome

Training Category Certification 2.0

Sequence Initial

Course Length 80 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 130

with the subject of Aerodrome Certification.

Course Description

This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department

personnel in all Aerodrome safety specialties. Course subjects

include the five phases of Aerodrome Certification.

Course Content

At the conclusion of the course, and with appropriate guidance material, participants will be able to:

Describe the State responsibilities and ICAO requirements associated with the five phases of Aerodrome Certification.

o Pre-Application Phase l

o Formal Application and Document Compliance Phase ll

o Demonstration and Inspection Phase lII

o Certification Phase V

o Promulgation Phase VI

Apply the procedures and processes used in the certification of Aerodromes, such as:

o Describe the national legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

o Conduct meetings (examples - Pre-Application and Formal Application meetings).

o Assess staff competency

o Conduct In-depth evaluation of applicant‘s manuals (examples - Training curriculum and program, General Operations Manual, RFF Manual, Maintenance Manual, SMS Manual etc.)

o Inspect applicant‘s facilities and equipment.

o Evaluate pavement and airside physical characteristics

o Evaluate ground vehicle operations system

o Evaluate Aeronautical Data

o Evaluate emergency management system.

o Evaluate surface movement guidance and control system

o Evaluate Apron safety/management control system

o Evaluate obstacle control system

o Evaluate bird/wildlife hazard mgt system

o Identify what items are to be included in the final certification report.

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 131

2102 Heliport Certification

ITS Course Number 2102

ITS Course Title Heliport Certification

Training Profile Aerodrome

Training Category Certification 2.1

Sequence Initial

Course Length 80 Hours

Course Objective

After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with the subject of Heliport Certification.

Course Description

This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department

personnel in all Aerodrome safety specialties. Course subjects

include the Heliport Certification process.

Course Content

At the conclusion of the course, and with appropriate guidance material, participants will be able to:

Describe the State responsibilities and ICAO requirements associated with the Heliport Certification Process.

Apply the procedures and processes used in the certification of Heliport, such as:

o Describe the national legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

o Conduct meetings.

o Evaluate heliport personnel training programme

o Evaluate applicant‘s heliport operations manuals

o Inspect heliport facilities/equipment and rescue and fire fighting service.

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

(1) Surveillance 3000 Aerodrome Surveillance

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 132

ITS Course Number 3000

ITS Course Title Aerodrome Surveillance

Training Profile Aerodrome

Training Category Surveillance 3.0

Sequence Initial

Length 40 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with the subject of Aerodrome Surveillance.

Course Description This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department

personnel. It presents information on aerodrome surveillance job

functions, the CAA, and Aerodrome Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on basic aerodrome surveillance procedures and typically includes the following subjects:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Plan a work program

Inspect an aerodrome emergency exercise

Inspect Visual Aids

Inspect rescue and fire fighting facilities

Conduct wildlife inspection

Inspect airside physical characteristics

Training programs (examples – operations,maintenance and RFFS)

Inspect power s

Documentation of Inspection Findings

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

(2) Competence Assessment Courses 4002 Competence Assessment Procedures–Aerodrome

ITS Course Number

4002

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 133

ITS Course Title

Competence Assessment Procedures-Aerodrome

Training Profile

Aerodrome

Training Category

PersonnelLicensing4.0

Sequence

Initial Training

Course Length

40Hours

Course Objective

After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated with the subject of Competence Assessment Procedures.

Course Description

This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department personnel. Presents information on competence assessment of aerodrome operators personnel, the CAA policy, and Aerodrome Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on Competence Assessment Procedures and typically includes the following subjects:

· National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

· Inspect Operations/maintenance personnel

competence assessment scheme.

· Inspect RFF personnel competence assessment scheme

Prerequisites None

Revision Date October1, 2006

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

Training Courses

4202 Designated Assessor procedures ITS Course Number

4202

ITS Course Title

Designated Assessor Procedures

Training Profile

Aerodrome

Training Category

PersonnelLicensing4.0

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 134

Sequence

Initial Training

Course Length

40Hours

Course Objective

After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated with the subject of Designated Assessor Procedures.

Course Description

This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department personnel. It presents information on assessment of designated assessors, the CAA policy, and Aerodrome Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course typically includes the following subjects:

· National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

· Inspect designated aerodrome

Operations/maintenance personnel assessor.

· Inspect designated RFF personnel assessor

Prerequisites None

Revision Date October1, 2006

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

Training Courses

4502 Aviation Training Organisation-Aerodrome

ITS Course Number

4502

ITS Course Title

Aviation Training Organizations-Aerodrome

Training Profile

Airworthiness

Training Category

Personnel Licensing 4.5

Sequence

Initial Training

Course Length

40Hours

Course Objective

After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated with the subject of Aviation Training Organization approvals.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 135

Course Description

This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department personnel It presents policies and procedures on the approval and inspection of aviation training organizations (Aerodrome), the CAA, and Aerodrome Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on aviation training organizations and typically includes the following subjects:

· National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

· Conduct pre-approval of training centres or renewal

· Inspect training centers (personnel, records or qualifications)

· Inspect any Designated examiners at associated with the

training centre.

· Inspect facilities and equipment

· Approve and inspect curriculums

· Evaluation of aircraft and records.

Prerequisites ITS Course# 4001

Revision Date October1, 2006

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

Training Courses

(3) Investigation Courses 5002 Compliance and Enforcement

ITS Course Number 5001

ITS Course Title Compliance and Enforcement

Training Profile Aerodromes

Training Category Investigations 6.0

Sequence Initial

Course Length 40 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with the subject of Compliance and Enforcement.

Course Description

This course is designed for newly hired Aerodrome Department

personnel. It presents information on the resolution of safety

concerns, compliance and enforcement procedures, conducting

investigations, CAA policy, and Aerodrome Department

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 136

responsibilities.

Course Content

The course provides training on compliance and enforcement procedures which typically include job performance subjects such as those shown here:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Conduct an Enforcement Investigation

Investigate Non-Compliance submitted with Self-Disclosure

Provide Technical Assistance to Legal Counsel

Investigate a Complaint

Investigate a Vehicle Deviation

Investigate an Incident on the airside

Withdrawal, Suspension, Revocation of an Aerodrome Certificate

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

5502 Aircraft Accident Investigation

ITS Course Number 5502

ITS Course Title Aircraft Accident Investigation

Training Profile Aerodromes

Training Category Investigations 6.5

Sequence Initial

Course Length 40 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with Aircraft Accident Investigations.

Course Description This course is designed for Aerodrome Department personnel. It

presents information on the conduct of accident investigations, CAA

policy, and Aerodrome Standards Department responsibilities.

Course Content This course provides basic training on the conduct of accident investigations which typically includes the following job performance subjects:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 137

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Human Factors

Accident case studies

Investigation procedures

Investigate an Aircraft accident

Investigate an Aircraft Incident

Investigate an Aircraft Occurrence

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

(4) Job Skill Courses 6302 Wildlife Hazard Management

ITS Course Number 6302

ITS Course Title Wildlife Hazard Management

Training Profile Aerodrome

Training Category Job Skills 6.3

Sequence Initial

Course Length 80 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with wildlife hazard management.

Course Description

This course is designed for Aerodrome Department personnel in

Aerodrome safety specialties. It presents information on wildlife

hazard management, CAA policies, and fulfillment of Aerodrome

Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on agricultural aircraft operations which typically includes the following job performance subjects:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 138

Inspect a wildlife hazard management programme.

Inspect a wildlife control officer training programme. Conduct a wildlife inspection

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

6402 Aerodrome Operations (Advance)

ITS Course Number 6402

ITS Course Title Aerodrome Operations (Advance)

Training Profile Aerodrome

Training Category Job Skills 6.4

Sequence Initial

Course Length 120 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with Aerodrome Operations.

Course Description

This course is designed for Aerodrome Department personnel in

Operations safety specialties. It presents information on aerodrome

operations, evaluation and approval of ground handling services

and terminal operations, CAA policies, and fulfilment of Aerodrome

Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on aerodrome operations which typically includes the following job performance subjects:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Inspect apron safety/management programme .

Inspect ground handling operations.

Inspect terminal operations. Inspect cargo operations

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 139

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

6502 Aviation Safety Programme Manager–Aerodrome

ITS Course Number 6502

ITS Course Title Aviation Safety Program Manager - Aerodrome

Training Profile Operations

Training Category Job Skills 6.5

Sequence Initial

Course Length 24 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with the position of Aviation Safety Program Manager.

Course Description

This course is designed for Aerodrome Safety/Standards

Department personnel in Aerodrome Safety specialties. It presents

information on safety program manager responsibilities and

procedures, flight safety programs, CAA policies, and fulfilment of

Aerodrome Standards Department goals.

Course Content

This course provides training on Safety Program Manager job functions which normally includes subjects such as those listed below:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Develop an Aviation Safety program

Manage safety meetings and events Issue waivers or authorizations

Prerequisites

Revision Date October 1, 2006

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

6601 Aeronautical Studies and Risk Assessment

ITS Course Number 6601

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 140

ITS Course Title Aeronautical Studies and Risk Assessment

Training Profile Aerodrome

Training Category Job Skills 6.6

Sequence Initial

Course Length 40 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with Aeronautical Studies and Risk Assessment.

Course Description

This course is designed for Aerodrome Department personnel in

Operations safety specialties. It presents information on

aeronautical studies, obstruction evaluation, CAA policies, and

fulfillment of Aerodrome Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on aerodrome operations which typically includes the following job performance subjects:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Process aviation height clearance application

Conduct obstruction evaluation.

Evaluate and aeronautical study report

Prerequisites None

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

6701 Safety Management System

ITS Course Number 6701

ITS Course Title Safety Management Systems

Training Profile Aerodromes

Training Category SMS 6.7

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 141

Sequence Initial

Course Length 40 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

aviation Safety Management Systems.

Course Description

This course is designed for Aerodrome Standards Department

personnel. It presents information on system safety, safety

management systems, CAA policies, and Aerodrome Standards

Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on Safety Management Systems and will normally include the topics listed below:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Approve and inspect a Safety Management System

System safety

Hazard identification and analysis

Risk mitigation procedures

Internal audit and evaluation programs

Employee reporting programs

Safety promotion

Safety assurance Emergency preparedness

Prerequisites

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

21430

(5) Emergency Services 7002 Rescue and Fire Firefighting

ITS Course Number 7001

ITS Course Title Rescue and Fire Fighting

Training Profile Emergency Services

Training Category Rescue and Fire Fighting 7.0

Sequence Initial

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 142

Course Length 120 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with Rescue and Fire Fighting job functions.

Course Description

This course is designed for Aerodrome Department personnel in

Aerodrome safety specialties. It presents information on RFFS

policies and procedures, and on fulfillment of Aerodrome

Department responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on aircraft rescue and firefighting which typically includes the following job performance subjects:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject.

Evaluate an aerodrome rescue and fire fighting capability

Evaluate a rescue and fire fighting manual or revision

Evaluate a change in fire cover status

Evaluate an aerodrome emergency exercise

Evaluate a RFF training programme

Conduct a fuelling inspection

Inspect a response test

Perform a rescue and fire fighting competence assessment

Inspect a rescue and fire fighting capability

Prerequisites

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

(6) Aerodrome Engineering 8002 Aerodrome Engineering

ITS Course Number 8001

ITS Course Title Aerodrome Engineering

Training Profile Aerodrome

Training Category Aerodrome Engineering 8.0

Sequence Initial

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 143

Course Length 360 Hours

Course Objective After completing this course the inspector will be able to begin

formal on-the-job training (OJT) for the specific job tasks associated

with aerodrome engineering job functions.

Course Description

This course is designed for requisite specialist unit or division of

Aerodrome Department personnel to acquire detailed technical

knowledge on airport related engineering practices in accordance

with CAA standards and on fulfillment of Aerodrome Department

responsibilities.

Course Content

This course provides training on simulator evaluation and typically includes the following job performance subjects:

National legislation and State civil aviation regulations that pertain to this subject

Evaluate aerodrome plans and designs

Evaluate a runway extension proposal

Evaluate an apron extension proposal

Evaluate a terminal facility upgrade

Evaluate a pavement resurfacing request

Evaluate a pavement/ safety area maintenance programme

Evaluate an airfield lighting/power supply maintenance programme

Inspect AFL, electrical system and power supply

Prerequisites

Revision Date

Course Manager Phone:

Associated FAA

training Courses

2.2. JOB TASK ANALYSIS

A. The training required for any individual inspector is based upon the specific Job Tasks that

the inspector will be asked to perform. A Job Task is, ―A single identifiable unit that regularly accomplished by Aerodrome Inspectors in the course of a normal work year.‖The Job Tasks are shown in the Training Profiles for Aerodrome Inspectors located in chapter 1 of this section.

B. Each Job Task is supported by a detailed Job Task Analysis. This analysis is a written summary that describes how to perform the Job Task. More specifically a Job Task Analysis is ―A written description of the materials, procedures, and requirements that are used to accomplish a Job Task, including, supporting documentation, completion standards, narrative description of the task, and step by step listing of the required sub-tasks‖. The ITS Job Task Analysis documents for Aerodrome Inspectors are located separately.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 144

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 145

CHAPTER 3. ON-THE-JOB TRAINING (OJT) PROGRAM

3.1. INTRODUCTION

A. PURPOSE OF THE GUIDE

This chapter describes the processes and tools for planning, delivering and evaluating the DASS OJT Program. The OJT Program outlined in this chapter is a dynamic ongoing program that will change to meet the needs of the DASS and its employees.

B. APPLICABILITY OF OJT

The OJT Program presented in this guide applies to Aerodrome Inspectors and describes technical skills training, re-qualification training, and training in new programs and tasks. Any OJT conducted prior to the effective date of this program may be counted toward required inspector development training. However, all training conducted after the effective date of this document should be in accordance with this program.

C. WHAT IS OJT?

(1) “OJT is planned training conducted at a work site by an authorized instructor. This

type of training provides direct experience in the work environment in which the employee is performing or will be performing on the job.”

(2) Structured OJT is a critical component of the ITS system. It is a core training process that is required in every XCAAtraining program. An effective OJT Program fulfills the internal obligations required of ICAO member states and contributes to the vision and goals of the XCAA.

(3) Four goals have been established by the DASS to achieve this vision:

(a) Goal 1: Provide a complete, effective training curriculum that helps employees perform their job responsibilities well and in accordance with the overall policies and direction of the XCAA.

(b) Goal 2: Establish processes to ensure training and well-designed, can be tailored to the needs of individual employees, and is administered in a fast flexible way in response to changing needs.

(c) Goal 3: Build and maintain a training infrastructure – including technology, organization,

and facilities – that efficiently provides the services and supports that managers and employees need to get most out of training.

(d) Goal 4: Gain support from DASS leaders, managers, and employees for the

commitments money, time and other resources necessary to ensure an effective training system.

D. VALUE OF OJT

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 146

The OJT Program is an essential part of inspector training and adds value to the overall XCAA training effort. Consider the following points:

(a) Skills Application. By applying knowledge and skills learned, the trainee completes the

learning process. At the same time, the DASS gains confidence in the trainee‘s capabilities. With the completion of OJT the DASS can certify the trainee as a qualified inspector.

(b) Flexibility. The DASS OJT Program is a process for implementation and management of a structured OJT system using national guidelines. The program can be tailored to the tasks in which an employee needs training and may also include training on tasks unique to an office.

(c) Timeliness. OJT can be provided immediately when the need or opportunity arises.

(d) Cost Effectiveness. OJT is relatively inexpensive compared to classroom training

because there is little or no travel cost. Primarily, OJT requires an investment of time by the OJT instructors, traineesOffice Manager and the designated manager of the OJT Program . OJT has proven to be a very valuable component of a comprehensive training program.

(e) Locally Managed. OJT empowers managers and employees to develop needed skills.

When a training need exists, OJT can be provided for employees when it has been identified as the best method for delivering the needed training, or if no other means to receive the training is available.

(f) Career Broadening. Throughout an employee‘s career, OJT remains a valuable tool for

continually broadening technical skills and capabilities. Cross-training in tasks of other disciplines may not be possible through other training means due to resource limitations but may be more easily attainable through a structured OJT Program.

3.2. OJT BASICS

A. SUMMARY

This paragraph describes the background, structure, policies, and definitions of the DASS OJT Program.

B. JOB TASK ANALYSIS

(1) Required training for Aerodrome Inspector is specified by the individual Job Tasks that the

Inspector will be asked to perform. A Job Task is, ―A single identifiable unit that regularly accomplished by Aerodrome Inspectors in the course of a normal work year.‖ The ITSincorporate a comprehensive listing of the Job Tasks most commonly used in the DASS line of business.

(2) Each Job Task is supported by a detailed Job Task Analysis. This analysis is a written summary that describes how to perform the Job Task. More specifically a Job Task Analysis is ―A written description of the materials, procedures, and requirements that are

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 147

used to accomplish a Job Task, including, supporting documentation, completion standards, narrative description of the task, and step by step listing of the required sub-tasks‖. The ITS Job Task Analysis documents for Aerodrome Inspectors are located in a separate binder.

(3) The ITS utilizes Job Task Analysis as the basis for all required inspector training. The Job Task listings for Aerodrome Inspectors are used consistently in all the ITS products and components. The ITS includes all the Job tasks that the DASS finds necessary to enable it accomplish all relevant functions.

C. JOB TASK CONFIGURATION

(1) The ITS utilizes a listings of Job Tasks, for aerodrome inspectors. Within each specialty the

Job Tasks are arranged by primary inspector duty. These subject areas form the nine standardized categories of training that are utilized throughout the Inspector Training System.

(a) Indoctrination

(b) Certification

(c) Surveillance

(d) Personnel Licensing

(e) Investigations

(f) Job Skills

(g) Emergency Services

(h) Aerodrome Engineering

(i) Management

(2) The list of Job Tasks that is associated with training category can be found in the Training

Profiles for Aerodrome Inspectors in Appendix S4C1 - 1.

(3) These job tasks listings include all the job tasks that are required by the XCAAfor each category. If an inspector is not required to perform any of the particular job tasks listed in a category, he is not required to complete OJT for the job task. Inspectors must complete OJT for each job task that will be asked to perform by the XCAAwithout assistance. Office Managers are responsible to determine which tasks are required for each employee based on the particular inspector‘s work assignment. OJT must be completed for each of these required Job Tasks.

D. DEFINITIONS The following are definitions of terms related to the DASS OJT Program:

Term Definition

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 148

On-the-Job Training (OJT)

OJT is a planned, structured training event conducted at a work site by an authorized OJT instructor. This type of training provides direct experience in the work environment in which the employees is performing or will be performing on the job.

OJT Task A unit of work that contains logical and necessary steps in the performance of a job duty, typically with a defined beginning and ending. The task must produce a meaningful result and is one that can best be taught and learned on the job.

Level I OJT Training

Level I training is related to that body of knowledge associated with a specific job task. This knowledge is contained in orders, rules, guidance, and standards. Level I typically involve a review of all reference materials applicable to the job tasks for which training has been identified. Level I training may be satisfied through classroom training or other delivery methods.

Level II OJT Training

Level II training involves the application of knowledge and skills to the performance of specific job tasks. Typically, the trainee performs the job task under the observation of a qualified OJT instructor. The instructor assesses the performance of the task and indicates on the trainee‘s OJT training plan when level III performance is achieved.

Surveillance One of the most significant duties of XCAAis to conduct surveillance in all areas of transportation. The primary objective of surveillance activities is to provide the XCAAwith accurate, real-time, comprehensive information for the evaluation of the safety status of the air transportation system.

Investigations The means in which the XCAAdetermines casual factors of potential or actual problems areas, and are the vehicle to effect appropriate corrective action. These work activities are generated on an ‗as required‖ or ―as discovered‘ basis.

Certification The certification work activities validate the competency of an aerodrome operator, or the operator‘s personnel and their compliance with appropriate statutory and regulatory requirements prior to active performance in the aviation industry.

General Technical Those functions performed by trainees that do not fit in Surveillance, Investigation, or Certification. For example: aviation education and promoting aviation safety to all segments of the aviation community.

OJT Record An electronic/hard copy tool that is used to record the trainee‘s OJT plan, progress, and completion. This is accomplished by the ITS Tracking Tool.

OJT Steering Committee

A group of employees from the aviation safety inspectorates who have oversight of the OJT Program.

Office Manager The employee who is designated and trained to establish and maintain the OJT Program for the Aerodrome department. This is a key role in the implementation of the OJT Program.

OJT Instructor A trained employee designated to provide OJT instruction to trainees on specific tasks at Levels I, II, and III, in accordance with the procedures established in this document. OJT instructors should be designated in each local office and must complete a formal course of training on OJT Techniques.

Trainee Any Aerodrome employee receiving on-the-job training.

Simulated Task When a task is simulated, the environment, conditions, equipment and performance of the task must be as near the ―real life‖ situation as possible.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 149

3.3. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A. SUMMARY

This section of OJT Guide provides an expanded description of the roles and responsibilities of those specifically involved in the DASSOJT Program.

B. THE AERODROME DEPARTMENT

The DASS of the XCAAhas responsibility for overall Aerodrome OJT program development and management. This includes working with OJT Steering Committee to develop OJT policy and guidance. must ensure that the Aerodrome OJT program is fully and effectively implemented. DASS should also coordinate and ensure the continued revision of this OJT program and OJT procedures as necessary to reflect new policies or guidance.

C. THE OJT STEERING COMMITTEE

An OJT Steering Committee may be established by the XCAA to assist in the management of the OJT program. When so designed, the OJT Steering Committee should be composed of personnel from different Directorates of the XCAAand chaired by the XCAATraining Manager. The committee provides oversight and guidance for the implementation of the OJT Program. It monitors and assesses accomplishment of program objectives and recommends changes to the program. The committee should meet at least annually to discuss training issues.

D. OFFICE MANAGER

(1) The Office Manager is responsible for the items discussed below

(a) Ensure that this OJT Program is implemented efficiently and effectively.

(b) Ensure the designation of the OJT Program Managers and OJT Instructors who meet the selection criteria outlined in this guide.

(c) Providing letters of authorization for qualified OJT Program Managers and OJT

Instructors.

(d) Planning and budgeting to ensure that the OJT Program continuously receives the resources necessary for the effective accomplishment of its goals.

(e) Specifying the particular Job Tasks that apply to Inspectors in the office in accordance

with local conditions.

(f) Establishing a standardized method to ensure that trainees are provided adequate time and resources required for completing OJT instructor training on specific tasks.

(g) Obtaining assistance from an OJT instructor when a training requirement cannot be

fulfilled due to the lack of internal instructional expertise.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 150

(h) Ensuring that trainees begin their OJT Program as soon as possible after they come on board. (Completion of indoctrination training is not a prerequisite to OJT Instruction).

(i) Authorization and signing the Training Record for OJT levels of credit granted to an

employee. Credit may be given for previous training or work experience.

(j) Reviewing with each OJT instructor, on a regular basis, the progress of assigned inspector trainees and initiating any corrective action necessary to improve performance and/or training deficiencies.

(k) Final sign-off in the Training Record of an employee to certify completion of all OJT

requirements for each Job Task. This sign-off is theXCAAauthorization for the employee to begin accomplishing that Job Task without further assistance.

(l) Evaluating OJT instructor performance annually with a mid-year review based on:

(i) Feedback from trained and the OJT.

(ii) The instructors ability to meet training plans.

(iii) The selection criteria.

(m) Assuming the role of mediator and decision-maker when there are OJT problems and/or disagreements involving OJT instructors and inspector trainees

(n) Assisting the OJT PM in implementing program improvements.

E. OJT PROGRAM MANAGER

This person is responsible for the implementation of the OJT program in the different Directorates of the Aerodrome Department. His duties include the following:.

(a) Provide leadership for the OJT Steering Committee.

(b) Coordination among OJT instructors.

(c) Implementing and managing the OJT Program .

(d) Ensuring that the OJT Program is consistent withpolicies and guidance.

(e) Educating and keeping the management and employees current on the OJT Program.

(f) Continually evaluating the effectiveness of the OJT program and recommending

improvements to management. Improvements will be implemented as authorized by the Office Manager to ensure the Directorate develops the skills and capabilities it needs.

(g) Completing a course of training in Instructional Techniques.

(h) Obtaining a letter of authorization from the Office Manager (see Appendix 2).

(i) Facilitating the resolution of problems or issues that may impede OJT to discuss OJT

best practices, suggested changes, and program issues.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 151

(j) Interacting with the XCAA Training Division, to implement the XCAAOJT policies,

objectives and priorities, and to communicate the Directorate‘s requirements or issues that may require a national response.

(k) Assisting the Office Manager in identifying tasks performed in the Directorate for which

OJT should be required.

(l) Facilitating and supporting management and trainees in developing individual OJT training plans and schedules.

(m) Ensuring OJT instruction is provided to trainees in accordance with applicable

directives, this OJT Guide and trainee‘s OJT Plan.

(n) Conducting reviews of each trainee‘s OJT Training Record. Ensure that all entries are correct, and that the final sign-off of completed Job Tasks is accomplished by the Office Manager.

(o) Ensuring that OJT is provided for trainees as soon as they come on board. They should

not have to wait until they have completed Indoctrination.

(p) Recommend OJT instructor candidates to the Office Manager.

(q) Verifying that, prior to conducting OJT, selected OJT instructor candidates have successfully completed required training courses and have a letter of authorization from the Office Manager.

(r) Monitoring OJT instructor performance and coaching OJT instructors on effective

methods and techniques.

F. OJT INSTRUCTOR

(1) Completing a course of training in Instructional Techniques.

(2) Obtaining a letter of Authorization from the Office Manager.

(3) Ensuring that OJT instruction is consistent with applicable (State) CARs and practices.

(4) Updating general entries in OJT trainer records. (5) Entering data in a trainee‘s Training Record after instruction when necessary to certify

completion of levels 1, 2, or 3 for individual Job Tasks.

(6) Exhibiting objective, constructive, emphatic, and other behaviors conducive to supporting all OJT trainees.

(7) Conducting OJT according to trainee‘s individual training plan as developed by the trainee and Office Manager.

(8) Assessing the trainee level of knowledge and skill on specific tasks.

(9) Providing structured, well-planned, and documented OJT training with stated objectives

and expected levels of performance (See Appendix 3).

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 152

(10) Communicating with the Office Manager and OJT Program Manager about trainee

progress.

(11) Ensuring that the trainees has accomplished all elements of OJT instruction associated with a particular task in an acceptable manner before notifying the OJT Program Manager and Office Manager that the trainees is able to perform the task without assistance and is ready for final sign-off.

G. TRAINEE

(1) Participating with the Office Manager to identify developmental needs and to plan training

activities. (2) Requesting OJT credit from the Office Manager for prior training and/or experience.

(3) Fulfilling their OJT requirements as established within the office. (4) Participating in the feedback process to help ensure continual improvement including

feedback on the performance of the instructor.

(5) Participating, in a constructive manner, in their own training progress reviews under the guide and checking the accuracy of completed tasks during the review meetings.

3.4. OJT SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION

A. This process consists of three phases:

(1) Phase 1. Planning

(2) Phase 2. Delivery

(3) Phase 3. Evaluation

B. These system management phases should not be confused with the three levels (steps) of the OJT training process that are utilized during the actual conduct of OJT for new inspectors. These three levels are discussed in Part VI, Step 2.3, and detailed guidance for the actual conduct of OJT is provided in Appendix, Training Guidance, at the end of this document.

C. The three high level phases that are used to implement the OJT system within the DASS are shown in the three graphics below. Although these phases are separate and have distinct actions and roles, they are also cyclical and continual in nature. The OJT program should be constantly re-evaluated and amended as the needs of the directorate and the XCAA change

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 153

Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3

3.5. PHASE 1 –PLANNING

The diagram below depicts the steps and key participants in the OJT Planning Phase. This phase consists of planning for all aspects of the program – from the overall Department needs to final development of the individual trainee.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 154

STEP 1.1 – ESTABLISH THE LOCAL OJT INFRASTRUCTURE

Step 1.1 – Key Participants

Office Manager Supervisor OJT PM

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 155

Overview The first step in the planning phase is to establish the Directorate‘s OJT Infrastructure. This includes establishing the resources needed for the program and determining the tasks that the Directorate needs as an initial profile. During this step of the planning phase, the designated OJT program manager (PM) will conduct activities to establish the OJT Program in the Directorate or to implement change in the OJT Program. Process Select the OJT Program Manager The Office Manager should select an OJT program manager. This person should be someone who wants the job and meets the criteria. The manager is very important to the success of the OJT program within the Directorate. He/she has the responsibility to see that the program is implemented according to the XCAApolicy and this guide. The following criteria should be used when selecting an OJT Program Manager

Desire to be a program manager

Ability to communicate with people at all levels

Ability to make presentation to groups

Ability to set up a program and oversee its implementation

Knowledge of OJT instruction

Willingness to track OJT for each employee in the office

Attention to detail

Ability to complete a course of training in instructional techniques Review The Needs Of The Directorate A review of the special needs of the Directorate should be conducted and compared to the Job Tasks listed in the standardized Training Profile for Aerodrome Inspectors. Additional job tasks may be added to an inspector‘s training profile when required to fulfill a special need of the Directorate. Select OJT Instructors The Office Manager and the OJT PM should estimate instructor requirements in planning the OJT program. At a minimum, there should be one instructor for each represented occupational specialty in the Directorate.As a maximum, not more than 25% of all employees in the Directorate should be OJT instructors. When selecting OJT instructors consider the following:

How many employees, including new hires, are expected to need OJT for planning period?

What knowledge and skills will the OJT instructors require? What specialties are represented in the needed training? This should come from the profiles developed earlier.

How can instructor resources be best utilized? The following criteria should be used to identify OJT instructor candidates:

Qualification in the job specialty and job tasks they are intended to teach

Advanced knowledge, skill and experience that match the indentified training needs along with the necessary skills to support and enhance training and create a learning environment

Ability to demonstrate a task in a clear logical order

Willingness to prepare training, instruct and coach trainees on performance of tasks being trained.

Ability to communicate technical information, concepts, and procedures clearly, concisely and positively in a variety of ways

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 156

Desire to be an instructor

Compliance with the standards and definitions of professionalism. It is important for all instructors to attend a course of training on instructional techniques to ensure consistency in delivering OJT and in evaluating trainee progress. The OJT PM will work with the instructor to reinforce training concepts and the value of a structured, planned training activity for each trainee. Once individuals are appropriately trained to be OJT instructors, the Office Manager will prepare and sign a letter stating that the individual meets the criteria to be an instructor, that he/she has completed the formal training course on instructional techniques, and is authorized as an OJT instructor. An example of a letter authorizing an OJT instructor is in Appendix S4C3-1. The letter will list the specific roles and responsibilities assigned to the OJT instructor if different from those roles and responsibilities listed for OJT instructors in this Handbook. Only those OJT instructors who are so authorized are considered to be OJT instructors under the DASS OJT Program.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 157

STEP 1.2 – COMMUNICATE OJT PROGRAMMES TO DEPARTMENTS

Step 1.2 – Key Participants

OJT PM

Overview A successful implementation of OJT in the office depends to a great extent on communication between all of the people involved in the program. Process The OJT PM will schedule and facilitate any communication regarding the OJT program in the office. There should be an annual meeting of all personnel to discuss changes, if any, in the OJT Program and to enlighten new employees about OJT. Ongoing communication may be individual or in small groups as needed. Topics to be discussed by the OJT PM are as follows: Describe the ITS OJT Program Introduce key participants and describe their roles and responsibilities Provide the newest versions of all ITS documents Discuss how OJT plans are developed Describe how OJT will be tracked and recorded using the ITS Training Record Answer questions about the OJT Program Build a Positive Safety Culture in the office through communication, training and information sharing.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 158

STEP 1.3 – DEVELOP INDIVIDUAL OJT PLANS

Step 1.3 – Key Participants

OJT PM Office Manager Trainee

Overview The OJT PM should arrange a meeting with the trainee and the Office Manager. The purpose of this meeting is to develop the Trainee‘s individual OJT plan. This requires the following six actions:

1. Review the OJT process

2. Agree on the Job Tasks for which OJT must be conducted

3. Assess the previous experience of the trainee

4. Agree on the formal classroom training courses that the trainee must complete

5. Provide resources

6. Set up the Training Record for the trainee

1. Review the OJT process. The OJT PM should review training program expectations and responsibilities to be sure that the trainee understands the process. The following points should be discussed:

Review the importance and goals of OJT

Review the roles of the trainee, OJT instructors, Office Manager, and OJT PM

Review the OJT process

Inform the trainee that OJT is a means of receiving individualized training but does not substitute for required formal classroom training.

2. Agree on the Job Tasks for which OJT must be conducted. The Office Manager must consider the proposed work assignment for the trainee. He may decide that the trainee should become proficient in all the job functions performed in the office, or in only some subset of the functions. The trainee must complete OJT and the formal classroom training associated with each Job Task that he will be asked to perform without assistance.

Print out a blank copy of the ITS Training Profile Worksheet for the trainee‘s specialty.

The Office Manager should review this Training Profile Worksheet and decide which tasks should be completed by the employee. An employee is not required to complete OJT on all Job Tasks in any given category. There may be some Job Tasks that an employee never has to complete because his work assignment does not include those tasks.

Using a pen or pencil, the OJT PM should mark the trainee‘s Training Profile Worksheet as instructed by the Office Manager. To accomplish this, enter a date in the column labeled ―Planned Start Date‖ for each of those job tasks that are specified by the Office Manager. Job Tasks that do not have to be completed can be left blank. The trainee will be expected to complete OJT for those tasks that have a planned start date entered.

3. Assess the previous experience of the trainee. The OJT PM should assist the Office Manager to assess the trainee‘s previous experience. The following points should be discussed:

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 159

Ask questions about the employee‘s previous work experience and formal training. This may include work in another department of the CAA, formal CAA classes, courses conducted by a foreign training center, computer based instruction (CBI), Internet or Web based training, etc.

In cases where the trainee has substantial prior experience or has received prior formal training directly related to his present work assignment, the employee may be granted credit up to the first two levels of OJT for certain tasks. The Office Manager will make the final decision on granting this credit after assessing that the trainee‘s knowledge is satisfactory on those specific tasks.

4. Agree on the formal classroom training courses that the trainee must complete. Review the mark-up copy of the Training Profile Worksheet to locate those Job Tasks that have a Planned Start Date entered. Circle the formal classroom training course that is associated with each of these Job Tasks. These are the formal courses that will have to be completed by the trainee. Before completing Level III OJT on any Job Task, the trainee should normally complete the formal training course associated with that Job Task. In any case trainees must complete both the formal course and all OJT before being signed-off by the office manager, and before being assigned to accomplish any particular job task without supervision. 5.Provide Resources. In order for the trainee to complete the required training the Office Manager must arrange for and provide the necessary resources. The following items should be considered:

Schedule the trainee for required formal classroom training courses.

Provide required manuals, handbooks, access codes, hardware, and tools.

Assign an instructor to begin the OJT training. The trainee may have several instructors during OJT, but each should follow the training plan and work on the tasks that have been identified in the Training Record.

Coordinate with additional personnel and arrange for travel and funding as necessary to provide sufficient opportunities for the trainee to participate in the specified XCAAjob functions.

Discuss the proposed completion date for the OJT program and mark those tasks in the Training Record that should be completed by the next review meeting (see Step 2.5).

At the end of the meeting the trainee should know which OJT tasks he needs to complete and a timeframe for getting them accomplished.

6. Set up the Training Record for the trainee. After the meeting the OJT PM should establish an automated Training Record for the trainee using ITS Training Record software. When setting up the Training Record software, refer to the hard copy of the Training Profile Worksheet that you marked-up in the steps above.

Enter the trainee‘s name and administrative information as appropriate.

Transfer the Planned Start Date for each Job Task from the Training record mark-up copy into the Training Record software. Job Tasks that do not have to be completed can be left blank, or you may enter ―N/A‖ for ―Not Applicable.‖

Make appropriate entries to show any OJT training that has already been completed. Enter ―CR‖ for the OJT Instructor initials for any Job Tasks that will be granted Level 1 or 2 credit for prior experience and training.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 160

If the employee has already completed any of the formal classroom training courses, enter the formal course completion date in the appropriate formal course box.

After all the entries have been made, use the software to automatically print out a hard copy of the Training Summary Report. Review this report with the trainee to be certain that it is correct and that all points have been agreed upon. Explain that the report will be reviewed quarterly and the trainee‘s progress will be appropriately recorded and updated at that time.

Provide the trainee with a hard copy print out of his Training Summary Report.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 161

3.6. PHASE 2 - DELIVERY

Summary The diagram below depicts the steps and key participants in the OJT Delivery Phase. This phase consists of the actual conduct of the training from initial scheduling through final progress review. Steps 2.4 and 2.5 may be completed simultaneously. ―Front Line Manager‖ may refer to the trainee‘s Office Manager or Supervisor as appropriate.

STEP 2.1 – SCHEDULE OJT

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 162

Step 2.1 – Key Participants

OJT PM Office Manager OJT Instructor Trainee

Overview An important part of scheduling OJT is to ensure that sufficient time is allowed the OJT to take place. It is also important to review the scheduling during Step 2.5 to ensure that the plan established in Step 1.3 is still reasonable. Process The trainee and OJT instructor will jointly develop a proposed schedule for providing training according to the trainee‘s individual OJT training plan developed in Step 1.3. The Office Manager will ensure that sufficient time is allotted to allow the OJT to take place. When practical, the trainee‘s work program should be adjusted to accommodate the instructor‘s schedule. When allocating work time to accomplish OJT, consideration should be given to the specific level of the OJT training to be accomplished (Level I, II, or III) and the complexity of the task. The following should be considered for the different levels of training: Level I training is typically a self study effort on the part of the trainee with guided discussion and validation conducted by the OJT instructor afterwards. The time allowed for this should be appropriate to the complexity of the task and the amount of material to be studied. Levels II and III involve the actual performance of the task. A good general guideline is to take the normal amount of time to conduct the task and add an additional 50% of that time to allow for instruction and questions. For example, a task that normally takes 1.0 hour should be allowed 1.5 hours for OJT. As the process of scheduling OJT is continuous in nature, the schedule for delivering OJT should be updated as opportunities for OJT arise.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 163

STEP 2.2 – PREPARE TO DELIVER OJT

Step 2.2 – Key Participants

OJT PM OJT Instructor

Overview OJT instructors need to be experienced in the tasks they are assigned to teach. Having this experience, however, is not a substitute for proper planning of a training exercise. It is important for the instructor to prepare for the lesson to ensure that all relevant information is included and presented in a logical order. In order to achieve efficient and effective results, instructors need to plan each lesson carefully. Process When preparing for the delivery of OJT, instructors should review the Job Task Analysis, associated technical guidance materials, and OJT Training Guidance (Appendix S4C3-3). 1. Job Task Analysis Review the Job Task Analysis for the task to be presented. Gather all needed equipment, hardware, and software. Determine if assistance from other sources is needed regarding the task and how it should be performed. If personnel other than an authorized OJT Instructor are used as informational resources, the training should be observed by an authorized OJT instructor to ensure compliance with the training plan and other objectives contained in this Guide. Create a specific lesson plan for the training event when necessary to properly organize the training. Finalize logistical arrangements for training in the office or off-site as appropriate to the training event. 2. Guidance Materials Review all technical guidance material to ensure that the training will be conducted in accordance with current approved procedures. These guidance materials may include such things as orders, handbooks, regulations, ICAO publications and other documents that are relevant to the task. 3. OJT Training Guidance (Appendix 3) The OJT Training Guidance in Appendix S4C3-3 of this Guide provides specific information about each level of training including objectives, delivery techniques, and the validation process. It serves as a concise review and reminder of the OJT process. It can be used as a checklist or Job Aid during the conduct of OJT to ensure that each important point is addressed.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 164

STEP 2.3 – DELIVER OJT

Step 2.3 – Key Participants

OJT Instructor Trainee

Overview Instructors should deliver OJT in accordance with the processes and policies specified in the Inspector Training System and with the technical guidance provided by the DASS. Delivery of OJT includes teaching the task and validating the success of the training. Process

The OJT Instructor Process The OJT training process follows a logical progression of three levels as shown in the table below. Level I training is typically a self study effort on the part of the trainee with guided discussion and validation conducted by the OJT instructor afterwards. Levels II and III involve the actual performance of the task. Each task assigned to a trainee requires certification at all three levels. Normally, this certification is achieved by conducting training for each of the three levels. Levels I and II may be waived, however, as discussed in Step 1.3 above. This means that OJT training may be credited when the trainee has taken acceptable forms of training elsewhere, such as classroom training or computer-based training. Both formal training and OJT are integral parts of a well-developed training program and should be scheduled to complement each other.

Teach the Task The content of each training session must be appropriate to the task and to the level of training that is being presented. The conduct and content of training events will be different for OJT Level I, II, or III. The OJT training process is presented in detail at the end of this section in Appendix S4C3- 3. A

typical OJT training event will include some or all of the following activities:

Establish a training environment

Develop a rapport with the trainee

State learning objectives and expected performance outcomes

Level Trainee Instructor

Level I – Knowledge Study Discuss

Level II – Understanding

Observe Demonstrate

Level III – Performance Perform Evaluate

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 165

Review technical requirements

Assess the trainee‘s existing knowledge and skill in performing the task

Demonstrate tasks

Motivate the trainee

Observe the trainee perform the task

Allow sufficient time for the trainee to practice task

Ask questions to check for understanding

Provide explanations

Review and summarize information

Provide feedback and evaluate the trainee‘s performance

Provide additional training when necessary

Validate Trainee Achievement of Objectives At the end of each training session the instructor will validate that the trainee has successfully completed that session before notifying the OJT PM that training is complete. The OJT Training Guidance document in Appendix S4C3- 3 has a standard assessment process for each OJT Level.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 166

STEP 2.4 – UPDATE OJT RECORDS

Step 2.4 – Key Participants

OJT PM Office Manager OJT Instructor

Overview The ITS Training Record software is a computer program. This database is used to track each trainee‘s progress through the ITS training program. The ITS Training Record documents training status and serves as a permanent record of all training completed by the employee during his entire career. The OJT PM is responsible to maintain and update Training Records. This responsibility may be delegated to the OJT instructors when necessary. Entries should be updated as training is delivered. OJT PMs, Office Managers, and OJT instructors have write access to the Training Records. Trainees have read-only access to their own records. Process When a training event is successfully completed the OJT instructor should notify the OJT program manager and the Office Manager. This can be done via e-mail or another locally implemented procedure that will provide a record that a trainee has completed training on a task. The notification should include:

The task trained

The level of training completed

The date that training was completed

Confirmation that the trainee successfully achieved the objectives With the Office Manager‘s approval the OJT PM or OJT instructor will then update the trainee‘s records with the new information.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 167

STEP 2.5 – CONDUCT REVIEW

Step 2.5 – Key Participants

OJT PM Office Manager Trainee

Overview A simple review of the trainee‘s OJT performance should be conducted at the end of each OJT training session. More in-depth reviews of the trainee‘s progress in the OJT training program should be conducted quarterly, or as needed. The frequency of these reviews will depend on various factors such as the amount of OJT assigned, problems encountered, and the changing needs of the office. This meeting should be attended by the Office Manager, OJT PM, and trainee. Process The OJT program Manager should schedule a meeting with the trainee and the Office Manager. The following areas should be discussed:

Review of OJT since the last meeting

Present training status

Accuracy of completed tasks

Trainee feedback on the OJT process

Problems encountered

Modification of trainee‘s OJT plan as needed

Identification of next tasks to be presented

Identification of opportunities for OJT If problems are encountered between the trainee and his instructor the OJT PM or Office Manager should meet with the instructor to discuss the issues and provide coaching as needed. Assignment of OJT instructors is the responsibility of the Office Manager. The OJT PM should record the date of the review meeting in the training record along with any comments if necessary.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 168

3.7. PHASE 3 – EVALUATION

Summary The diagram below depicts the steps and key participants in the OJT Evaluation Phase. This phase consists of evaluating the effectiveness of the OJT Program. This phase is cyclical in nature and operates as a continuous process of evaluation, communication, and improvement.

STEP 3.1 – EVALUATE THE OJT PROGRAMME

Step 3.1 – Key Participants

OJT PM Office Manager Trainee OJT Instructor

xxx xxx xxx

xxx

xxx

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 169

Office Manager Regional Evaluator

Overview The evaluation phase is a continuous process of analyzing information in order to improve the effectiveness of the training program. Appendix S4C3-5 & S4C3-6 at the end of this guide present some sample questions that can be used to conduct evaluations of the OJT program. Process

Department The program should be evaluated by the local OJT PM with the input of OJT instructors, trainees, and Office Managers. This evaluation should be done at least once a year. The OJT PM will evaluate the OJT program through meetings and observation. The review meeting (See Step 2.5) is one way of determining if the OJT program is working properly. The feedback should be analyzed and suggested changes discussed with the Office Manager. XCAA evaluator will also evaluate the program at least once a year by contacting each Directorate to conduct interviews. These evaluations should be conducted even if there are no new hires in the Department . On-site visits may be conducted on an as-needed basis.

STEP 3.2 – COMMUNICATE FINDINGS

Step 3.2 – Key Participants

OJT PM FSG Evaluator

Overview

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 170

Evaluation findings should be communicated clearly and information shared with all stakeholders. Findings from an evaluation may indicate a localized issue to be addressed individually, or may indicate a systemic issue that needs to be communicated at a higher level. Process

Department The OJT PM is responsible for communicating program suggestions and changes to each local office as described in Step 1.2. This can include any recommendations arising from the evaluation. XCAA A XCAA Meeting should be scheduled every quarter, or as necessary, to discuss the OJT program. The conference should be attended by OJT Program Managers from each Department of the XCAA. The OJT PMs will discuss the status of the program, problems encountered, and suggestions for improvement. The results of these meetings will be provided to DASS.

STEP 3.3 – IMPLEMENT IMPROVEMENTS

Step 3.3 – Key Participants

OJT PM

Overview The goal of the evaluation phase is to identify problem areas and to implement improvements. These improvements may include anything from simple changes in local office procedure to systemic changes in national

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 171

policy. Any changes that affect the processes discussed in this handbook should be accompanied by written revision of this handbook as appropriate. Process

The OJT PM is critical in implementing changes as needed to ensure the local office develops the skills and capabilities it needs. The OJT PM will develop an implementation plan for needed improvements, answering the following types of questions:

What improvements are needed to the OJT Program?

What are the benefits of these improvements?

What are the competing needs?

Do these improvements affect national standards and policies?

What approvals are needed?

What funding is needed? Who will provide this funding?

What is the plan for implementing improvements?

Who is responsible for carrying out the improvements?

What is the estimated timeline?

APPENDIX S4C3-1 OJT INSTRUCTOR LETTER OF AUTHORISATION

XCAA Logo

XXX Civil Aviation Authority

Aerodrome Department

Memorandum

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 172

Date: <Date>

From: Office Manager

To: <Inspector Name>, <Office Name>

Subject: Action: OJT Instructor

You are hereby designated as an On-the-Job Training (OJT) Instructor for the <Your Office Name>, effective <Date>.

Your duties and responsibilities are as follows:

All training is to be accomplished in accordance with national regulations and the requirements and procedures specified in the Inspector Training System (ITS).

Create an objective, constructive, and patient learning environment to support the training process.

Provide structured and well-planned OJT training with clearly stated objectives and expected standards of performance.

Make fair and accurate assessments of trainee knowledge and skill on specific tasks.

Communicate regularly with the Office Manager, Supervisor, and OJT Program Manager about trainee progress and problems.

Notify management when a trainee has successfully accomplished all elements of OJT on a particular Job Task and is now ready to accomplish that task without further assistance.

Offer constructive suggestions and recommendations to improve the OJT process.

APPENDIX S4C3-2 OJT PM LETTER OF AUTHORISATION

XCAA Logo

XXX Civil Aviation Authority

Aerodrome Department

Memorandum

Date: <Date>

From: Office Manager

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 173

To: <Inspector Name>, <Office Name>

Subject: Action: OJT Program Manager

You are hereby designated as an On-the-Job Training (OJT) Program Manager for the <Your Office Name>, effective <Date>.

Your duties and responsibilities are as follows:

Ensure that OJT program implementation is consistent with national policies and the requirements and procedures specified in the Inspector Training System.

Effectively manage the OJT program in the office.

Facilitate the resolution of problems or issues that may impede the effective delivery of OJT.

Make fair and accurate assessments of trainee knowledge and skill on specific tasks.

Participate in quarterly regional telecons with other OJT managers to discuss the status of the OJT program and make recommendations for improvement.

Assist the Office Manager to identify additional tasks in the office that should be included in the OJT process.

Set-up and maintain individual Training Records to certify training status and completion.

Recommend OJT Instructor candidates to the Office Manager.

Monitor OJT instructor performance and provide coaching on effective methods and techniques.

APPENDIX S4C3-3 TRAINING GUIDANCE FOR CONDUCTING OJT

Training Guidance

Conducting On-the-Job Training (OJT) – Levels I, II, & III

Prior to conducting training for any level of OJT, the instructor should obtain the associated Job Task Analysis (JTA) document to use along with this Training Guidance. The JTAs provide the references, steps, and standards for performing the task. OJT is presented in three stages or Levels of learning. Level I is basic background and knowledge of a task. Level II is a further understanding of the function and conduct of the task, including observation or assistance of the task being performed. Level III is where trainees actually perform the task themselves. These three levels provide for a progressive and structured field training experience for anyone who has a need to learn a new job task.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 174

This Training Guidance document should be used by OJT Instructors to conduct OJT in a consistent manner from task to task. It provides guidance on the delivery of training for all three levels. It also presents a standardized way to validate learning and competency at all three levels so that the task can be signed off by the Office Manager when completed. The following are some general tips you can use when planning OJT training:

OJT training levels I and II may be covered in the same session.

OJT Instructors should allow sufficient time between Levels II and III for the trainee(s) to practice the task, since they will be required to perform it on their own for Level III.

With the consent of the Office Manager, prior experience or completion of other approved training may be credited for the first two levels of OJT (See Step 1.3 – Develop Individual OJT Plans).

Level I

Knowledge

Trainee: Study

Instructor: Discuss

Level II

Understanding

Trainee: Observe/Assist

Instructor: Demonstrate

Level III

Performance

Trainee: Perform

Instructor: Evaluate

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 175

OJT – Level I

Purpose of Level I training: Level I training is focused on the knowledge required for the task. The knowledge is contained in orders, rules, guidance, and standards documents. Level I Performance Objectives Following Level I training the trainee will be able to:

Identify appropriate materials associated with the task

Define key terms and definitions associated with the task

Explain how the task is initiated

Explain all possible task outcomes

Describe how the task is closed and documented Steps for Conducting Level I: The accomplishment of Level I will include a review of appropriate regulations, guidance, and forms required for the task as found in the Job Task Analysis documents. This may be done in one of the following ways:

Give the trainee the JTA document for the task and have him/her gather and study the relevant guidance materials.

When two or more trainees are being trained at the same time on the same task, have the trainees research and review the guidance together.

After the self-study portion has been completed by the trainee, you (the instructor) will review and discuss the materials with the trainee.

Put the trainee at ease by establishing rapport

Review the purpose for Level I training

Discuss the relevant documents

Find out what the trainee already knows about the task

Review the prerequisites (if any)

Review the steps for conducting the task

Review the performance objectives for the task

Ask and answer questions

Conduct a Level I validation before certifying completion

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 176

Validating Level I

To Validate Level I OJT, the trainee must have an acceptable response to the measurements below (unless the item is not applicable to the task).

n/a

Trainee can identify appropriate materials associated

with the task (rules, orders, forms, equipment, etc.).

Cannot identify

materials

Identifies

some

materials

Identifies

most

materials

Identifies

all

materials

Trainee can define key terms and definitions associated

with the task.

Cannot define

terms

Defines some

terms

Defines most

terms

Defines all

terms

Trainee can explain how the task is initiated.

Cannot explain

sources for

initiating task

Explains some

sources for

initiating task

Explains most

sources for

initiating task

Explains all

sources for

initiating task

Trainee can explain the Task Outcome(s) (e.g.,

certificate and/or Ops Specs issuance,

approval/disapproval).

Cannot explain

task

outcomes

Explains some

possible task

outcomes

Explains most

possible task

outcomes

Explains all

possible task

outcomes

Trainee can describe how the task is closed and

documented in the work tracking record, operator file,

etc.).

Describes

methods or

forms for

documentation

Describes

methods or

forms for

documentation

Unacceptable Acceptable

Cannot explain task

documentation

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 177

OJT – Level II

Purpose of Level II training:

Level II training consists of a demonstration of the job task by the instructor. Each step and procedure will be included. The trainee will observe the instructor, and/or assist if able.

Level II Performance Objectives

Following Level II training the trainee will be able to:

Describe the sequence of steps to accomplish the task

Describe how appropriate guidance materials and equipment are used to accomplish the task

Describe interactions with other XCAA personnel that are required to accomplish the task

Describe coordination that is required with the air operator to accomplish the task

Steps for Conducting Level II:

To begin:

Gather any materials needed to perform the task. (The trainee may also do this)

Review the performance objectives for the task and the purpose for Level II training

Review what was covered in Level I training

The accomplishment of Level II will include a demonstration of the task itself. Do the following as you conduct this training:

Solicit any questions about the task before you begin

Determine if it will be appropriate for the trainee to assist you in the task, or whether he will simply observe you doing the task. This is based upon the specific task and the comfort level of the trainee.

Be sure that the environment is conducive to learning. For example, if you are performing the task in the field, can the trainee sufficiently see and hear you?

Explain what you are doing as you accomplish each step of the task

Ask the trainee for the next steps as you demonstrate the task

Ask questions about how each step is performed

Conduct a Level II validation before certifying completion

For tasks that are largely document based, actual demonstration may not be applicable. In that case, Level II training may be based on review and discussion of sample or previously completed documents. For example, when conducting Level II training to review a manual, you could have the trainee review a manual that has already been reviewed by an experienced ASI, and then compare the two reviews.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 178

Validating Level II

To Validate Level II OJT, the trainee must have an acceptable response to the measurements below (unless the item is not applicable to the task).

n/a

Trainee can describe the sequence of steps to

accomplish the task.

Cannot

describe the

sequence of

steps

Describes

some

step

sequence

Describes

most

step sequence

Describes

step

sequence

accurately

Trainee can describe how appropriate materials such as

forms and equipment are used to accomplish the task

Cannot

describe use of

materials

Describes

some use of

materials

Describes most

use of

materials

Describes

proper

material use

accurately

Trainee can describe interactions with other CAA

personnel required to accomplish the task.

Cannot

describe

interactions

among CAA

personnel

Describes

some

interactions

accurately

Describes most

interactions

accurately

Describes all

possible

interactions

accurately

Trainee can describe coordination with operator that is

required to accomplish the task.

Cannot

describe

operator

coordination

Explains some

operator

coordination

Explains most

operator

coordination

Explains all

operator

coordination

accurately

Unacceptable Acceptable

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 179

OJT – Level III

Purpose of Level III training:

Level III training consists of the trainee performing the task independently and accurately while the OJT Instructor observes. The trainee may need more than one attempt to complete the task successfully. After each attempt, the instructor should provide feedback and suggestions for improvement for the next time.

Level III Performance Objectives

Following Level III training the trainee will be able to:

Demonstrate sufficient knowledge to accurately complete the task

Demonstrate all steps necessary to proficiently complete the task

Complete steps in the proper order

Perform the task in a timely manner and without assistance

Demonstrate proper judgment concerning the outcome of a task, and close it out in the correct manner

Steps for Conducting Level III:

To begin:

Review what was covered in Level II training

Review the performance objectives for the task and the purpose for Level III training

Ask the trainee if he/she has all of the materials necessary to perform the task

Explain expectations – that the trainee will complete the task accurately and without assistance

During Level III training the trainee will demonstrate the task and the instructor will observe and evaluate. Use the following guidelines as the trainee performs the task:

Use the JTA and other guidance materials to check the steps as you observe

Assist only if the task normally requires two people. Do not offer assistance!

Circle omitted or incorrect steps to discuss with the trainee when the task is complete

STOP for unsafe or illegal actions and discuss with the trainee immediately

Conduct a Level III validation before certifying completion

Some tasks may occur infrequently or may not allow observation, such as when conducting an Enroute Inspection. In those cases, an evaluation may be conducted during a simulation of the task. The environment, conditions, equipment, and performance of the task should be as near as possible to ―real life.‖

Validating Level III

To Validate Level III OJT, you (the instructor), must be able to answer ―Yes‖ to all of the questions shown below.

Yes No

Did the trainee demonstrate sufficient knowledge to accurately complete the task?

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 180

Did the trainee demonstrate all steps necessary to proficiently complete the task?

Were the steps completed in the proper order?

Did the trainee perform the task in a timely manner and without assistance?

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 181

APPENDIX S4C3-4 OJT LESSON PLAN TEMPLATE

OJT LESSON PLAN Task Name:

Task Number:

Occupational Specialty:

Date Prepared:

Estimated Time:

Training Aids:

References:

Required Forms:

Available Job Aids:

Audio-Visual Presentations:

Other Aids: (e.g., chart paper, simulator, etc.)

Equipment and supplies required for the OJT task:

Computer File Names:

Lesson Plan OJT Lesson Plan Template.doc

PowerPoint Presentation

External Handouts

Other

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 182

APPENDIX S4C3-5 OJT EVALUATION QUESTIONS – TRAINEE

1. What do you like best about the OJT Program?

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

2. What do you think could be improved in the OJT Program?

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

3. Is the OJT Guide being followed? Yes No Don‘t know

What part(s) is/are not being followed and why? ______________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

4. What is the most time-consuming aspect of OJT for you and why? _______________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

Is it time well spent? Yes No Don‘t know

5. Did you have an opportunity to give open feedback to your supervisor about your OJT? Yes No

6. Did you have a clear understanding of the objectives for your OJT tasks? Yes No

7. Was your learning environment free from distractions? Yes No

8. Did your instructor provide the necessary assistance to help you achieve the objectives? Yes No

9. Do you feel confident that you met the objectives during you OJT? Yes No

10. Have you received sufficient support from your Office Manager during OJT? Yes No

Comments

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 183

____________________________________________________________________________________

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 184

APPENDIX S4C3-6 OJT EVALUATION QUESTIONS – OJT INSTRUCTOR, OJT PM, OFFICE MANAGER

1. What do you like best about the OJT Program?

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

2. What do you think could be improved in the OJT Program?

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

3. Is the OJT Guide being followed? Yes No Don‘t know

What part(s) is/are not being followed and why? ______________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

4. What is the most time-consuming aspect of OJT for you and why? _______________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

Is it time well spent? Yes No Don‘t know

5. Do you find yourself needing to use the expertise of other personnel to deliver OJT? Yes No

How, and for what subjects? _____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

6. What kind of planning activities do you do to prepare to deliver an OJT session?

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

7. Does your office have a sufficient number of instructors? Yes No

Why, or why not? ______________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________________

2

nd Edition: 01 April 2015 185

CHAPTER 4. SCOPE OF AUTHORISATION

1. PURPOSE

A. This chapter provides guidance and procedures for the issuance and awarding of XCAA Scope of Authorization.

2. BACKGROUND

A. The Scope of Authorisation Document authorizes the persons employed in the inspector‘s positions, to exercise certain powers, duties or functions, conferred on by the Civil Aviation Law. The XCAA will from time to time, revoke and replace the existing document when circumstances warrant.

B. The exercise of these powers, duties or functions are always subject to any conditions deemed necessary for aviation safety, and to any other limitations, consistent with their responsibilities, knowledge, training and experience.

3. PROGRESSIVE DELEGATION

A. It is unlikely that a new hire inspector will be afforded the opportunity to exercise or accomplish all the tasks in the applicable Training Profile, during the mandatory training phase. Therefore, the OJT Program Manager shall select and designate the tasks from the training profile considered mandatory and achievable for each position, including any others that may be applicable. The following criteria should be used in the selection of tasks:

i) Tasks common to all inspector categories.

ii) Tasks that can be expected to occur frequently. B. The DASS (or Insert appropriate designation) will provide for the issuance of official employee

credentials to newly hired inspectors as soon as indoctrination training is completed. XCAA Authorisation will be limited administratively until the inspector has completed the assigned OJT tasks, and/or an assessment of acceptable competence has been made. As each OJT task and formal classroom training is completed and acceptable competence determined, the administrative limitation could be lifted, allowing for Authorisation to be progressively increased. An accompanying Scope of Authorisation Document should also be issued, indicating the tasks for which the Authorisation is limited.

C. Competence in the application of the delegated authorities by mainstream inspectors is measured at the

annual Personnel Appraisal Review. Inspectors requiring training to qualify for new positions or recurrent training in current delegated profiles may be assigned appropriate tasks through the OJT Program, thus maintaining the integrity and credibility of the XCAA authorisation.

D. Managers are required to review the Scope of Authorisation document following each revocation and

replacement, to ensure that any changes to the schedules are incorporated in the inspector‘s Scope of Authorisation, as applicable.

4. CURRENCY REQUIREMENTS

In order for the holder of an authorization to perform the authorized task, it is necessary to maintain currency by compliance with the following:

(1) Perform a minimum of one task in the authorized field within the last 12 month period.

(2) At least once every 2 years after receiving his/her authorization, an AI shall attend a recurrent

training course.

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 186

(3) If a credential holder fails to remain currently qualified, he will return his credential/Authorisation

Document to the Aerodromes Department Manager/Human Resources Manager(or Insert appropriate Office) within 15 days after currency qualifications expire.

5. USE OF CREDENTIALS /AUTHORISATION DOCUMENT

A. The credentials/Authorisation Document shall be used only in the conduct of official business.

B. Misuse or improper possession of the credential/Authorisation can subject the offender to disciplinary actions.

Lost, Stolen, or Damaged Credentials

(1) The Aerodrome Safety Inspector credential and /or Authorisation Document is an accountable

property of the Authority. If a credential and /or Authorisation Document is lost or stolen, Aerodromes Department Manager and the nearest Police Station shall be notified immediately. This shall be confirmed in writing, citing the circumstance surrounding the loss within 48 hours of the loss.

(2) Reasonable effort should be made to locate the Document. If this cannot be done within a

reasonable time or if the recovered document is damaged to the extent that it can no longer provide adequate identification, application for a replacement may be made through normal channels. Recovered document shall be returned to Aerodromes Department Manager via under cover letter for final disposition.

(3) Upon receipt of a duly completed application and written explanation of loss, Aerodromes

Department Manager may proceed to issue a replacement. (4) The Office of Civil Aviation Security Division(or Insert appropriate Office) of the Authority shall be

notified by Aerodromes Department Manager of document loss.

Surrender of Credentials

The credential and Authorisation Document shall be surrendered to the Aerodromes Department Manager(or Insert appropriate office) who will forward the to the Human Resources Manager for proper disposition. The credentials and Authorisation Document shall be surrendered under any of the following conditions:

(1) Termination of employment;

(2) Reassignment to a position which does not require an AI credential/Authorisation ;

(3) Issuance of a revised credential/Authorisation Document;

(4) Not maintaining recurrent training and experience; or

(5) Upon demand of issuing authority.

Destruction

Any AI's credential/Authorisation which becomes damaged during processing or invalid upon termination or transfer of an employee shall be forwarded to Human Resources Manager for destruction.

6. INSPECTOR EXCHANGE PROGRAM (Recurrent Training)

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 187

It is strongly recommended that each credentialed AI participate in at least one Out-of- State Inspection at least once every two years to observe the different techniques used by other ASI's. The AED office will coordinate the ASI exchange program.

7. RE-ISSUANCE OF AI CREDENTIALS

For a person who has been out of the program for more than 1 year:

(1) Conduct three inspections in authorized field accompanied by the lead AI and; (2) Attend the first available recurrent AI training.

2

nd Edition: 01 April 2015 188

CHAPTER 5 ITS TRAINING RECORD

Record keeping under the ITS is accomplished by the ITS Training Record. This Training Record an automated software program that is used to record all training completed in the ITS. The ITS Training Record creates a comprehensive record of the formal classroom training and on-the-job training that has been completed by each inspector during his career. In addition to the tracking function, the Training Record also includes a Main Resource Page. This page contains hyperlinks to every document in the ITS system, providing quick and easy access to information as you need it. Each inspector training record also contains hyperlinks to the individual ITS Job Tasks and Formal Course Standards. These documents can be easily accessed by clicking the appropriate ITS Job Task number or Formal Training Course title. A further description and complete instructions for the use of the ITS Training Record are found in the ITS OJT Guide. The hard copy uses the Aviation Safety Inspector OJT Progress Chart for the OJT accomplishment and individual training files for the record of the formal course training.

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 189

APPENDICIES

APPENDIX A. – FORMS

APPENDIX A1-APPLICATION FOR AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

APPLICATION FOR AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

1. PARTICULARS OF THE APPLICANT

2. PARTICULARS OF THE AERODROME SITE

3. IS THE APPLICANT THE OWNEROF THE AERODROME SITE?

Full Name…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Address…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………………………………. Postal Code……………………………………………………………………………. Position……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Phone……………………………….. Fax……………………………….. E – Mail…………………………………

Aerodrome Name …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. Real Property Description ……………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Geographical Coordinates of the site Latitude ……………………………………………… Longitude…………………………………………… (indegrees,tenth of minutes, and in WGS format) Elevation of the site……………………………………………………………………………………………

Bearing and Distance from the nearest Town or Populous Area…………………....................

Yes No If no, Please provide (a) Details of rights held in relation to the site; and (b) Name and address of the owner of the site and written evidence that permission has been obtained for the site to be used by the applicant as an aerodrome. (c) Survey plan of the Area (Topography)

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 190

4. DETAILS OF AERODROME INCLUDING THE LARGEST TYPE OF AIRCRAFT EXPECTED AND PROPOSED OPERATING HOURS

5. IS THE AERODROME TO BE USED FOR REGULAR PUBLIC TRANSPORT OPERATIONS?

6. DETAILS TO BE SHOWN ON THE AERODROME CERTIFICATE

7. DECLARATION

8. INFORMATION

The largest type of aircraft expected…………………………………………………………. Proposed Operating hours…………………………………………………………………… Type of surface………………………………………………………………………………. Dimension of Runway………………………………………………………………………. Intended commencement date of Aerodrome Operations…………………………………… Other Information…………………………………………………………………………….

Yes No

Aerodrome Name…………………………………………………………………………….. Aerodrome Operator……………………………………………………………………………… Address……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….......................

On behalf of the Aerodrome Operator shown above, I hereby apply for a certificate to operate the aerodrome. My authority to act on behalf of the applicant is: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Sign…………………………………Date……………………………………………………………………

Name of person making the declaration……………………............……………………………………….

1. A copy of the Aerodrome Manual, prepared in accordance with the regulations and commensurate with the aircraft activities expected at the aerodrome, are required as part of the application.

2. The application should be submitted to the Director General of (State) Civil Aviation Authority.

3. Documentary evidence in support of all matters in this application may be requested.

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 191

APPENDIX A2-SAMPLE AERODROME CERTIFICATE

AIRPORT CERTIFICATE

___________________ CERTIFICATE NUMBER

___________________ NAME OF AERODROME

ICAO CODE:

______________________ LATITUDE/LONGITUDE

___________________ SCOPE OF OPERATION

This airport certificate is issued by the (State) Civil Aviation Authority pursuant to subpart ____ of (State) Civil Aviation Regulations and authorizes the ―__________‖ to conduct airport operations

under the conditions and limitations set out in the approved Aerodrome Manual

The Authority may suspend or cancel this aerodrome certificate at any time when the airport operator fails to comply with the provisions set forth in the Aeronautical Law and the XCAR

This certificate is valid for two years, effective from the date on the certificate.

___________ _________________________ SIGNATURE DIRECTOR GENERAL, XCAA

__________________________

Certificate and Place of Issue

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 192

(STATE) CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY (LOGO) AERODROME CERTIFICATE Aerodrome Certificate No: ____________ Date:__________

Schedule General Conditions

1. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall ensure that aerodrome facilities,

equipment, services and procedures are operated and / or maintained properly and efficiently in accordance with the Aerodrome Manual submitted to the DG, (Insert name of CAA). The applicable standards set out in the (Insert name of CAA‟s Aerodrome Manual of Standards Publication) and conditions of the certificate are specified hereunder.

2. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall ensure that the copies of the Aerodrome Manual approved by the DG, (Insert name of CAA) are always kept complete and current. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall ensure that each member of the aerodrome operating staff is aware of the contents of the every part of the aerodrome manual, relevant to his duties and undertakes his duties in conformity with the relevant provisions of these manuals.

3. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall ensure that an adequate number of qualified and skilled personnel are employed to perform all critical activities for the operation and maintenance of its aerodrome, and that a programme to upgrade the competency for the personnel is in place.

4. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall notify the agency responsible for Aeronautical Information Services and the air traffic control unit immediately of any obstacles, obstructions or hazards, change in level of service at the aerodrome as set out in any publication by the aeronautical information services or variation from the Standards; closure of the movement area of the aerodrome; significant change in aerodrome facility or the physical layout of the aerodrome; and any other condition that could affect aviation safety at the aerodrome and against which precautions are warranted.

5. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall notify the agency responsible for Aeronautical Information Services of any change to any aerodrome facility or equipment or level of service at the aerodrome which has been planned in advance and which is likely to affect the accuracy of the information contained in any publication by the agency before effecting the change. 6. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall be responsible to ensure that all security and anti-hijacking arrangements stipulated from time to time by the Concerned Authority for the aerodrome are complied with 7. Aerodrome Certificate holder shall maintain record of all aircraft landing at and

taking-off from the aerodrome. 9. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall have legally tenable agreement with CNS and ATM service provider(s) to ensure continuity and reliability of CNS and ATM to ensure the safety of aircraft in the airspace associated with aerodrome, and that proper coordination with the agencies responsible for aeronautical information services, meteorological services, security

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 193

and other areas related to safety are established 10. The aerodrome shall at all reasonable times be open to use by any aircraft in

the service of the Government of (Insert State). 11. The Aerodrome Certificate holder shall ensure that during the validity of

the certificate the capability of the services/facilities, etc. is not degraded below the notified level. 12 The Aerodrome Certificate holder is to submit the application for renewal along with relevant enclosures at least (insert number of months as par regulations)before expiration of certificate to the DG, XCAA. The certificate may be renewed if the DG, XCAA is satisfied that all requirements have been fulfilled 13. Other requirements of the Government of (Insert State) and the Civil Aviation Authority of (Insert State) as applicable shall be complied with 14. The aerodrome is certified for use in IFR/VFR (Insert as applicable) conditions.

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 194

(STATE) CIVIL AVIATION AUTHORITY (LOGO) AERODROME CERTIFICATE Aerodrome Certificate No: ____________ Date:__________

Schedule

Special Conditions

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Page -/

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 195

APPENDIX A3-SAMPLE AERODROME CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER

RESERVED

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 196

APPENDIX A4-ACTIVITIES OF AERODROME CERTIFICATION AUDIT PROGRAM

Date Activity Time Task

Day 1

Opening meeting 09:30 – 10:00 General briefing and audit entry meeting with Director/aerodrome Manager

Aerodrome Manual, Part 1, General Information

10:30 – 12:30 Documentation review

Aerodrome Manual, Part 2, Particulars of the Aerodrome Site

13:30 – 16:00 Documentation review

Day 2 Aerodrome Manual, Part 3, Particulars of the aerodrome required to be reported to the AIS

Site visit to verify aerodrome data

09:00 – 12:30 13:30 – 16:00

Documentation review Airside visit

Day 3

Aerodrome Manual Part 4, Aerodrome Operating Procedures:

4.1 Aerodrome reporting 09:00 – 10:00 Documentation review

4.2 Access to the aerodrome movement area

10:00 – 11:00 Documentation review

4.3 Aerodrome Emergency Plan

11:00 – 12:30 Documentation review

4.4 Rescue and Fire Fighting Services

13:30 – 16:00 Documentation review and visit of RFFS

Day 4

Aerodrome Manual Part 4, Aerodrome Operating Procedures:

4.4 Inspection of the aerodrome movement area and obstacle limitation surfaces

09:00 – 10:00 Documentation review and Aerodrome serviceability inspections

4.5 Visual aids and aerodrome electrical system

Visit to power house

10:00 – 11:30 11:30 – 12:30

Documentation review and visit to electrical department

4.6 Maintenance of the movement area

13:30 – 14:00 14:00 – 15:00

Documentation review and visit to civil maintenance department:

Aerodrome maintenance programs

Friction testing

4.7 Aerodrome works safety

15:00 – 16:00 Documentation review and visit to civil maintenance department

Night Inspection 18:30 – 22:00 Approach and airfield lighting system

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 197

Date Activity Time Task

Day 5

Aerodrome Manual Part 4, Aerodrome Day 5 Operating Procedures:

4.9 Apron management 09:00 – 10:00 Documentation review

4.10 Apron safety management

10:00 – 11:00 Documentation review

4.11 Airsidevehicle control 11:00 – 12:30 Documentation review

4.12 Wildlife hazard management

13:30 – 14:30 Documentation review and visit to office

4.13 Obstacle control 14:30 – 16:00 Documentation review

Day 6

Aerodrome Manual Part 4, Aerodrome Operating Procedures:

4.14 Removal of Disabled Aircraft

09:00 – 10:00 Documentation review

4.15 Handling of hazardous materials:

Site visit to fuel farm

10:00 – 11:00 11:00 – 12:30

Documentation review And Site visit to fuel farm

4.16 Low visibility operations

13:30 – 14:30 Documentation review

4.17 Protection of sites for Radar and navigational aids

14:30 – 16:00 Documentation review and site visit

Day 7

Aerodrome facilities and equipment:

Aerodrome facilities

Runway and runway strip

Runway lighting

Taxiway and taxiway strips

Other movement area marking, lighting, signs

Aprons Site visit to the movement area

09:30 – 12:30 13:30 – 16:00

Documentation review

Day 8

Aerodrome Manual, Part 5, Aerodrome Administration and Safety Management System:

Aerodrome Administration 09:00 – 13:00 Documentation review

Coordination with AIS 10:00 – 11:30 Documentation review

Aerodrome manual amendment procedure

11:30 – 12:30 Documentation review

Audit exit meeting 14:00 - 15:30 Briefing on audit findings and observation to Director/Aerodrome Manager and senior officials

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 198

APPENDIX A5-AERODROME PRE-AUDIT QUESTIONNAIRE

AERODROME OPERATOR: Name of Aerodrome: _______________________________ Name of Director/Aerodrome Manager ______________________ Contact #_____________ Name of Head of Operations ___________________ Contact #_____________ Part 1 – Aerodrome

S/N QUESTIONS ANSWERS BY AERODROME OPERATOR

1.1 Does the aerodrome have an approved aerodrome manual?

1.2. Who is responsible within the aerodrome management for the maintenance of this manual?

1.3. Who is responsible for coordinating the implementation of the contents of the manual at the aerodrome?

1.4. Has the aerodrome established procedures for the amendment of this manual, and if so, where are these measures described.

1.5. When was the manual last amended?

1.6 List ground handling agencies, and their functions, at the aerodrome. e.g. airlines, ground service providers and fuel organizations

1.7 Is there any document on Aerodrome Emergency Procedures?

1.8 Who are the officers responsible for its implementation?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 199

1.9 Is there any Aerodrome plan

2.0 Is there any Aerodrome development programme in place?

2.1 Any Safety Management Systems in place?

2.2 Who monitors implementation?

2.3 Any Quality Management System in place?

2.4 How effective is the system?

2.5 Does the aerodrome have a copy of the Aerodrome Standards Manual?

2.6 Is it being implemented?

2.7 Have you received the Audit checklist and other relevant documentation manual?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 200

APPENDIX A6-SUGGESTED AGENDA ITEMS FOR AN OPENING/ENTRY MEETING

1) Welcome 2) Introduction of the auditors and interviewees from the audited organization 3) Presentation of the audit team members (if not already done) 4) Presentation of the audit approach 5) Presentation of the audit context 6) If appropriate, mention the previous audit 7) Review of objectives and the field of application of the audit 8) Brief presentation of the audit methodology while insisting on its standardized nature 9) Presentation of the audit sequence: discussions, visits (ask if it is possible to take photos), consulting of documents 10) Auditor‘s code of ethics: non-argumentative, non-intrusive, non-accusatory, confidentiality assured 11) Presentation of the advantages of the audit (progress and improvements in the aerodrome programme) 12) Presentation of the audit plan with possible last-minute changes 13) Confirmation of the date and time of all discussions and of the final meeting 14) Clarification of any unclear aspects of the audit plan

15) Resolution of material aspects: Confirmation of the availability of the necessary equipment and installations 16) Clarification of any unclear aspect of the aerodrome certificate holders aerodrome programmes or pre-audit questionnaire 17) Answer the questions of the representatives from the different services responsible for aerodrome operations 18) Record of attendees 19) Audit termination 20) Conclusion

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 201

APPENDIX A7-CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

DOCUMENT REFERENCE

FINDINGS AUDIT FINDINGS CATEGORY

CORRECTIVE ACTION (TO BE CORRECTED BY AERODROME

OPERATOR)

PERSON RESPONSIBLE

TARGET DATE

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 202

APPENDIX A8-EXEMPTION APPLICATION FORM

(To be completed by the party making the request)

MADE BY

Name/Company

Address

Telephone, Fax

Contact Person

REQUEST MADE TO

REGION

HEADQUARTERS

DATE REQUEST MADE

CAR PROVISION(S)

RELATED STANDARD(S)

ISSUE

BACKGROUND

TEST

AVIATION SAFETY

What factors were considered to ensure aviation safety is not affected? Identify criteria and formulate as conditions of the exemption that provide an acceptable level of safety: a) . . . . b) . . . . c) . . . .

PUBLIC INTEREST

What factors were considered in the determination of Public Interest? Identify criteria: a) . . . . b) . . . . c) . . . .

Are conditions related to Public Interest required?

PROPOSED CONDITIONS BY THE APPLICANT

What factors were considered to ensure aviation safety is not affected? Identify criteria and formulate as conditions of the exemption a) . . . . b) . . . .

FILE ATTACHMENTS

Letter of Request, All pertinent documents in support of the test including report of aeronautical studies and risk assessment conducted The advisory circular numbered XCAA-AC-AATNS016 provides guidance on the conduct of aeronautical study. Applicants are advised to obtain copies of this circular and utilities the material contained therein as neccessary

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 203

APPENDIX B – LETTERS

APPENDIX B1-AUDIT NOTIFICATION LETTER TO AERODROME OPERATOR

{file reference} Date: {Certificate holder’s name} {Address} Dear {Sir/ Madam}, Subject: Aerodrome Audit As part of the XCAA safety oversight of aerodrome safety, an audit of your organisation is required and has been scheduled during the week commencing mm/dd/yyyy. The demonstrated performance of organizations (personnel, equipment, information, facilities, etc) as observed during these audits is the prime means used by XCAA when establishing the approval of, and continuing compliance for, certificated aerodromes, as well as providing an indicator for the frequency and scope of future surveillance programmes. Audit Reference Number All enquiries relating to this audit should refer to Aerodrome Audit Reference Number nnn. Objective The objective of the audit is to assess your organization‘s aerodrome safety compliance with respect to (Insert regulation name)and safety standards specified by the (Insert name of Manual of Standards). Documents, records, equipment and facilities Documents and records will be sampled, and a physical inspection of the relevant procedures, equipment or facilities is likely to be carried out. To facilitate this process would you please have available any of the following that may be relevant to the audit:

Local training records; Personnel competency records for individual aerodrome Officers; Recurrent testing procedures and records; Operations Manuals and/or Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs); Records of meetings and decisions taken regarding safety matters; and Management must be available for interview.

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 204

Access to key staff associated with aerodrome operations and management will also be required. Personnel At the commencement of the audit the Senior Executive of the aerodrome should be present and available. The person responsible within your organisation for quality assurance is welcome to attend. The requirements for their ongoing presence throughout the audit will be discussed at that time. If for any reason a senior person is unavailable to attend this audit then please contact the Audit Team Leader. Confirmation of date and time The Audit Team Leader for this audit will be ………and he will contact you directly to confirm the audit dates. Any audit enquiries should be addressed directly to him. Yours faithfully, {Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 205

APPENDIX B2-SAMPLE LETTER FOR GRANT OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

{File reference} Date: {Applicant’s name} {Aerodrome name} {Aerodrome address} Dear {SirMadam}, ISSUE OF CERTIFICATE TO OPERATE (Name of aerodrome) This has reference to your letter {number} dated {dd/mm/yy} and your application for a certificate to operate {name of aerodrome}. Your application has been approved and the Aerodrome Certificate is ready for collection. Your aerodrome will {now/continue to} be subject to regular routine surveillance/inspection by this Authority under the (Insert regulation reference). If you have any queries regarding this certificate or any other aerodrome-related matters please contact this Authority. Yours faithfully, {Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 206

APPENDIX B3-SAMPLE LETTER FOR REFUSAL TO GRANT OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

{File reference} Date: {Applicant’s name} {Aerodrome name} {Aerodrome address} Dear {SirMadam},

REFUSAL OF APPLICATION FOR AERODROME CERTIFICATE

This has reference to your letter {number} dated {dd/mm/yy} and your application for a certificate to operate {name of aerodrome}. Your application has been assessed in accordance with the (Insert regulation reference) and refused in accordance with the (Insert regulation reference) due to the following reason(s):

{Delete whichever is not applicable}

a. Following an inspection of the aerodrome facilities and equipment, this office has found that they do not meet the required standards specified for a certified aerodrome.

b. Following an assessment of the aerodrome's operating procedures this office has found that they do not make satisfactory provision for the safety of aircraft.

c. Following an assessment of the Aerodrome Manual we have found that it does not contain the particulars set out in (Insert regulation reference)

d. Due to above fact(s) and the other factors listed below, I wish to regrettably inform you that this office is not satisfied with your ability to operate and maintain the aerodrome as required by (Insert regulation reference)

{Give details of each deficiency}

You were advised of the above deficiencies on {dd/mm/yy} and your response has led us to the conclusion that you are unable to comply with the (Insert regulation reference) for the issuance of an aerodrome certificate. Therefore, your application has been refused.

If you have any queries relating to this matter please contact the undersigned Yours faithfully, {Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 207

APPENDIX B4-SAMPLE LETTER FOR CANCELLATION BY SURRENDER

{File reference} Date: {Applicant’s name} {Aerodrome name} {Aerodrome address} Dear {SirMadam},

SURRENDER OF THE CERTIFICATE TO OPERATE {Name of aerodrome}

This has reference to your letter {number} dated {dd/mm/yy} requesting cancellation of your airport certificate for {name of aerodrome}. Your Aerodrome Certificate bearing the number {xxxx} {has been/will be} cancelled on {dd/mm/yy}. We have arranged for a NOTAM to be issued advising cancellation of the certificate. {Insert the relevant paragraph below.} As there {are/are no} regular public transport operations at your aerodrome after the date of cancellation, it {will/will not} be subject to continued regular surveillance from this Authority. As the aerodrome {is to be/has been} closed to all aircraft operations, you are advised to take the following steps. Remove the windsock and boundary markers. Advise any known local operators. Display appropriate un-serviceability markers. If you have any queries regarding the cancellation of the certificate or the legislative Rules for the continuing use of your aerodrome, please contact this office. Yours faithfully, {Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 208

APPENDIX B5-SAMPLE LETTER FOR CONSENT TO TRANSFER AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

{File reference} Date: {Aerodrome Operator} {Aerodrome Name} {Address} Dear {SirMadam},

TRANSFER OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE TO OPERATE {Name of aerodrome}

This has reference to your letter {number} dated {dd/mm/yy} requesting transfer of your aerodrome certificate for {name of aerodrome} from {transferor} to {transferee}. XCAA consents to this transfer, provided the transfer is executed on or prior to {date/time} or before the expiry of the aerodrome certificate. Three transfer notification forms are enclosed with this letter. Please complete all three with original signatures and then ensure:

a. One copy of the signed transfer notification is retained for your records; b. Another copy of the signed transfer notification is retained by the transferee; and c. The remaining signed transfer notification is returned to this office.

Additionally, would you please ensure the original aerodrome certificate document is passed to the transferee. Your cooperation in formalizing the transfer of this aerodrome certificate in the above manner is appreciated, as, at a future time, it may be important for XCAA to be able to provide evidence of the chain of title. Yours faithfully, {Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 209

APPENDIX B6-SAMPLE LETTER FOR TRANSFER CONFIRMATION OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

{File reference} Date: {New Aerodrome Operator} {Aerodrome Name} {Address} Dear {SirMadam},

TRNASFER CONFIRMATION OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE TO OPERATE {Name of aerodrome} This has reference to the transfer of {aerodrome name} aerodrome from {transferor}to yourself which took effect from {date}. Please find enclosed a Transferred Aerodrome Certificate. The Transferred Aerodrome Certificate is provided, should you wish to display publicly that you are now the operator of {aerodrome name} aerodrome. The original aerodrome certificate document, with the letter of consent previously copied to you, establishes the legal basis on which you are certified as the operator of {aerodrome name} aerodrome and, additionally, provides evidence of the chain of title for this aerodrome certificate. Please ensure any requirements relating to published information or aerodrome manual data variations associated with the transferred certificate are actioned by NOTAM and/or amendment issue, as appropriate. Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 210

APPENDIX B7-SAMPLE LETTER FOR NON-CONSENT TO TRANSFER AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

{File reference} Date: {Certificate Holder’s name} {Aerodrome Name} {Address} Dear {SirMadam},

This has reference to your request for theto consent the transfer of aerodrome certificate number {XXnnn} for {aerodrome name}aerodrome from you to {name of the proposed new certificate holder}. The (insert CAA name) has decided not to consent to the proposed transfer of the aerodrome certificate. The XCAAdecision is made because {Insert statement of reasons. The statement of reasons should refer to your understanding of the relevant law, any findings of fact on which a conclusion depends and your reasoning process. Explanations should be stated clearly, using unambiguous language and should not use vague or legalistic terms. All statements of reasons are to be cleared with legal section before the letter is issued. Examples of reasons may be that the transfer will involve significant variation to operational procedures, substantial variation to the facilities or to the key personnel.} You are hereby advised that, subject to the current appeal process you or any person whose interests are affected by this decision may apply to (as required) for a review of the XCAAdecision within (Insert number of days) from the date of this letter. You are reminded that you retain all the obligations of aerodrome operator under the current certificate. If you are unable or not prepared to continue to meet these obligations, please advise the concerned official of (insert CAA name)of your intentions. Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 211

APPENDIX B8-SAMPLE LETTER FOR AMENDMENT OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

{File reference} Date: {New aerodrome operator} {Aerodrome name} {Address} Dear {SirMadam},

AMENDMENT OF AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE TO OPERATE {Name of aerodrome} This has reference to your request for the (insert CAA name)to amend the aerodrome certificate number {XXnnn} for {aerodrome name} aerodrome. The (insert CAA name)has decided to consent to amend the aerodrome certificate. Please find enclosed an amended Aerodrome Certificate. The previous aerodrome certificate document, establishes the legal basis on which you are certified as the operator of {aerodrome name} aerodrome and, additionally, provides evidence of the chain of title for this aerodrome certificate. Please ensure any requirements relating to published information or aerodrome manual data variations associated with the amended certificate are actioned by NOTAM and/or amendment issue, as appropriate. Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 212

APPENDIX-B9-NON CONSENT TO AMEND AN AERODROME CERTIFICATE

{File reference} Date: {Cerificate Holder’s Name} {Aerodrome Name} {Address} Dear {Name}, This has reference to your request for the (insert CAA name)to consent an amendment of aerodrome certificate number {XXnnn} for {aerodrome name}aerodrome. The (insert CAA name)has decided not to consent to the proposed amendment of the aerodrome certificate. The (Insert CAA name) decision is made because: {Insert statement of reasons. The statement of reasons should refer to your understanding of the relevant law, any findings of fact on which a conclusion depends and your reasoning process. Explanations should be stated clearly, using unambiguous language and should not use vague or legalistic terms. All statements of reasons are to be cleared with legal section before the letter is issued. Examples of reasons may be that the amendment of the certificate will involve significant variation to operational procedures, substantial variation to the facilities or to the key personnel.} You are hereby advised that, subject to the current appeal process you or any person whose interests are affected by this decision may apply to (as required) for a review of theXCAAdecision within 35 days from the date of this letter. You are reminded that you retain all the obligations of aerodrome operator under the current certificate. If you are unable or not prepared to continue to meet these obligations, please advise the concerned official of XCAAof your intentions. Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 213

APPENDIX B10-SAMPLE GRANT OF EXEMPTION

{File reference} Date: {Cerificate Holder’s Name} {Aerodrome Name} {Address} Dear {Name}, Exemption to Civil Aviation (Aerodromes) regulations (Insert Regulation Name/Part) Your request for an exemption from the requirements of Section (Cite reference) of the (Insert regulation Name) has been received and it has been determined that an exemption, with an expiration date of (date), should be issued. Enclosed is the Grant Exemption. We request that you advise us as soon as you are in full compliance with the requirements of (Cite reference) of the (Insert regulation name). Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name} Enclosure

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 214

APPENDIX B11-EXEMPTION DOCUMENT FORMAT

A. Introduction Note that an exemption as a legal document must contain certain essential elements of both substance and form to ensure its legal validity. By virtue of the fact that the exemption removes a party from complying with the requirements of a particular regulation, the exemption then becomes the "new legal regime". The document must stand on its own and withstand legal scrutiny should circumstances unfold that would place the exemption in the public eye, and/or necessitate its revocation by the Director General. The following general guidelines hopefully will give assistance in drafting. B. General Structure The exemption must be a stand-alone document and written on an independent sheet of paper. It must not be incorporated into a letter or other correspondence, nor include any extraneous information such as ordinary business matters. The document must speak exclusively to the exemption, its purpose, to whom it applies, the conditions that must be met in order for the exemption to come into effect, and the terms under which it will remain valid, and its expiry date.

C. Headings. The exemption should provide information under the following general headings, as appropriate:

(1) Introductory Paragraph. should identify the source of power to exempt under either the Civil Aviation Law, or the specific provision number of the regulation (authorisation) on the part of a person or corporation (name and address), with description of what is required by the exempted regulation.

(2) Purpose. Explain why the exemption is necessary, and how the current regulatory structure is preventing the party from doing what is desired

(3) Application. The document must clearly indicate to whom or to what entity the exemption applies. All identifying particulars are to be included here;. Also included under this heading would be any requirements that must first be satisfied before the exemption can take effect.

(4) Conditions: The terms, conditions and procedures of any exemption will vary depending on the facts of the situation. The terms of the exemption are those criteria that were identified during the public interest test and aviation safety test, and can be included here. It must be clear that the exemption is in effect only if the conditions are satisfied throughout the validity period of the exemption.

(5) Validity: The validity section defines the term of the exemption, as well as identifies grounds for cancellation setting out a chronology of potential triggering events which would allow for the revocation of the exemption by the Director General should circumstances require it.

(6) Cancellation: There may be a number of circumstances which give rise to the need to legally revoke the exemption. This must not be overlooked for there can be legal consequences if the document does not expire. For example, if an already-issued exemption requires some form of "amendment", the exemption already in existence would need to be canceled before the "revised" exemption could be reissued, otherwise two exemptions would have the same legal force and effect creating potential confusion should there be conflicting conditions. In addition, this could create a problematic effect should the Director General wish to revoke the exemption for breach of conditions where two exemptions and two sets of conditions co-exist. This problem can be avoided by either including a cancellation clause at the bottom of the "amended" and reissued exemption, or issuing a stand-alone exemption cancellation document.

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 215

D. Signature of Director General The signature line must state the date when the exemption is issued

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 216

APPENDIX B12-SAMPLE FORMAT EXEMPTION STRUCTURE

Pursuant to section …… of the XXX Civil Aviation Regulations , and after taking into account that the authorisation is in the public interest and is not likely to affect aviation safety ... I hereby exempt (person, corporation and address) from the requirement set out in subsection ______ of the XXXX Aviation Regulations requiring that (describe what is required in the regulation using the wording found in the provision from which an exemption is being sought), subject to the following conditions. Purpose The purpose of this exemption is to allow (person/corporation) to (describe what needs to be done to prevent the person or corporation outside of the requirements of the regulation, along with any other reasons that make the exemption necessary.). Application This exemption applies to (_____ model aircraft when operated by (name of company) in its _____ operations under Air Operator Certificate Number_____). Conditions This exemption is subject to the following conditions: . . . . . . . . . . . .

Validity (These three provisions are mandatory.) This exemption is in effect until the earliest of the following: EST at midnight on x date, 1999. (There must be a termination date, 12-18 months max.) the date on which any condition set out in this exemption is breached; or the date on which this exemption is canceled in writing by the Director General where he is of the opinion that it is no longer in the public interest or is likely to affect aviation safety.

Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 217

APPENDIX B13-SAMPLE FORMAT FOR EXTENSION OF EXEMPTION

{File reference} Date: {Cerificate Holder’s Name} {Aerodrome Name} {Address} Dear (Name): This is in response to your application dated xxxxon behalf of (Aerodrome) for an extension of Exemption No. xxxx from Part xxxx in the xxxxCivil Aviation Regulation . If granted, the exemption would xxxxx xxx xxxx xxx xx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx x xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xxx xxxxxxxxxxx. Your application indicates that the conditions and reasons stated in the original application remain unchanged and in effect. You also state that if this request to extend Exemption No. xxxx is granted, safety will not be compromised and the public interest will be served, because (Aerodrome) will continue to comply with the applicable conditions and limitations. XCAA has reviewed the original application for exemption dated - - - - -, and the application for an extension dated - - - - -, and has determined that the conditions and reasons which resulted in the previous grant of Exemption No. xxxx, as amended, have remained unchanged. xxxxxxxxxxx xx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx x xxxxxxxxxxx x xxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx. Accordingly, the Authority has determined that the justification for issuance of an extension of Exemption No. xxxx is valid with respect to this exemption, provided all other conditions and limitations remain the same. In consideration of the foregoing, I find an extension to Exemption No. xxxx will provide an equivalent level of safety and is in the public interest. Therefore, pursuant to the authority contained in Article xxxx and xxxx, of the xxxxCivil Aviation Act of (date), delegated to me, the Aerodrome is granted an extension of the provisions of Exemption No. xxxx to expire Date, unless sooner superseded or rescinded. This letter shall be attached to and is a part of Exemption No. xxxx. Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name} Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 218

APPENDIX B14-SAMPLE EXEMPTION CANCELLATION

{File reference} Date: {Cerificate Holder’s Name} {Aerodrome Name} {Address} Dear (Name):

Exemption Cancellation from Subsection of the XXX Aviation Regulations The exemption from subsection ______ of the XXX Aviation Regulations issued to

(person/company and address) on (date) at (place) by the DG,CLAA is hereby canceled

because it is the opinion of the Authority that it is no longer in the public interest and is likely to affect aviation safety.

Yours faithfully,

{Signature} {Name}

Director General {Insert CAA Name}

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 219

APPENDIX B15-THE ASSESSMENT PAPER

A. PURPOSE

(1) The purpose of the Assessment Paper is to summarize the case being put forward by the party making the request for an exemption with a view to documenting both the exemption request process, and to justify the basis for the decision made by the Authority to either grant or refuse the request. In this way, the official record will show that the decision of the Authority has been exercised in accordance with a solid process, having taken into consideration all of the relevant facts and law on each case being put before him

(2) The Assessment Paper will reflect the Authority‘s consideration of the exemption request being

made based on the facts, law and proposed conditions put before it; together with the results of the assessors assessment of the party‘s arguments. Reference will be made to the evidence in support of the safety and public interest test. The assessor will also have the opportunity within this document to provide a rationale for the decision based on the facts of the particular case to either grant or refuse the request.

B. CONTENT

(1) The contents of the "Assessment Paper" is an answer to the arguments being presented by the party making the exemption request and must include the following information:

(a) Criteria to show that the exemption is not likely to affect aviation safety and is in the public

interest. (b) Conditions identified to mitigate any potential risk resulting from regulatory requirements

being exempt. (c) Documented references of meetings, dates, attendees, issues addressed and decisions

made. (d) Documented references that the safety and public interest test has been addressed. (e) Documentation of the decision to grant or deny the request based on the findings. (f) Conditions of the Exemption.

(2) The subject headings of the Assessment Paper are:

(a) Background (b) Aviation Safety (c) Public Interest (d) Justification to Grant/Deny (e) Conditions (f) Final Disposition

(i) Regulatory Change (ii) Exemption to Expire on (date) (iii) Further Action (describe)

DASS AAI

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 220

APPENDIX B16-STANDARD AUDIT REPORT FORMAT

Report on Aerodrome Certification Audit

of XXX International Aerodrome,

State Name {Month/Year

TABLE OF CONTENTS: 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 AERODROME/ORGANISATION INFORMATION 1.2 AUDIT SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES 1.3 IDENTITY & ADMINSTRATIVE INFORMATION OF AUDITED ORGANISATION 1.4 DOCUMENTS REVIEWED 1.5 PERSON CONTACTED AND INTERVIEWED 1.6 OPENING MEETING 1.7 CLOSING MEEETING 1.8 DISTRIBUTION OF REPORT 1.9 CONFIDNETIAL NATURE OF THE REPORT 2. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 3. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS 4. BACKGROUNDS 5. OBSERVATIONS AND FINDINGS 6. CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 221

INTRODUCTION: 1.1 Aerodrome/Organisation Information Aerodrome Visited: XXX International Aerodrome/Organisation Dates of Audit: DD/MM/YYYY Team Members: Mr. H. O. Exceptional, Audit Leader Mr. A.N. Other, Team Member Mr. A.N. Other, Team Member Mr. A.N. Other, Team Member 1.2 Audit Scope & Objectives 1.2.1 The audit was designed to test compliance with the ___insert procedures, regulations, manual etc________of XXX International Aerodrome/organisation. 1.3 Identity & Administrative Information of Audited Organisation 1.3.1 The management of XXX International Aerodrome representing the (Aerodrome Operator). 1.4 Documents Reviewed 1.4.1 The following documents were reviewed prior to, and during, the audit; List the documents List the documents List the documents 1.5 Person Contacted & Interviewed The following persons were interviewed and questioned during the audit; Mr. A. M. Manager XXX Aerodrome Director, Ms. A. N Other Chief, RFFS, XXX Aerodrome 1.6 Opening Meeting 1.6.1 An opening meeting was carried out on _Date_ at Location. This briefing was conducted by the XCAA Audit Leader, Mr. XXXXX and attended by; List the persons in attendance. 1.7 Closing Meeting 1.7.1 A closing meeting was carried out on _Date_ at Location. This was conducted by the XCAA Audit Leader, Mr. XXXXX and attended by;

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 222

List the persons in attendance. 1.8 Distribution of Report 1.8.1 This final report will be sent to Mr. A.M. Manager, Aerodrome Director for XXX International Aerodrome. It is the responsibility of Mr. Manager to ensure that distribution of the report conclusions and findings are disseminated amongst appropriate personnel from the audited organisation. 1.9 Confidential Nature of the Report 1.9.1 This report and all the information contained therein should be regarded as confidential and not for general dissemination. 2. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A short explanation of the main activities of the audit and the principal findings. This must include positive observations also. 3. SUMMARY OF FINDINGS A summary of all the findings in order of priority. 4. BACKGROUND 4.1 The audit was undertaken in accordance with the requirements of XCAA Quality Management System which establishes the various processes and procedures required to be undertaken by the different organisations and persons to whom this programme applies, in order to satisfy the needs of ensuring that aviation practices within (State) are maintained in accordance with ICAO Standards and Recommended Practices and the requirements of the XCAA. 4.2 The legal authority governing the conduct of this audit under the quality control programme derives from ____insert legal authority reference___________ 4.3 This aerodrome/ organisation has been the subject of previous audits on XXXX (date(s)) 5. OBSERVATIONS & FINDINGS 5.1 Observation Reference: XXX Programme/Manual, Section XX.X 5.1.1 Describe the observed action or procedure. 5.1.2 Finding: Describe the deficiency and the corrective action required by the audited organisation. 5.1.3 Status: Open or Closed

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 223

5.2 Observation Reference: XXXX section, or CAR (whichever appropriate) 5.2.1 Describe the observed action or procedure. 5.2.2 Finding: None (in cases where no deficiencies or findings were observed) 5.2.3 Status: Closed 6. CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN 6.1 List all the corrective action required by the audited organisation in the Corrective Action Plan form in order of priority as classified by section XXXXX of the Handbook. (See Appendix 09)

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 224

APPENDIX C – CHECKLIST

APPENDIX C1-INDEX OF CHECKLIST

ITEM CHECKLIST (CL) NO. SUBJECT

1 AERODROME CERTIFICATION PROCESS CHECKLIST

2 AERODROME CERTIFICATE AMENDMENT PROCESS CHECKLIST

3 AERODROME CERTIFICATE TRANSFER PROCESS CHECKLIST

4 AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER PROCESS CHECKLIST

6 AERODROME CERTIFICATION CHECKLIST

7 AERODROME MANUAL REVIEW

8 RESERVED

9 ASSESSING THE COMPETENCY OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL

10 ASSESSING COMPETENCE OF AERODROME RESCUE ANDFIRE FIGHTING PERSONNEL AND TRAINING FACILITIES/INSTITUTION

11 INSPECTION OF AERODROME WORKS

12 WORK SAFETY PLAN

13 AERODROME RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING

14 AERODROME EMERGENCY PLANNING

15 SURFACE MOVEMENT GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEM

16 APRON MANAGEMENT SERVICE

17 GROUND VEHICLE OPERATIONS

18 WILDLIFE HAZARD MANAGEMENT

19 CONTROL OF OBSTACLES

20 ASSESSMENT OF RUNWAY FRICTION

21 AIRCRAFT FUELING AND DEFUELING

22 AVIATION FUEL FACILITY INSPECTION

23 VISUAL AIDS

24 HELIPORT CERTIFICATON CHECKLIST

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 225

APPENDIX C2-AERODROME CERTIFICATION PROCESS CHECKLIST

NAME OF OPERATOR:_________________ DATE: __________

PHASE ACTIVITY COMPLIANCE STATUS

OUTSTANDING ISSUES

REMARKS

1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

Dealing with Expression of Interest Receive expression of interest letter. Select key personnel to review application. Conduct initial assessments and request necessary external clearance/approvals If assessment is satisfactory recommend continuance. if not, advise operator and cease process. Initial briefing with operator to review requirements for certification. Obtain certification fees

2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

Issue Standard Application Form Receive completed application form and Aerodrome Manual. Identify key contact(s) with the operator Review Aerodrome Manual and ensure compliance Ensure all documents are in compliance before moving to inspection phase

3.0 Assessment of facilities and

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 226

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6

equipment Conduct on-site inspection. Document and brief operator regarding non-compliance. Review status of corrective action plans. Verify and document corrective action taken. Ensure all open issues are resolved . Ensure all checklists have been completed.

4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6

Certification Verify all items are closed or acceptable variance has been granted. Obtain Director approval for issuance of certificate Prepare Aerodrome Certificate for issuance. Determine Special Conditions Update certificate register Issue certificate

5.0 5.1 5.2

Post Certification Notify AIS of aerodrome particuars Modify surveillance plan.

Audit Team Leader ………………………. Date ……………………………… Name /Title

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 227

APPENDIX C3-AERODROME CERTIFICATE AMENDMENT PROCESS CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Logo, Name and Address) AERODROME CERTIFICATE AMENDMENT PROCESS CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

State and Local Government Area:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

Operational Hours:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Regulation reference…………………… Manual of Standards reference Advisory Circular reference

S/N ITEM YES NO N/A

I THE REQUEST TO AMEND THE AERODROME CERTIFICATE BY THE AERODROME OPERATOR

1 Has the aerodrome operator provided the Authority with written notification of the request to amend the aerodrome certificate?

2 Has the Authority verified that the notification is from the certificate holder and signed?

3 Has the Authority assessed the request and investigated the application further with the support of his staff to establish the relevant information? e.g w.r.t change in the boundary of the aerodrome; change in its operation and use ; change in ownership and mgt.

4 Has the amendment date been specified by the aerodrome operator?

5 Has the Authority recommended if appropriate, any action to be taken by the aerodrome operator to ensure safety of future aircraft operations?

II THE WRITTEN NOTIFICATION IS ACCEPTED BY THE AUTHORITY AND THE AUTHORITY CONSENT TO AMEND THE CERTIFICATE IS NOT GRANTED

6 Has the Authority issued a confirmation not to amend the aerodrome certificate?

7 Were the reasons for not granting consent to amend the aerodrome certificate enclosed?

III THE WRITTEN NOTIFICATION IS ACCEPTED BY THE AUTHORITY AND THE AUTHORITY‟S CONSENT TO AMEND THE CERTIFICATE IS

YES NO N/A

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 228

GRANTED

8 Have the details specified in section I of this checklist been addressed?

9 Has the Authority issued a confirmation to amend the aerodrome certificate?

10 Following amendment, has original certificate document or a copy attached in the aerodrome file been endorsed as ―Amended‖?

11 Following amendment, has the amended certificate document been signed?

12 Has the copy of the amended certificate document been placed in the appropriate aerodrome file?

IV ADVISE THE FOLLOWING DETAILS OF THE AMENDMENT OF AERODROME CERTIFICATE

13 Has the aerodrome operator been advised in writing the date of amendment of aerodrome certificate?

14 Has the AIS been advised for issuing NOTAM and any changes to the details of the reporting officer?

15 Has the AIS been advised for amendment to publications?

16 Has the amendment been effected to the relevant parts of the aerodrome certificate register?

V SURVEILLANCE UPDATE YES NO N/A

17 Has the Aerodrome Profile Sheet been updated?

18 Has Surveillance Plan been amended?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: _______DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 229

APPENDIX C4-AERODROME CERTIFICATE TRANSFER PROCESS CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA logo and Name) AERODROME CERTIFICATE TRANSFER PROCESS CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

State and Local Government Area:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head of Departments:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Reference: Regulation…………………… Manual of Standards.......................................... Advisory Circular ...............................................

S/N ITEM YES NO N/A

I NOTIFICATION TO TRANSFER AERODROME CERTIFICATE

1 Is there a written notification to the Authority of the request to transfer the Aerodrome certificate?

2 Have the following being verified?

i. Is the transfer date (at least xxxx days(insert date based on regulatory requirement) prior to the expiry of the Aerodrome certificate?

ii. Are the notifications from the certificate holder and from the transferee signed?

iii. Are Air transport Operations being conducted at the Aerodrome?

iv. Is the Aerodrome to be closed?

v. Will there be a significant change in the day to day operation of the aerodrome?

v. Is the transferor able to properly operate and maintain the aerodrome- is the proposed staffing arrangement adequate

3 Has the Authority recommended where appropriate, any action to be taken by the aerodrome operator to ensure safety of aircraft operations?

II CONSENT TO TRANSFER THE CERTIFICATE IS NOT GRANTED

YES NO N/A

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 230

4 Has the Authority issued a confirmation not to transfer the aerodrome certificate?

5 Were the reasons for not granting consent to transfer the aerodrome certificate enclosed?

III CONSENT TO TRASFER THE CERTIFICATE IS GRANTED

YES NO N/A

6 Have the details specified in section I of this checklist been addressed?

7 Has the Authority issued a confirmation to transfer the aerodrome certificate?

8 Following transfer, has original certificate document or a copy attached in the aerodrome file been endorsed as ―transferred‖?

9 Has as the original certificate document or copy been signed?

10 Has the original certificate document or copy been placed in the appropriate aerodrome file?

ADVISE THE FOLLOWING DETAILS OF THE TRANSFER OF AERODROME CERTIFICATE

YES NO N/A

12 Has the aerodrome operator been advised in writing the date of transfer of aerodrome certificate?

13 Has the AIS been advised for issuing NOTAM and any changes to the details of the reporting officer?

14 Has the AIS been advised for amendment to publications?

15 Has the amendment been effected to the relevant parts of the aerodrome certificate register?

SURVEILLANCE UPDATE YES NO N/A

16 Has aerodrome profile sheet been updated?

17 Is the surveillance plan updated?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION:

NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: _______DATE:_____________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 231

APPENDIX C5-AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER PROCESS CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Logo and Name) AERODROME CERTIFICATE SURRENDER PROCESS CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Heads of Departments:

Operational Hours:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Reference: Regulation:.................................... MOS:............................................, Advisory Circular:..........................................

S/N ITEM YES NO N/A

NOTIFICATION TO SURRENDER CERTIFICATE

1 Has the Aerodrome operator written a xxxxday

notification to the Authority for surrender of the

certificate?

2 On receipt of the letter to surrender the certificate have the following information been provided? :

a) Is the cancellation date specified by the

aerodrome operator?

b) Is the notification from the certificate holder

signed, valid and verified?

c) Would there be Regular Public Transport

(RPT) operations at the aerodrome?

d) Are there any changes to the reporting officer‘s

details?

e) Is the aerodrome to be closed and have

sufficient safety measures been taken?

ACCEPTANCE OF NOTIFICATION

3 Has the details in 1 and 2 been addressed properly?

4 Has the original certificate document or copy been

endorsed and placed in a file named ―CANCELLED‖?

5 Has the original certificate document or copy attached

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 232

in the aerodrome file been endorsed as ―cancelled‘?

6 Is the original certificate document or copy placed in

the appropriate aerodrome file?

ADVISE OF THE DETAILS OF CANCELLATION

7 Has the aerodrome operator been notified in writing by

the Authority on the date of cancellation?

8 Has the AIS been notified to issue a NOTAM

cancelling the certified status of the aerodrome and

any changes to the reporting officer?

9 Has the AIS been notified to place amendments in the

AIP?

10 Has the AAI amended and updated the aerodrome

certificate register?

SURVEILLANCE UPDATE YES NO N/A

11 Is the surveillance plan and aerodrome file amended?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION:

NAME OF INSPECTOR: ___________ SIGN: ________DATE:____________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 233

APPENDIX C6-AUDIT CHECKLIST FOR AERODROME CERTIFICATION

AUDIT CHECKLISTS FOR AERODROME CERTIFICATION

A system safety audit is the usual means for a regulatory organization to assess initial and on-going compliance of a service provider with the minimum mandatory obligations that are associated with activity in the aviation industry. These checklists pertain to aerodrome operations, and encompass the full gamut of activity required by the Authorityfor initial audit of a complex airport to determine if a certificate can be issued. The checklists may need to be reviewed at subsequent surveillance audits or inspections depending on the scope and depth of regulatory oversight activity that is planned to occur. It is important to consider [at least] the following when verifying a process:

o The adequacy of the available Infrastructure and how it supports the process. o How does the Auditee monitor the performance of the process and make

improvements? o Has the organization assigned a responsible and competent person to ensure the

process remains adequate and current? o Is there a competent person who has the appropriate authority to change the process? o Are the people involved adequately trained?

When identifying a non-compliance with the regulations, look beyond the immediate occurrence and ask: Why? Who? What led to this? What’s the history? What are the broader factors involved, and how do they inter-relate in the chain of events leading to the conditions which allowed the non-compliance to exist? For a certification audit the required elements are to be tested for conformity with mandatory obligation imposed by (Insert name of regulation and part)and the safety specifications of the Manual of Aerodrome Standards, (and ICAO Annex 14 Volume I if appropriate). Within the checklists, status of individual items may be ‗compliant‘ (C), ‗non-compliant‘ (NC), ‗not applicable‘ (NA) or observation (O).

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 234

CONTENTS OF AERODROME CERTIFICATION AUDIT CHECKLIST (CL:MOS-AATNS001) 1. Aerodrome manual general requirements, including authorization by the Chief Executive Officer (or equivalent) 2. Information about the aerodrome site 3. Information to be notified to AIS 4. Aerodrome operating procedures

4.1 Aerodrome reporting 4.2 Access to movement area 4.3 Aerodrome Emergency Plan 4.4 Aerodrome Rescue and Fire Fighting Service 4.5 Inspections of movement area and obstacle limitation areas 4.6 Visual aids and electrical systems 4.7 Maintenance of movement area 4.8 Aerodrome work safety 4.9 Apron operation management 4.10 Apron safety management 4.11 Airside vehicle control 4.12 Wildlife hazard management 4.13 Obstacle control 4.14 Disabled Aircraft Removal Strategy Plan 4.15 Handling of hazardous materials 4.16 Low visibility operations 4.17 Protection of Radar and Navigational Aid Sites

5. Aerodrome administration

a. Aerodrome administration b. Aerodrome safety management system

Note: The details listed represent the minimum content of an aerodrome manual. Each aerodrome operator must tailor the content of their manual to reflect the complexity and operating environment of the aerodrome.

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 235

Part 1. General Information

PART 1 – GENERAL INFORMATION

Activity and objective Evaluation/Implementation Regulatory /standards reference

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the aerodrome operator have a complete and current copy kept at the aerodrome?

Compare CAA copy to aerodrome copy

Is it in a printed form?

Confirm Hardcopy

Has the operator provided the XCAA with a complete and current copy?

Compare if there are latest changes in Operators copy that are not in CAA copy

Is the operator‘s copy available to authorized persons during normal business hours?

Confirm those listed in distribution list have copy

Does the manual consist of more than 1 document?

Check if there are annexes

If yes, is there adequate cross-reference between documents? Are other copies kept in electronic form?

Check if annexed portions are referenced to the main document

Has theXCAAapproved the manual?

Check CAA approval

Are omitted sections covered by reason for non-applicability?

Check if all non-applicable items are indicated

Are details of exemptions included?

If any exemptions, check details such as type of exemption, reason for exemption, validity period,

Are details of conditions included?

Check conditions/procedures to achieve acceptable level of safety

Does the manual include a procedure to ensure that it will be amended whenever necessary to maintain its accuracy?

Check Amendment procedure

Does the manual include a procedure to ensure that it will comply with any directions that theXCAAmay give to amend the manual?

Check possible reasons for amendment.

Does the manual include a procedure to ensure that the operator will advise theXCAAof any amendments?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 236

Has a person been appointed to be controller of the manual?

Amendment Controller

Does the manual have details of the persons who hold copies of it? And procedures for ensuring that updates of the manual are distributed to all holders?

Distribution List Check if amendment control page has to be returned by manual holders

Can a reader tell when changes have been made to the manual?

Check amendment number/date on each page

Does the manual have a process to ensure that the procedures it contains remains relevant, current and accurate

And procedures for ensuring that any deviations from the manual that are made to ensure the safety of aircraft are reported to the XCAA.

Check the maximum duration before such reports are to be made

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 237

Part 2. Aerodrome Site Details

Part 3. Information to be notified to AIS Does the manual contain the following information? Can the aerodrome operator verify it? Does information in the manual correlate with published AIP data?

Reg/stds ref Activity and objective Aerodrome Manual

AIP Comments

Sub-part 3.1 General information:

3.1a The name of the aerodrome;

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

3.1b The town or city where the aerodrome is located;

Activity and objective Regulatory /standards reference Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the aerodrome manual contain relevant data in Part 2 for the aerodrome site?

Does Part 2 of the manual contain: a plan of the aerodrome showing main facilities including location of each wind direction indicator? a plan showing aerodrome boundaries? a plan showing distance of the aerodrome from the nearest city, town or populous area and position of the aerodrome? the location of any aerodrome facilities and equipment outside the aerodrome boundary?

Check all operational facilitesviz: runways,taxiwas, apron,safety areas and strips lansidebuidlings-terminal,RFFS,ATC,Power,Met,Auto parking, Access Roads.

Does Part 2 of the manual contain either: details of the land certificate(s) for the aerodrome site or details of the control over (eg, lease agreements) the property on which the aerodrome is located?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 238

3.1c The geographical coordinates of the aerodrome reference point determined in terms of the WGS-84 reference datum

Check method of determination

3.1d The elevation of the aerodrome, and geoid undulation;

Check accuracy to one-half metre

3.1e The elevation of: each threshold and the geoid undulation; the elevation of the runway end and any significant high or low points along the runway; the highest elevation of the touchdown zone for a precision approach runway:

Check accuracy to one-half metre

3.1f The aerodrome reference temperature; Check if in degree celcius

3.1g Details of the aerodrome beacon;

3.1h The name of the aerodrome operator and the address and telephone numbers at which the aerodrome operator may be contacted at all times;

Local information: The hours of operation, if applicable;

The available ground services; Any special procedures; Any local precautions.

Reg/stds ref

Activity and objective Aerodrome Manual

AIP Comments

Sub-part 3.2 Aerodrome dimensions and related information:

3.2a The true bearing of each runway and the runway designation number;

Check if true bearing is to one-hundredth of a degree

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Magnetic variation in degrees, date of information and annual change;

3.2a The length, width and slopes of each runway;

Check if to the nearest one metre

3.2a Runway surface type

3.2a Type of runway (instrument, non-instrument)

3.2a Location of displaced threshold if any;

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 239

3.2i Geographical co-ordinates of each threshold;

3.2b Dimensions and surface type for RESA and stopways;

To the nearest metre

3.2b The length, width and surface type of the graded and overall runway strip;

To the nearest metre

3.2b Obstacle free zone avalable (applicable instrument runways)

3.2c Length, width, surface type and numbering system of taxiways

3.2d Apron surface type, pavement strength and aircraft stand numbers;

3.2e Dimensions, ground profile and surface type of clearways when provided;

Dimensions to nearest metre

3.2g Location and frequency for any VOR checkpoints;

3.2h Location and designation of any standard taxi routes;

3.2i Geographical coordinates of each threshold Check if in degrees minutes and seconds and hundredth of seconds

3.2j Geographical co-ordinates of any appropriate taxiway centre line points

Check if in degrees minutes and seconds and hundredth of seconds

3.2k Geographical co-ordinates for aircraft stand;

Check if in degrees minutes and seconds and hundredth of seconds

3.2l The geographical coordinates of obstacles in Area 2 (the part within the aerodrome boundary) and in Area 3 shall be measured and reported to the aeronautical information services in degrees, minutes, seconds and tenths of seconds. In addition, the top elevation, type, marking and lighting (if any) of obstacles shall be reported to the aeronautical information services (See Annex 15 for description of Area 2 and Area 3))

3.2m The pavement surface type and its strength rating in PCN system;

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 240

3.2n one or more pre-flight altimeter check locations established on an apron and their elevation

3.2o The runway declared distances for each runway;

The intersection take-off distances for each runway if available;

3.2p Contact information for the aerodrome co-ordinator of the disabled aircraft recovery plan: telephone/facsimile number and e-mail address.

3.2p and statement of capability to remove the largest disabled aircraft using on-airport equipment in terms of the largest type of aircraft which the aerodrome is equipped to remove

Taxiway pavement strength in PCN system

3.2q Aerodrome RFFS Category;

Distance of localiser and glide path elements of ILS or azimuth and elevation antennae of MLS in relation to associated runway extremeties

Check to the nearest metre

The Aerodrome Obstacle Chart Type A details as applicable

3.3 Sub-part 3.3 Information about visual aid systems:

The type of runway lighting, if any, for each runway

The type of approach lighting;

The visual approach slope indicator system for each runway, if any;

Check for associated designation number, type of system,nominal approach slope angle, minimum eye height(s)

Is portable lighting available and listed?

The type of lighting for taxiways;

The type of lighting for aprons;

Other visual control and guidance aids for runways, taxiways and aprons (RWY holding position, intermediate holding position and stop bars);

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 241

Details of the system of marking runway, taxiway and apron elements;

Availability of standby power, switching arrangements and changeover times;

Note: See Manual of Standards for specifications about data elements and required degrees of accuracy Aerodrome Manual, Part 4 - Aerodrome Operating Procedures and Safety Measures Sub-part 4.1 Aerodrome Reporting Procedure

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

AIP NOTAM Log

Record of Issued NOTAMs

Training Record

Record of Incident Reported

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg/stds ref

Activity and objective Document Reference

Implementation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain details of the arrangements for reporting any changes that may affect aircraft operations to AIS and local air traffic services?

And for recording the reporting of changes during and outside the normal hours of aerodrome operation?

And the process for ensuring that the reporting officer is trained in accordance with the Manual of standards (MOS)?

Review training record and verify compliance with manual

And the arrangements for reporting changes of aerodrome information published in AIP to AIS and

Review record and AIP for type of changes reported to verify compliance

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 242

XCAA?

And for ensuring that the notification to AIS is in writing?

Review record of notification sent

And the procedures for issuing NOTAMs?

Review NOTAM Log to verify compliance

Including NOTAMs for temporary or permanent changes in the physical condition of the aerodrome that may affect the safety of aircraft?

Review NOTAM Logs

Does the manual have a process for review of data published in AIP and NOTAM?

Review record of copies of issued NOTAM sent by NOTAM office to verify compliance

And any other occurrence relating to the operation or maintenance of the aerodrome that may affect the safety of aircraft?

Review record of investigation reports of incidents

And the arrangements for keeping records of reports made?

Review record of incident reported or Incident Log

Are adequate and suitable staff and resources available?

Review job description of staff, training records for compliance with manual.

Are reporting related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Review records

Sub-part 4.2 Access to Aerodrome Movement Area

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Security Programme Records of Passes Issued

SoP for Access Control Training Record

Record of Violations/unauthorised entry and follow-up

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 243

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref

Activity and objective Evaluation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Aerodrome Manual

Does the manual contain particulars of information about preventing the unauthorized entry of persons, vehicles, equipment, plant or animals, or other things that may endanger aircraft safety, into the movement area?

Does it include details of the arrangements for controlling airside access?

i. Physical Control:Fence with restricted access signs, Security Lighting, Gate-Keylocked or manned or electronically controlled(Nos).Pedestrian Gates/Doors control(Keypad,magnetic swipe, or lock)

ii. Personnel: Adequacy: Check No of beats; No of personnel per beat; Training: Initial and recurrent training

iii.Control Procedures:Personnel(ODC) and Vehicle Identification System(Apron Pass)Issuance and control Procedures, Loss/missing cards:Procedure to deal with violations/unauthorised entry

And the names and roles of the persons who are responsible for controlling access to the movement area and the telephone numbers for contacting them during and after working hours?

Roles: Airside Patrol,Access Control

Sub-part 4.3 Aerodrome Emergency Plan

Documents and Records

Documents Records

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 244

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Emergency Plan Exercise Records

Training Record

Record of Emergency Incidents

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg/stds ref Activity and objective Document

Reference Implementation Status

C/NC/O/ N/A Comments

Aerodrome Manual

D: Does the manual contain

details of the agencies (committee) involved in case of the aerodrome emergency on and off the airport and contact details for each member of the agencies?

I:Check files to confirm membership and frequency of participation at meetings

D: Does the committee include a

representative from all emergency services that would be likely to be asked to assist in an emergency?

I:Test to confirm serviceability of contacts

D: Does it contain a description of

the role of each emergency service organization involved in the plan?

I: Confirm roles of

each organisation for each type of emergency

And details of the activation, control and coordination of the emergency service organizations during an emergency?

Confirm communication chain, controllers of coordination units egEOC,mcp,triage

And the aerodrome‘s emergency facilities and arrangements to keep them in readiness?

Check EOC and mcp facilities and serviceability

And the operational response to an emergency including any arrangements for aerodrome access and assembly areas?

Check for designated escorts and transportation arrangement.

And the response to a local stand-by call out?

Check response time

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 245

And the response to a full emergency call out?

And the arrangements to return the aerodrome to operational status after an emergency?

Confirm the responsible officer

What are the arrangements for a periodic review (at least once per year) in consultation with the organization referred to in the plan?

Check record of review to confirm frequency

And arrangements for reviewing actual emergencies or exercises as soon as practicable to assess the plan‘s adequacy and take corrective action?

Check record of review of Actual Emergency

And keeping records of each review for at least 1 year?. Does the manual include the arrangements for testing the aerodrome emergency plan with a full-scale exercise at least every 2 years?

Check retention period of existing records Check record of full scale exercise

And arrangements to ensure that the exercise tests the coordination of the emergency services and the adequacy of the procedures and facilities provided for in the plan?

Check effectiveness of emergency objectives

Does the manual include arrangements to defer an exercise if an actual emergency occurs?

Does the manual observe human factor principles?

Check facilities/equipment, procedures that suggest observance of human factor principles

Does the manual include arrangements for partial exercises in the intervening year between full-scale exercises?

Check record of partial exercises

Are aerodrome emergency related incidents noted, reported and followed up

Check record of incidents

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 246

Does the plan provide for coordination with appropriate specialist rescue services to be able to respond to emergencies where an aerodrome is located close to water and/swampy areas

Check for record of regular response tests of rescue service providers

Does the plan provide for cooperation and coordination with the rescue coordination centre

General Observations

Sub-part 4.4 Aerodrome Rescue and Fire Fighting Service (RFFS)

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

SoP on RFFS

RFFS Training Record

Vehicle Preventive Mtce Record

Drill Book

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stdsref Activity and objective DocumentRefere Implementation Status Comments

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 247

nce C/NC/O/ N/A

Aerodrome Manual

Does the manual include procedures for meeting the needs of a RFFS, including the information on facilities, equipment, personnel and vehicles?

Is the category determination process stated clearly? Is the category determined in

accordance with national standards/requirements?

In accordance with 9.2.4 or 9.2.5-9.2.7

Is provision made for difficult terrain environments?

Check appropriate rescue service providers and rescue equipment for such terrain

Is provision made for category coverage during periods of reduced frequency of operations?

Does the manual provide information about the quantities of water available for foam production and complementary agents?

Water in reserve: Water on wheel : Replenishment system:

And is the quantity of foam provided on vehicles in proportion to the quantity of water provided?

Foam on wheel : Water on wheel: Foam in reserve:

Does the manual provide information about operational objectives?

Response time: Check records to confirm compliance

Does the manual give information about training requirements: - Initial firefighter requirements? - Continuing training? - Live fire drills? - Pressure fed fuel fires?

Confirm training program covers areas in MOAS Section III Chpt 2 Check record to confirm Total number of personnel: No of personnel trained:

Does the training have human performance and team co-ordination components?

Check training programme curriculum

Does the manual provide for provision of suitable protective clothing and respiratory equipment for staff?

Check protective clothing and BA are sufficient for all responding staff

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 248

Facilities Is the Fire Station adequate

to house all vehicles and equipment?

Confirm if all vehicles are enclosed in fire bay

Is access from the Fire Station(s) to the movement area clear and direct?

Inspect

Is static water storage provided at strategic locations?

Check availability/serviceability of hydrants/EWS in the airside

Are adequate access roads from runway ends to airport perimeter/security fences provided (crash roads)?

Check motorability of access/perimeter roads

Is the communication system suitable and effective?

Inspect and test serviceability/capability of communication/ fire alarm systems

Are maintenance procedures appropriate for vehicles, equipment and building facilities?

Check maintenance schedules and records

Is the Number of RFFS vehicles adequate?

Procedures

Are the current procedures specified in the manual able to be verified?

Are procedures for training adequate?

Procedures for testing equipment provided?

Is the actual response time able to be verified from actual tests?

Is the communication system tested in accordance with the manual?

Are alarm systems tested for serviceability?

Product Check

Feedback

Are RFFS-related hazards, incidents and accidents noted, reported and

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 249

followed up

Sub-part 4.5 Inspections of movement area and obstacle limitation surfaces

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Record of Inspection Completed Checklist

Record of Inspection Log

Work Order

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref Activity and objective Document

Reference Implementation Status

C/NC/O/ N/A Comments

Aerodrome Manual

Does the manual include procedures for safety inspections of the movement area and obstacle limitation surfaces?

Verify inspection checklist , frequency of inspections, availability of resources such as vehicle and radio, inclinometer etc

Does the manual include particulars of the arrangements for carrying out inspections during and after working hours?

Review inspection checklist and log for frequency, scope,

Does it include details of the items that need to be inspected?

Review record of inspection checklist to verify compliance

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 250

Does it include arrangements for measurement of runway friction?

Inspect record of measurements, check frequency and friction values and follow-up action where appropriate

Does it include arrangements for measurement of water depth?

Inspect record for procedure used and compliance with manual

Does it include details of the intervals at which the inspections are carried out?

Inspect records for compliance with manual/MOS

And the time of the inspections?

Inspect record for compliance with manual/MOS and verify conduct of special inspection

And the arrangements for keeping an inspection logbook?

Inspect Log book and verify if completion is in accordance with manual

And the place where the log book is kept?

Verify compliance with manual

And details of the serviceability inspection checklist?

Review record of completed checklist and verify contents are compliant with manual/MOAS

And a process for ensuring that the intervals, times and content of inspections are in accordance with (Insert regulation name)and MOS?

Review to verify compliance with regulations –Yearly internal audit

And a process for ensuring that the inspections are carried out by suitably trained staff?

Inspect training records and verify compliance with training requirement for staff

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 251

And the arrangements for communicating with air traffic control during the inspections (if appropriate)?

And the arrangements for reporting the results of the inspections?

Review record of NOTAM

And the arrangements for taking prompt follow-up action to ensure correction of unsafe conditions/ defects?

Review records of follow-up action (work order) to verify compliance

And the names and roles of the persons who are responsible for carrying out the inspections and the telephone numbers for contacting them during and after working hours?

Review Job description and determine serviceability and similarity with contacts given in the manual

Are adequate and suitable staff and resources available?

Review job description and record of qualification/experience and training of staff against requirement. Verify availability of resources eg vehicle, radio etc

Is the staff aware of safety requirements related to Inspection?

Test knowledge of staff

Does the manual contain information on the type, location and characteristic of all elements of marking applicable to type of operations

Verify all marking elements for type of operation is available and location and characteristics such as length, width color, conspicuity are compliant with MOS/Manual

Does the manual contain signage and lighting plan for type of operation at the aerodrome

Verify all signage and lighting elements for specified type of operation are available and location/ characteristics such

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 252

as length, width color, conspicuity are compliant with MOS/manual

Are inspection related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Review record

Sub-part 4.6 Visual Aids, Lighting and Electrical Systems

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Lighting Inspection Schedule

Lighting Inspection Log (LIL)

Generator Maintenance Schedule

Generator maintenance Log (GMS)

Sign Plan PAPI calibration record

Lighting Plan Record of Emergency Incidents

SMGCS Plan

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg/stds ref

Activity and objective Document Reference Implementation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Aerodrome Manual

Does the manual contain details of the arrangements for carrying out lighting, PAPI inspections and the checklist for inspections?

Verify inspection checklist , frequency of inspections, availability of resources such as vehicle and radio. Check PAPI calibration records for details of last calibration ;Inspect PAPI alignment equipment and test serviceability and training/experience records of users

Does the manual provide for

Check serviceability of obstacle lights specified in

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 253

obstacle lighting? the manual

Does it include the arrangements for recording the results of inspections?

(LIR) Check record of completed inspection checklists

Does the manual include arrangements for taking follow-up action to correct deficiencies?

(WO)Review work order. Determine if evidence of recommendations and findings are being acted on

Does the manual include arrangements for switching lights on and off, including backup arrangements?

Verify responsible person/organisation for switching of light and responsible organisation /unit serving as back-up in the event of failure for primary switches

Does the manual include arrangement for monitoring and control of AFL

FIELD INSPECTION 1. AFL Panel 2. Intensity Control

Device

Are there the arrangements for carrying out routine maintenance and emergency maintenance?

(GMS)Check maintenance schedules and maintenance logs. Verify preventive maintenance performance level objective for various elements of the specified system of lighting are compliance with MOS/manual

Does the manual contain arrangements for stand-by power including switchover and connection with primary source?

FIELD INSPECTION Generator

Total No: Total Capacity: Loads supported:

Load Cap

Set 1

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 254

Set 2

Set 3

Check electrical system, verify automatic connection between primary and secondary sources and switch-over time for the designated lighting category

Are there particulars of any other method of dealing with partial or total system failure?

Check no of circuit to approach light, runway light,PAPI, and number and arrangement of feeders

And the names and roles of the persons who are responsible for the inspection and maintenance of the lighting and the telephone numbers for contacting them during and after working hours?

Review Job description and determine serviceability of contacts given in the manual

Does the manual contain information on spare parts for Airfeild Lighting and Power

Verify availability of spare parts eg basic lighting fitting and fixtures, lamps, cables, tools, Generator battery,fuel filters and oil filteretc

Are adequate and suitable staff and resources available?

Review job description and record of training/experience of staff against training requirement. Verify availability of resources eg vehicle

Is the staff aware of safety requirements related to lighting?

Does the manual contain information on the type, location and characteristic of all elements of marking applicable to type of operations

Verify all marking elements for type of operation is available and location and characteristics such as length, width color, conspicuity are compliant with MOS/Manual

Does the manual contain signage and lighting plan for type of operation at the aerodrome

Verify all signage and lighting elements for specified type of operation are available and location/

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 255

characteristics such as length, width color, conspicuity are compliant with MOS/manual

Does the manual contain a SMGCS plan for the traffic density and visibility condition at the aerodrome

Determine aerodrome traffic density and visibility condition and verify that required visual and procedure component of SMGCS are available

Does the manual contain information on wind direction indicator

Verify wind indicator is available and location/characteristics are compliant with MOS/manual

Does the manual contain information on VASIS for the specified type of operation at the aerodrome

Verify VASIS is available and location/ characteristics are compliance with MOS/manual

Does the manual contain information on Identification/Aerodrome Beacon, if applicable

Verify Aerodorme/identification beacon is available and associated location and characteristics

Does the manual contain signalling lamp for applicable type of operation

Verify sgnaling lamp is available, and location/characteristic are compliant with MOS

Where laser emitters are on or around airport vicinity, does the manual provide for protection against possible effects

Verify protection measures

Does the manual contain action taken to protect against confusing non aeronautical ground light or light which will endanger safe flight

Are there arrangements for ensuring that certain lighting is not put into service unless it has been flight checked, checked by trained electrical staff and surveyed by an appropriate person?

Check flight check records to verify that flight checks are conducted on markings VASIS, approach and runway lighting after new installations/development or significant change in existing installations

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 256

Are lighting related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Instrument Runway Non Prec. Instrument

Runway

Non Instrument Runway

Cat I Cat II Cat III

Code No 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

WDI x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

LDI

SL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x At

CtldArd.

Ru

nw

ay M

ark

ing

s

DM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x PvdRw

CM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x PvdRw

THM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Pvd

APtM x x x x x x x x x x x x Pvd

TDZM x x x x x x x x x Pvd

SiStM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Pvd

TWCM x x x x x x x x x x Pvd

TPM

HPM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

IHPM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x At Int HP

Oth

er

Mar

kin

gs

VOR Where there is a VOR Check Point VOR

AcStM On Apron

Sft Lines On Apron

Rd.HPM

Bea

con

s

AB Where operationally required

IB Where operationally required

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 257

Instrument Runway Non Prec. Instrument

Runway

Non Instrument Runway

Cat I Cat II Cat III

Ap

p

ligh

ting

SAL x x x x x x

Where physically practicable WFP/FNU

PALI x x x x

PALII/III x x x x x x x x

Ru

nw

ay L

igh

ting

VASIS x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

For Rwy serving turbojet,poor terrain or met conditions,poor RESA conditions, approach obstacle hazard,poor visuals

Cat I Cat II Cat III

REdgL x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

For rwy use at night or precision runways for day or night use

ThrLight x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

To be provide for runway equipped with edge light

EnLight x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

To be provide for runway equipped with edge light

CtlLight x x x x

In rvr<350m

TDZLigt x x x x x x x x

Oth

er Lg

hts

Cir.GL For circling appr., where rwy/app area isn’t sufficient illuminated by rwy and app light

LinLS For avoiding hazardous terrain along specified approach path

RThIL At permanently or temp displaced threshold and threshold of non precision runways for additional conspicuity

Instrument Runway Non Prec. Instrument

Runway

Non Instrument Runway

Cat I Cat II Cat III

Code No 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

T a x i i n g G u i d a n c e l i g h t s RaExTIL x x x x x x x x

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 258

Instrument Runway Non Prec. Instrument

Runway

Non Instrument Runway

In rvrcondtns<350m, &/or TD is heavy

TxClLigt x x x x

In rvr<350m

Stpbars x x x x x x x x

In rvrcondtns 550m or less

Rwy GL x x x x x x x x

At rwy –twy intersection without stopbars in rvrcontd less than 550m

IntHPLi x x x x

At int. holding positions In rvrcondtns

350m or less

TPadLigh

t

x x x x x x x x

On turn pad for night use in

rvrcondtns<350m,

TxEdLigt To be provided on taxiways without edge light for night use or on edge of turn pad,apron, holding bays for night use

Oth

er l

igh

ts

Stpwy For stopways to be used at night

FloodLi On apron and designated isolated parking position for night use

VDGS Where use of marshallers is not practicable

RdHPLi x x x x

At rd holding position serving a runway in rvr<350m

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 259

Man

dato

ry

Instru

ction

Sig

ns

RUNWAY DESIGNATION SIGN

CAT I,II,III HOLDING POSITION SIGN

ROAD HOLDING POSITION SIGN

NO ENTRY SIGN

Info

rmatio

n

Sig

n

LOCATION SIGN Wh

ere there is

op

eration

al

need

DIRECTION SIGN

DESTINATION SIGN

RUNWAY VACATED SIGN

INTERSECTION TAKE-OFF SIGN

RUNWAY EXIT SIGN

Oth

er

Sig

ns

VOR Aerodrome Checkpoint sign Where VOR Aerodrome Checkpoint is established

AERODROME IDENTIFICATION

SIGN

Where alternative means of visual identification is insufficient

Aircraft Stand Identification Sign To supplement A/C stand marking where feasible

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 260

Sub-part 4.7 Maintenance of the Movement Area

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

SoP on Maintenance of Paved/Unpaved Areas strips and drainage Systems

Friction Record

Training Record

Record of Violations/unauthorised entry and follow-up

Reg/std ref Activity and objective Document

Reference Implementation

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for the routine maintenance of movement area surfaces and drainage systems to ensure that their performance will not be degraded?

Does it include the arrangements for the maintenance of paved and/or unpaved runways and associated, shoulders and safety areas?

Check records to confirm frequency of maintenenace activities for eg debris removal, rubber removal,re-marking of pavement . Inspect pavement surface conditions

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 261

Does it include the arrangements for the maintenance of paved and or unpaved taxiways and associated shoulders/aprons and drainage systems?

Check records to confirm frequency of maintenance activities for eg debris removal, oil removal and drainage mtce. Inspect pavement surface condition

Does it include the arrangements for the maintenance of associated runway and taxiway strips?

Check records to confirm mtce activities on strip eg grass mgt and frequency of mtce. Inspect strips

Does the manual provide particulars about regular runway friction testing?

Check records on conduct of friction measurement and follow up action if warranted

Are adequate and suitable staff and resources available?

Verify staffing arrangement.(contractual or otherwise.) Check records to determine stability/sustainability

Has the operator provided sufficient and adequate equipment?

Verify sourcing of equipment. (own or hire).Test eqpmteg sweepers for serviceability/performance or inspect records to verify method of testing eqpmt

Are maintenance-related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 262

Sub-part 4.8 Aerodrome Work Safety Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Work Safety Plan Record of safety plan meetings

Training Record

Record of Violations/unauthorised entry and follow-up

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref

Activity and objective Document Reference

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for planning and safely carrying out aerodrome works (including works that may have to be carried out at short notice)?

Does it include details of the preparation of a method-of-working plan?

Verify compliance with MOS

And identifying areas of the aerodrome affected during each stage of the work?

Review recent work plan and verify compliance

And steps taken to ensure safety standards are met?

Verify suitable visual aids available for marking works sites and unserviceable areas?

And the process for ensuring that any works safety officers have been trained accordingly?

Check staff training records for compliance with training reqmts

Does it include the Verify if distribution for a typical

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 263

distribution list for the method-of-working plan?

workplan was as indicated

And the arrangements for telling aircraft operators and other aerodrome users of the proposed works and the telephone numbers for contacting those operators and users during and after working hours?

Verify typical NOTAM on a major works

And the arrangements for communicating with air traffic control and aircraft during the carrying out of the works?

And the arrangements for carrying out time-limited works

Does it include procedures to temporarily return a rwy to operational status during overlay,

Verify specification of ramp and markings required

And the names, telephone numbers and roles of the persons and organisations responsible for planning and carrying out the works, and the arrangements for contacting those persons and organizations at all times?

Review record of meetings of stakeholders, participations and scope of discussions

Are adequate and suitable staff

and resources available?

Test staff knowledge of safety requirement. Verify resource eg operational vehicle, radio etc

Are works related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Review records

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 264

Sub-part 4.9 Apron Management Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked

Title Checked/Not Checked

Friction Record

Training Record

Record of aircraft parking incident/accident

Reg /Stds ref Activity and objective Document Reference

Implementation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for aircraft parking control, if established?

Does it include the arrangements between air traffic control and apron management?

Observe aircraft parking control system to verify division of responsibilities is compliant with manual

And the arrangements for allocating aircraft parking positions?

Observe stand allocation system to verify compliance with manual

And the arrangements for initiating engine start and ensuring clearances for aircraft pushback?

Observe and verify compliance

And an inventory and description of the activation and deactivation of any

Observe operating VDGS and verify compliance and serviceability

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 265

visual docking guidance system used at the aerodrome?

And details of the marshalling service?

Observe aircraft marshalling

And the leader van service or follow-me service?

Observe and verify compliance

And the names, telephone numbers and roles of the persons responsible for planning and implementing aircraft parking control?

Inspect telephone numbers to verify consistency with manual

Does the manual indicate availability of suitable staff, facilities and adequate stands

Inspect training records and compliance with training requirement. Inspect radiotelephony facilities, parking markers and markings and stand clearances

Are aircraft parking related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Sub-part 4.10 Apron safety management

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked SoP on Apron Safety Friction Record

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 266

Mgt

Training Record

Record of aircraft parking incident/accident

Reg/stds ref Activity and objective Document

Reference Implementation

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for management of safe apron operations?

Does it include the arrangements protection from jet and propeller blast?

Inspect jet blast protection structures or alternative means

Does the manual contain procedures for enforcing safety precautions during aircraft re-fuelling?

Inspect refuelling to verify compliance with safety procedures

Does the manual contain procedures for ensuring the apron is swept to remove debris?

Insect record to verify compliance with agreed frequency and eqpmt used. Inspect apron surface condition

Does the manual contain procedures for ensuring the apron is clean of hazardous contamination?

Inspect record to verify compliance and procedure used. Inspect surface condition

Does the manual contain procedures in regard to reporting incidents

Review record to verify compliance

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 267

and accidents on an apron?

Are suitable staffs available to control monitor and/or supervise apron safety activities?

Inspect training records for compliance with training programme reqmt

Are suitable facilities available ?

Inspect and test facilities eg sweeper for serviceability and performance or procedure for testing facilities

Sub-part 4.11 Airside Vehicle Control Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Airside Drivers handbook

Permit

Record of processing Permit

Training Record

Record of vehicleincident/accident

Record of violations/sanctions

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg/std ref Activity and objective Document

Reference Implementation

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Have procedures been established at the aerodrome for the control of surface vehicles operating on or near the movement area?

If established, does the manual include details of the

Observe airside driving to verify compliance with

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 268

applicable traffic rules including speed limits?

rules

And the means of enforcement of the rules?

Inspect violation records to verify compliance with enforcement rules

And the method of instructing and testing drivers in relation to the applicable traffic rules?

Review records to verify compliance with eligibility/permit issuance requirement for permit categories Review applications, sample test questions

And the names, telephone numbers and roles of the persons who are responsible for airside vehicle control?

Verify contacts are in compliance with manual

Are adequate and suitable staff and resources available to test drivers, issue permits and monitor driving?

Inspect vehicles for marking lighting, apron pass. Inspect driver forr permit. Test drivers/examiners competence

Are airside vehicle incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Sub-part 4.12 Wildlife Hazard Management Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Wildlife Control Program Bird Observation Log

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 269

Bird Dispersal Log

NOTAM Log

Training Record

Record of bird or animal hazard related incidents

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref

Activity and objective Document Reference

Implementation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures to deal with danger to aircraft operations caused by the presence of birds or animals on or near the aerodrome?

Does it include details of the arrangements for assessing any bird or animal hazard?

Inspect bird monitoring log(record of bird count) or an assessment report as the case may be

And a management plan or arrangements for the removal of any bird or animal hazard?

Inspect bird dispersal log and dispersal equipment for serviceability and performance. Inspect environmental mgt activities Inspect airside and environ for bird activity and attractants such as garbage dump sites/facility, cultivation

Does the manual include reporting bird strike

Inspect reporting records and verify compliance

Does the manual contain details on establishment of wildlife control

Review record of committee meetings, participation include representative of

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 270

committee local community, frequency of meetings, resolutions

Does the manual indicate availability of adequate/suitable staff

Inspect training records and verify compliance with training requirement/curriculum.

And Communicating and alerting procedure and the names and roles of the persons responsible for dealing with bird or animal hazards, and the telephone numbers for contacting them during and after working hours?

Review NOTAM Verify contacts are in compliance with manual

Is the staff aware of safety requirements related to bird and animals hazards?

Test staff competence, where neccessary

Are bird and animal hazard related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Check records

Sub-part 4.13 Obstacle Control Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Obstacle Chart Obstacle Monitoring Log

Training Record

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 271

Record of obstacle related incidents

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref

Activity and objective Document Reference

Implementation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for establishing OLS for the aerodrome in accordance with the MOS?

Review aerodrome obstacle Chart and AIP

And for taking all reasonable measures to monitor the OLS and for detecting obstacles as quickly as possible?

Check Obstacle Monitoring Log for frequency of monitoring and coverage. Inspect environ for obstacle marking/lighting

And the procedures for monitoring building developments (in relation to the height of buildings and other structures) within the horizontal limits of the obstacle limitation surfaces?

Inspect record to verify if procedure for processing request is in compliance with manual

And if the aerodrome has instrument approach procedures, the procedures for monitoring for new objects or building developments in any other areas

Inspect record to verify typical case is in accordance with manual

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 272

nominated by the instrument procedure designers?

And the arrangements with XCAA, local planning authorities and other relevant organizations in relation to the approval of building developments that may infringe the obstacle limitation surfaces?

Inspect record to verify implementation

Including the process for asking XCAA to assess proposed obstacles? (If applicable to the aerodrome)

Inspect record to verify compliance with manual

And for reporting obstacles by NOTAM including amended declared distances?

Inspect NOTAM Log to verify compliance

Does the manual indicate availability of adequate/suitable staff

Inspect training records and verify compliance with training requirement/curriculum.

And the names, telephone numbers and roles of the persons responsible for planning and implementing obstacle control?

Verify contacts are in compliance with manual

Is the staff aware of safety requirements related to obstacle?

Test staff competence, where neccessary

Are obstacle control incidents noted, reported and followed

Check records

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 273

up?

Sub-part 4.14 Removal of Disabled Aircraft Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Disable Aircraft Removal Plan

Agreement with companies providing equipment

Indemnity

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref Activity and objective Document

Reference Implementation

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for removing an aircraft that is disabled on or near the movement area?

Does it include details of the roles of the aerodrome operator and the holder of the aircraft‘s certificate of registration?

And the arrangements for telling the holder of the certificate of registration?

And the arrangements for liaising with air traffic control and the Air Safety Department?

And the arrangements for obtaining equipment and persons to remove

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 274

the aircraft?

And the names and roles of the persons who are responsible for arranging for the removal of an aircraft which is disabled, and the telephone numbers for contacting them during and after working hours?

Does the manual indicate availability of adequate/suitable staff

Is the staff aware of safety requirements during aircraft removal?

Test staff knowledge.

.

Are obstacle control incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Check records

Sub-part 4.15 Handling of Hazardous Materials Note 1 Hazardous materials include explosives, flammable liquids and solids, corrosive liquids, compressed gases, and magnetised or radioactive materials. Hazardous material does not include materials classed by ICAO/IATA as dangerous goods, where freight forwarders and airlines have responsibilities for safe packaging and handling procedures. Note 2 The arrangements to deal with an accidental spillage of hazardous materials are to be set out in the aerodrome emergency plan. Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked

Title Checked/Not Checked

Training Record

Record of hazardous material related incident and follow-up

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg/stdsre Activity and objective Document Implementation Comments

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 275

f Reference Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for the safe handling of hazardous materials on the aerodrome?

Review records and Inspect delivery storage and handling procedures and for hazardous materials identified in the manual to verify compliance -Petrochemicals -hazardous waste -explosive etc

Does it include the names, telephone numbers and roles of the persons who are to receive and handle hazardous materials?

Verify contacts are in compliance with manual

And the arrangements for special areas on the aerodrome to be set up for the storage of flammable liquids (including aviation fuels) and any other hazardous materials?

Inspect to verify compliance

And the methods to be followed for the delivery, storage, dispensing and handling of these materials?

Review procedure. Use separate checklist on storage facilities

Does the manual indicate availability of adequate/suitable staff

Inspect training records and verify compliance with training requirement/curriculum.

Is the staff aware of safety requirements related to hazardous materials?

Test staff knowledge. .

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 276

Are hazardous material related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Check records

Subsection 4.16 Low-visibility Operations Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Record of Airport Committees Amendment Files

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref

Activity and objective Document Reference

Implementation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Has the aerodrome manual been amended whenever necessary to maintain its accuracy?

Inspect manual for the nature of amendment

Has the operator complied with any directions given by the,XCAAto amend the manual?

Inspect manual to verify compliance if there is a specific case

Has the operator told theXCAAin writing within 30 days of an amendment to the manual?

Inspect letter informing CAA for a specific case

Do the persons identified Inspect

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 277

as holding copies of the manual have their copy?

randomly to verify compliance with distribution list

Are they up to date? Inspect master copy and compare with other copies

Is the management structure in place according to the aerodrome manual?

Verify compliance

Are airport committees in place according to the manual

Inspect record of meeting, inaugural and subsequent meetings

Is the person nominated as manual controller carrying out his/her

functions?

Review amendment files

Does the manual include particulars of staff training and competency, including the specifications of staff qualifications and experience, training and programme for upgrading of skills provided to staff on safety-related duties,

Inspect records to verify compliance with requirements

Note: This section of the manual is intended only to be applicable to processes associated with ground operations in low visibility conditions. It is not intended to replicate procedural arrangements in place for Air traffic Services and Meteorological Officers. Normally low visibility operations are considered to be in effect when conditions are such that ILS Category II or III procedures are in operation. Sub-part 4.17 Protection of Radar and Navigational Aid Sites

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 278

Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

RVR Records

Record of low visibility related incident and follow-up

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg /stds ref

Activity and objective Document Reference

Implementation Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Does the manual contain particulars of the procedures for the protection of radar and navaids located on the aerodrome to ensure that their performance will not be degraded?

Does it include the arrangements for the control of activities near radar and navigational aid installations?

Inspect radar and navaid sites for control and protection measures eg fencing, security guards

And the arrangements, made in consultation with the provider of the navigational aid installation, for the supply and

Inspect site of navaid for warning signs warning of radiation hazard

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 279

installation of signs warning of hazardous microwave radiation?

And the arrangements for ground maintenance near these installations?

Inspect site and available maintenance record to verify compliance

Is the staff aware of safety requirements related to radar and navaids?

Test staff knowledge.

Are radar and navaid related incidents noted, reported and followed up?

Check records

Part 5. Audit Checklist – Aerodrome Manual, Aerodrome Administration Documents and Records

Documents Records

Title Checked/Not Checked Title Checked/Not Checked

Record of Airport Committees

Amendment Files

Are records maintained in accordance with the manual

Reg/stds ref Activity and objective Document

Reference Implementation

Status C/NC/O/ N/A

Comments

Has the aerodrome manual been amended whenever necessary to maintain its accuracy?

Inspect manual for the nature of amendment

Has the operator Inspect manual

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 280

complied with any directions given by the,XCAAto amend the manual?

to verify compliance if there is a specific case

Has the operator told theXCAAin writing within 30 days of an amendment to the manual?

Inspect letter informing CAA for a specific case

Do the persons identified as holding copies of the manual have their copy?

Inspect randomly to verify compliance with distribution list

Are they up to date? Inspect master copy and compare with other copies

Is the management structure in place according to the aerodrome manual?

Verify compliance

Are airport committees in place according to the manual

Inspect record of meeting, inaugural and subsequent meetings

Is the person nominated as manual controller carrying out his/her

functions?

Review amendment files

Does the manual include particulars of staff training and competency, including the specifications of staff qualifications and experience, training and programme for upgrading of skills provided to staff on safety-related duties,

Inspect records to verify compliance with requirements

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 281

Trigger List - Aerodrome Facilities 1. RUNWAY(S) Markers and markings Pavement condition Profile Surface texture (e.g. grooving) Roughness Cleanliness Vegetation height (if grassed) Other (cracks, holes, oversized stones, etc.) Stopways Shoulders RESA 2. RUNWAY STRIP(S) RWS obstacles Surface condition (graded and overall) Clearway Markers Vegetation height 3. TAXIWAYS Pavement condition Roughness Cleanliness Vegetation height (if grassed) Shoulders Taxiway strips

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 282

Markers, markings Other faults 4. APRONS Pavement condition Roughness Cleanliness Vegetation height (if grassed) Markings, markers Aircraft tie-down areas Aircraft parking and clearances Other (earthing points, vehicle access, etc.) Other faults 5. LIGHTING Note: Lighting inspection carried out Day or Night? Runway(s) Apron edge Apron flood Stand-by power Wind indicator(s). PAPI Obstacle Other (beacon, etc.) 6. GENERAL Wind indicators Signal area

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 283

Un-serviceability markings and markers available Boundary fence/access control Crash roads

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 284

APPENDIX C7-CHECKLIST ON REVIEW OF AERODROME MANUAL

(Insert CAA Logo and Name) CHECKLIST ON REVIEW OF AERODROME MANUAL (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Reference: Regulation :............................. MOS……………………….........

S/N ITEMS

YES NO Rmk

1 Is the purpose and scope of the Aerodrome manual well defined?

2 Are all the legal requirements for an aerodrome certificate and an aerodrome manual met as prescribed in regulation?

3 Is there an unambiguous statement indicating that the aerodrome will be available when operational to all persons on equal terms and conditions?

4 Is the aeronautical information system and procedures for its promulgation available?

5 Is there any system for recording aircraft movements?

6 Are the obligations of the aerodrome operator including granting of access to authorised personnel to inspect, testing and responsible for reporting/notifying the status of the conditions of facilities well stated?

7 Is there any form of agreement between the aerodrome operator and aeronautical information services on areas of coordination other than emergencies, aerodrome condition reporting or aerodrome vehicle operations?

PARTICULARS OF THE AERODROME SITE YES NO Rmk

8 Is there a plan showing the main facilities and location of wind direction indicator?

9 Is there a plan showing the boundaries?

10 Is there a plan showing the distance of aerodrome from the city or populous area and location of other related facilities and equipment outside the aerodrome boundaries?

11 Are there particulars of the title document showing the site plan?

PARTICULARS OF THE AERODROME REQUIRED TO BE

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 285

REPORTED TO THE AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICES (AIS)

12 Does the manual contain general information such as name of aerodrome, location of aerodrome, geographical coordinates of the aerodrome reference point determined in terms of WGS-84 reference Datum, aerodrome elevation, elevation of each threshold, elevation of runway end, highest elevation of TDZ for precision approach runway, aerodrome reference temperature, aerodrome beacon?

13 Is the name of the aerodrome operator, address and telephone numbers at which the aerodrome operator may be contacted at all times included?

14 Is the detailed information about aerodrome dimensions and other related information: runway/taxiway/apron/strip, RESA, dimensions, slopes, surface types, bearings, designation, strip, bearing strength(ACN-PCN), declared distances, geographical coordinates of each threshold, aircraft stands, taxi centreline, obstacles and visual Aids for approach procedures, pre-flight altimeter check locations, location of VOR check point, clearway and ground profile etc stated?

15 Does the manual contain any disabled aircraft removal plan including telephone numbers, email addresses of aerodrome coordinator for removal of the disabled aircraft?

16 Does the manual contain the appropriate level of protection of the rescue and fire fighting services and the type and amount of extinguishing agents available at the aerodrome?

PARTICULARS OF THE AERODROME OPERATING PROCEDURES AND SAFETY MEASURES

YES NO Rmk

17 Has any procedures been developed for reporting any changes to aerodrome information set in the AIP and for requesting the issuance of NOTAMS at any time including the name and address of responsible persons for notifying the changes as required by the Authority?

18 Has any procedure been developed for preventing unauthorised access to the aerodrome movement area including the names, telephone numbers and roles of personnel responsible for controlling access?

19 Are there plans to deal with emergencies occurring at the aerodrome or in its vicinity for unwanted events including the names of parties, roles, telephone numbers, emails and also established aerodrome emergency committee?

20 Has any procedures been developed for meeting the rescue and fire-fighting requirement of the state including names, roles of persons responsible for dealing with emergencies?

21 Are there procedures for inspection of the movement area (runway friction and water-depth measurements on runway/taxiway; means of communication with ATC; records of inspection logging; interval of inspection; mechanism use for inspection; communication of deficiencies and follow up action, responsible persons for the task and contact number; means of

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 286

reporting condition of movement areas, procedure of reporting water on runway and slipperiness of runway) and control of obstacle limitation surfaces?

22 Are there procedures for the inspection and maintenance of visual aids and electrical systems such as aeronautical lights, obstacle lights, signs, arrangement of secondary to power supply, SMGCS, prevention of entry to closed runway/taxiway, and aerodrome electrical systems?

23 Are there procedures for inspection and maintenance of the movement area (paved areas, unpaved runways/taxiways, runway/taxiway strips and drainages)?

24 Are there procedures for planning and carrying out construction and maintenance works safely including contact numbers of parties involved in carrying out the work plan, arrangement for communication with ATC; procedure to return a runway to operational status after works?

25 Are there apron management procedures to ensure arrangement and coordination between persons or units involved: allocating aircraft parking positions engine start or push back, marshalling and communication with ATC?

26 Are there apron safety management procedures in place to ensure apron safety (jet blast, safety precautions during fuelling, sweeping, cleaning, incident/accident reporting, safety compliance of personnel)?

27 Has the aerodrome operator established procedures for airside vehicle control (compliance with traffic rules and means of enforcing the rules) and method of issuing driving permits?

28 Has the aerodrome operator established procedures for the management of wildlife hazard in the aerodrome flight pattern or movement area (assessment of wildlife hazards, implementation of wildlife control programmes and contact details of responsible persons dealing with the issue)?

29 Are there procedures for the monitoring and control of new developments, obstacles penetrating the obstacle limitation surfaces and notifying the authority for action and amendments to AIS publications?

30 Are there procedures for the removal of disabled aircraft including the contacts details of relevant agencies or parties involved?

31 Is there provision to ensure that hazardous material on the aerodrome are handled and stored safely?

32 Are there procedures for low – visibility operations, including the measurement and reporting of runway visual range as and when required, and the names and telephone numbers, during and after work hours, of the persons responsible for measuring the runway visual range?

33 Are there arrangements for the control of activities in the vicinity of radar and navigational aids installations?

34 Are there arrangements for ground maintenance in the vicinity of these installations?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 287

35 Is there arrangement for the supply and installation of signs warning of hazardous microwave radiation?

DETAILS OF THE AERODROME ADMINISTRATION AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

YES NO Rmk

36 Is the aerodrome organisational chart showing the names and positions of key personnel, including their responsibilities and the details of persons with overall responsibility of aerodrome safety?

37 Does the aerodrome have aerodrome committees to discuss and resolve safety related issues?

38 Are there particulars of staff training and competency including specifications of staff qualifications and experience, training and programme for upgrading their skills on safety related duties and/or the certification system for testing competency?

39 Is there a safety policy applicable to the safety management process and its relation to the operational and maintenance process?

40 Is there a structure or organisation of the SMS, including staffing and the assignment of individual and group responsibilities for safety issues?

41 Are there safety performance targets; allocating priorities for implementing safety initiatives and providing a frame work for controlling risks to as low as reasonably practicable?

YES NO Rmk

42 Is there a system for implementing SMS, including facilities, methods and procedures for the effective communication of safety messages and enforcement of safety requirements?

43 Is there a system for the implementation of, and action on, critical safety areas which require a higher level of safety management integrity (safety measures & programmes)?

44 Is there a system for safety promotion, incident prevention and a system of risk control involving analysis and handling of accident, incidents complaints, defects, faults, discrepancies and failures and continuing safety monitoring?

45 Is there an internal safety audit and review system for quality control?

46 Is there a system for documenting all safety related aerodrome facilities as well as maintenance records including information on the pavement design and construction and airfield lighting?

47 Is there a system of incorporation and enforcement of safety related clauses for contract works at the aerodrome?

48 Is there a statement indicating that the operator will provide the Authority with a complete and current copy of the approved manual?

49 Is there a statement indicating that the operator will keep at least a complete and current copy of the approved manual at the aerodrome for verification by authorised officers of the Authority?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 288

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 289

APPENDIX C9-CHECKLIST ON ASSESSMENT OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL COMPETENCE

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) CHECKLIST ON ASSESSMENT OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head of Department:

Operational Hours:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Reference: Regulation………… MOS........................ Advisory Circular ......................................

S/N ITEM YES NO Rmk

1 Does the officer possess basic qualifications to carry out assigned responsibilities?

2 Does the officer have the required knowledge and experience on the job (OJT) to perform the responsibility at the expected level of competence?

3 Does the officer have the required tools and equipment to carry out the operation in line with job specification?

4 Does the officer have a job description?

5 Is there a personnel roster that indicates satisfactory workload for each officer?

6 Are the officers adequately and regularly trained to discharge the responsibility optimally?

YES NO Rmk

7 In demonstrating operations and maintenance competence, is the knowledge, skills and experience required to inspect aerodrome movement area, obstacle limitation surface, marking, signs and lights, for conducting or supervising aerodrome works, for using the portable radio and completing the NOTAM forms displayed?.

8 Are the officers‘ refresher trainings at such duration/interval to guarantee currency on the job?

9 Does the officer have adequate knowledge of the working documents available for the performance of his duties?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 290

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 291

APPENDIX C10-CHECKLIST FOR ASSESSING THE COMPETENCE OF ARFF PERSONNEL

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) CHECKLIST ON ASSESSING THE COMPETENCE OF ARFF PERSONNEL (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome

Address

Name of Operator

Name of Aerodrome Manager

Head(s) of Department(s)

E-mail

Telephone Number(s)

Reference: Regulation…………MOS.................................Adv. Circ.........................................

S/N ITEM YES NO Rmk

1 Do the ARFF personnel have the required basic qualification necessary to perform their duties in an efficient manner?

2 Are there sufficiently qualified Personnel to meet the requirement?

3 Is the required health status met for maximum performance on scene and medical certificate update?

4 In demonstrating ARFF personnel competence, is the Knowledge, skills and experience required to enter, search, locate, control or extinguish fire in a variety of contexts displayed?.

5 Are the Practical skills/ competency required to operate the equipment at maximum capacity met?

6 Are the ARFF personnel properly equipped with the necessary tools?

7 Do they have the required knowledge to operate the tools?

YES NO Rmk

8 Are the personnel properly trained?

9 Records of training for ARFF kept and updated? (Periodic and Proficiency Training inclusive.

10 Is the ARFF personnel physically fit to perform the job?

11 Are the certificates obtained by the ARRF personnel valid?

12 Are the ARFF Personnel familiar and conversant with the working documents?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________SIGN: _________ DATE:__________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 292

APPENDIX C11-CHECKLIST FOR INSPECTION OF AERODROME WORKS

(Insert CAA Logo and Name) INSPECTION OF AERODROME WORKS (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head of Departments:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Reference: Regulation.............................................. MOS............................ Advisory Circular..................................

S/N ITEM YES NO Rmk

1. Has the Aerodrome Operator developed a work safety plan (MOWP), where appropriate ?

2. Is the MOWP approved by the Authority?

3. Are there safety supervisors for each activity of the works to ensure proper coordination and safety of operations?

4. Within which of the zones is the work to be conducted? ----------------------------------------------------

5. Are associated requirements relating to equipment, vehicle trenching, spoils etc for the zone in question being met

6. At the conclusion of the work, does the aerodrome operator inspect the work areas to ensure safe conditions?

7. Does the aerodrome operator ensure that, where applicable, the aerodrome works are notified by the issue of an AIP Supplement or a NOTAM and that the text of each AIP Supplement or NOTAM pertaining to such notification conveys the information on operational restrictions accurately and clearly to aerodrome users and service providers?

8. At a controlled aerodrome, are vehicles used by work parties carrying out aerodrome works on the movement area equipped with a radio for two-way communications with the aerodrome air control tower unit?

9. All individuals taking part in the work are briefed in detail on the following:

10. (i) Precise areas in which the work is carried out;

11. (ii) The routes to be followed to and from the work

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 293

area;

12. (iii) The radiotelephone or other control procedures to be used, the maintenance of a radio listening watch, and the use of look-outs;

13. (iv) The safety precautions to be observed; and

14. (v) The reporting procedure to be followed on completion of the work?

15. Are working areas practically blocked off from the active movement areas by physical barriers or markers to warn pilots and to preclude work vehicles inadvertently straying onto each other‘s active movement areas during day or night operations?

16. Are the lights of taxiways leading into working areas permanently put off during the work period?

17. Are construction personnel warned, in writing, of possible hazards to personnel working on aerodromes, in particular jet-blast problems and noise?

18. Does the operator designate look-out persons and wear identifiable reflective jackets?

19. Are all personnel working on the airside wear approved reflective jackets for easy identification?

20. Does the operator ensure thorough inspection and cleaning of paved work areas before being opened for aircraft use?

21. Are tall equipment such as crane jibs marked and litat night or during adverse weather conditions?

22. Are the vehicles allowed access to the movement areas provided with correct rotating beacons?

23. Do all vehicle drivers allowed to the work areas in possession of access permits?

24. At a controlled aerodrome, are vehicles used by work parties carrying out aerodrome works on the movement area equipped with a radio for two-way communications with the aerodrome air control tower unit?

YES NO Rmk

25. Have surrounding underground/overhead utilities being identified to prevent disruption of aerodrome operations?

26. i. Location of power and control lines for

electronic/visual NAVAIDS

27. ii. Water lines

28. iii. Gas Lines

29. iv. Drainage Structures

30. Are Waste Disposal Responsibilities assigned?

31. Have Employee Parking and Staging Area being created?

32. Any Threshold displacement and appropriate temporary marking and lighting, as applicable?

YES NO Rmk

33. Installation and maintenance of temporary lighting and marking for closed or diverted aircraft route on active aerodrome operations and safety areas?

34. Are revised vehicular control procedure available, where

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 294

necessary?

35. Any Marking and lighting of construction offices?

36 Are contractor plants well located?

37 Any Security controls on temporary gates and relocation fencing?

38 Noise pollution control, where applicable?

39

Blasting control, where applicable?

40 Dust control, where applicable ?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 295

APPENDIX C12-WORK SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) WORK SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head of Departments:

Operational Hours:

E-mail Address/Telephone Numbers:

Runway Orientation/Dimension:

Reference: Regulation …………………….. MOS........................................... Advisory Circular...............................

S/N ITEM YES/(Ref) NO Rmk

CONTENTS OF A METHOD OF WORK PLAN

Does the plan contain:

1. Project title? e.g. Apron/Runway expansion etc

2 Name of the aerodrome?

3 Name of the aerodrome operator and Certificate holder?

4 Aerodrome Manager: (name, title, organisation)

5 Certificate number?

6 Date of issue?

Does it include the following information? YES NO Rmk

7 A full description of the planned construction project?

8 List of different stages of the construction activities with anticipated start and finish dates?

9 List of the types of aircraft and number of daily movements anticipated during the construction period?

10 What will be the impact of the project on disruptions to air traffic?

11 Position and height of equipment (Relative to Runways & Taxiways)?

12 Work adjacent to Runway/Taxiway (stating the zone you will be working in, and which restriction and operational conditions will apply to your project)?

13 Description of all markings, barriers and lighting to be used to indicate unserviceable areas of the aerodrome?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 296

14 Displaced and/or Relocated Thresholds with supporting explanation for why it is required, new threshold marking and lighting, buffer for jet or prop blasting consideration, slope calculations etc?

15

Declared distance during all phases (based on above calculations)?

Communication Plan YES NO Rmk

16 Communications Plan prior to construction & during construction covering aerodrome clients/users, ATS and the Authority during all phases of the project consisting #1: Planning Phase, #2:Pre-construction Phase #3: Construction Phase?

17 Are there reports on meetings with operators and users prior to the commencement of the project?

18 Does it include a list of persons responsible for the construction and their respective duties ?

NOTAMS YES NO Rmk

19 NOTAMs as per the NOTAM procedure?

20 Will there be any modifications to the aeronautical publications to be issued?

21 Drawing or Blueprintsto support Plan of Construction Operation?

Is the project description Indicating: YES NO Rmk

22 Details of relocation of aerodrome installations from one location to another with dates?

23 Whether or not the work will require any aerodrome closure or rescheduling of flights by carriers?

24 air traffic schedule ?

Circulation Of Construction Vehicles YES NO Rmk

25 Does the MOWP define circulation of Construction Vehicles during construction through defined locations with reference to Plans?

Aerodrome Pass (Security) YES NO Rmk

26 Does the MOPW indicate an aerodrome pass system in place for construction workers, access control, vehicle operation and escorts?

Works Safety Officer Functions YES NO Rmk

27 Is the Work Safety Officer specified and his functions included?

INSPECTOR‟S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 297

APPENDIX C13-ARFF OPERATIONS CHECKLIST

(Insert XCAA Name and Logo) ARFF OPERATIONS CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Reference: Regulation ………… MOS……………….. Advisory Circular………………………

S/N ITEM YES NO REMARKS

CHECK ADEQUACY OF THE FOLLOWING:

1. EXTINGUISHING AGENTS

Water

Foam Liquid

Standard Protein

FFFP

AFFF

Discharge rates

2. COMPLE-MENTARY AGENT

Dry Chemical Powder (DCP)

Halons

CO2

3. WATER SUPPLIES

Hydrants

EWS

Borehole

Overhead Tank

4. FIRE AND RESCUE VEHICLES

Make

Registration Number

Type of appliance

Engine

Wheels driven

Water carried

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 298

Foam liquid carried

Monitors

Sidelines

Total discharge rate available – water/foam liquid

Pump rating

Dry chemical carried

Halons carried

CO2 carried

Radio/Telephone

Grid maps

Speed and acceleration

Cross-country ability

Tyre

Head Light

Trafficator

Amber Light

Battery

General condition

Location of appliances

Is above location satisfactory for efficient turnout?

YES NO REMARKS

Reserve Appliances: Foam Concentrate – 200% Complementary Agent – 200% Delivery Hose (number available) Suction Hose (number available)

(b) Make

Registration Number

Type of appliance

Engine

Wheels driven

Water carried

Foam liquid carried

Monitors

Sidelines

Total discharge rate available – water/foam liquid

Pump rating

Dry chemical carried

Halons carried

CO2 carried

Delivery hose – Total

Type of hose in use

Searchlights

Radio/Telephone

Grid maps

Speed and acceleration

Tyre

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 299

Head Light

Trafficator

Amber Light

Battery

Cross-country ability

General condition

Location of appliances

Is above location satisfactory for efficient turnout?

5. FIRE AND RESCUE VEHICLES

(c) Make

Registration Number

Type of appliance

Engine

Wheels driven

Water carried

Foam liquid carried

Monitors

Sidelines

Total discharge rate available – water/foam liquid

Pump rating

Dry chemical carried

Halons carried

CO2 carried

Delivery hose – Total

Type of hose in use

Searchlights

Radio/Telephone

Grid maps

Speed and acceleration

Cross-country ability

Tyre

Head Light

Trafficator

Amber Light

Battery

General condition

Location of appliances

6. RESCUE EQUIPMENT YES NO N/A

Rescue Equipment available taking into account the level of ARFF protection to be provided

BREATHING APPARATUS Number of sets Type Spare Cylinders Number of Trained B/A wearers

7. POWER RESCUE TOOLS

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 300

Saw Chisel Other

8. PERSONNEL DETAILS REMARKS

Total Strength of Personnel No. of Personnel on duty Duty Watch System

9. COMPETENCY OF PERSONNEL

Officer in Charge

Watch Officer(s)

Other Personnel

10. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING YES NO Rmk

Fire resistant booths

Helmet c/w visor

Fire Tunic

Belt, Pouch, Axe

11. LOCAL TRAINING ARRANGEMENTS YES NO Rmk

Practical training Including ‗Hot fires‘

Aircraft familiarization

Frequency of test Turnouts

First Aid

Exercises with local Authority

Maintenance of Appliances

12. EMERGENCY ARRANGEMENTS YES NO Rmk

Nearest Local Authority

Fire Brigade attending

Communications Hotline Direct Line Intercom Fire Alarm System Walkie Talkie Public Address System Radio Telephone From ATC to Fire Station Local Authority Emergency Services Other Aerodrome Agencies

13. MEDICAL SERVICES YES NO REMARK

How many Ambulances are available in the Fire Station/Clinic?

Are names addresses and telephone numbers clearly displayed in the Ambulance(s)?

Nearest Public Ambulance Station:

The competency of Ambulance Attendance?

If there is no Public ambulance station, what alternative arrangements are made?

The level of medical supplies available?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 301

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ______ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 302

APPENDIX C14-AERODROME EMERGENCY PLAN CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) AERODROME EMERGENCY PLANNING CHECKLIST((Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head of Department:

Operational Hours:

E-mail Address/Telephone No:

Reference: Regulation …………………. MOS…………………………… Advisory Circular…………………………

ITEM Yes No Rmk

Is an aerodrome Emergency Plan established at an aerodrome commensurate with the aircraft operations and other activities conducted at the aerodrome?

Does the plan provide for the coordination of the actions to be taken in an emergency occurring at an aerodrome or vicinity?

Does the plan coordinate the response/or participation of all existing agencies

Does the plan provide for cooperation and coordination with the rescue coordination centre as necessary?

Does the plan observe Human factors principles to ensure optimum response by all existing agencies participating in emergency operations?

Is the emergency operations centre a part of the aerodrome facilities?

Is a person assigned to assume control of the EOC and when appropriate another person the command post?

Is adequate communication systems provided to link the command post and the emergency operations centre with each other and with the participating agencies in accordance with the plan and consistent with the particular requirements of the aerodrome?

XCAAREF ITEM YES NO Rmk

Is resuscitation centre available for all survivors recovered from the scene of an accident?

Is the resuscitation centre equipped with modern facilities?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 303

Were drills, table tops exercise conducted in preparation for the full scale exercise?

Is there a means of activating fire alarm at the fire station from the aerodrome control tower?

Is a pre-arranged reference point assigned (Rendezvous Point) (RVP) to which personnel/vehicles responding to an emergency will initially assemble?

Are the standards sign shown and erected that provides clear guide to the RVP

GENERAL REMARKS

PART TWO EXERCISE EVALUATION

Yes No. Rmk

PERSONNEL MOBILIZATION: Were exercise objectives developed?

Did they adequately test the plan?

Were they realistic?

Were they measurable?

Were they conducted with participating agencies?

Was there adequate provision for viewing the exercise?

Were spectators given safety briefing

Describe initial exercise activation procedure?

Indicate mobilization procedure(s) for aerodrome response personnel. Thru. Telephone call alarm system radio, specify?

What is the time mobilization commenced?

What is the time first unit arrived at the scene?

Who made the notifications?

Did all agencies called for in the scenario respond?

Who are those missing from the responding agencies

DIRECTION AND CROWD CONTROL

YES NO Rmk

Was an individual in charge? If yes Name___________________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 304

Title____________________

Did the individual provide effective leadership?

Was this individual readily identifiable? If yes describe how?

Were there any direction and control problems. If yes describe?

COMMUNICATION Identify the system of communication used throughout the exercise

YES NO Rmk

Was there a common dedicated frequency for managing the emergency?

Describe any communication problems in the exercise.

FACILITY EQUIPMENT AND DISPLAYS Was a mobile command post established?

YES NO Rmk

Was it easily identifiable?

Was it properly equipped?

Was a copy of emergency plan procedures available?

Were they current?

b. Was an EOC established?

Was it properly equipped?

Was a copy of emergency plan/procedure available?

Were they current?

Were they used?

Was log of event/actions taken maintained?

c. Was staging areas provided?

Was it easily identifiable?

Was there an individual in charge of the staging area?

Were adequate communications available?

Was the flow of vehicles to the scene from staging area adequately conducted?

Was there staging area for personnel?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 305

EMERGENCY RESPONSE ARFF How were they notified? Was there response timely? First tender/vehicle to arrived Last tender/vehicle to arrived Was their response effective and accomplished in accordance with established procedures?

Were ARFF personnel properly equipped?

YES NO Rmk

Was an individual clearly in charge?

Was this individual readily identifiable?

Was the situation properly assessed?

Was a passenger manifest (available)?

Was a cargo manifest available?

Were any hazardous materials involved if yes describe

Were they properly handled?

Were preservation of evidence rules followed

Were uninjured? ―Casualties‖ directed to safe areas?

Were ARFF personnel able to reliably communicate with:

The command post/EOC? Each other?

MEDICAL Did anybody participate in the exercise if yes list:

YES NO Rmk

Were they given regular status reports? If yes by whom and how?

Can they communicate well‖ The command post/EOC Transport unit?

Could any medical personnel participate in the exercise at the scene? If yes i. appropriate number of doctors ii. appropriate number of nurses.

Did they arrive in actual manner?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 306

Time first medical personnel arrived?

Was an individual in charge? Was this individual readily identifiable, how?

Could this individual communicate with (i) the command post/EOC? (ii). The hospital

Were there adequate emergency medical supplies

Were enough ambulances at the scene? How many? List the organizations

Were enough stretchers available? How many?

Were a triage system in used? If yes was it effective?

Were the injured transported from the scene? By what means To what location

Were triage tags used?

Were there sufficient trained personnel on hand to man the ―Casualties in a timely manner?‖

Religious men/Critical incident stress personnel Did any participate in the exercise Did they arrive in a timely manner? Were they familiar with their roles and responsibilities under the emergency plan/procedures?

SUPPLEMENTARY ASSISTANCE Did off aerodrome fire service participate in the exercise? If yes did they arrive in a timely manner? Were they familiar with their roles in the emergency plan?

YES NO Rmk

Did any local emergency management participate in the exercise? If yes specify and describe

Did any airlines or other aircraft owner/operators participate in

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 307

the exercise?

If yes, identify and describe

Are they familiar with their roles under the emergency plan?

Did any other organizations/personnel including handling companies participate in the exercise? If yes, identify and specify Were they familiar with their roles in the aerodrome emergency?

PUBLIC INFORMATION Was the local community informed about the Exercise? If yes, describe

Was the travelling public informed? If yes, describe? Were aerodrome tenants informed? If yes, describe? Were there provisions for handling the media?

Was the exercise terminated on scheduled? Time terminated?

Describe termination procedure

Were all participants, including casualties accounted for?

Was all equipment inventories accounted for?

GENERAL REMARKS YES NO Rmk

After the exercise Were all participating groups, including the casualties assembled immediately after the exercise to solicit their comment? If yes were their comment recorded? By whom?

GENERAL OBSERVATION Was the scenario followed? Was the objectives achieved? If not, what changes are needed? Were the plans/procedures followed? If no explain.

YES NO Rmk

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 308

Is there a process for putting lessons learned back into the planning process?

Was there any safety problems noted during the exercise?

Was the exercise an others success?

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 309

APPENDIX C15-SURFACE MOVEMENT GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEMS CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Logo and Name) SURFACE MOVEMENT GUIDANCE AND CONTROL SYSTEMS CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

Telephone No/E-Mail Address:

Reference: Regulation …………………. MOS……………………………. Advisory Circular………………………………….

AERODROME TRAFFIC DENSITY AND VISIBILITY CATEGORY

YES/NO

Visibility Visibility Condition 1

Visibility Condition 2

Visibility Condition 3

Traffic Density Light

Medium

Heavy

S/N ITEM

Required (Yes/No)

Available (Yes/No)

Comment

A SMGCS AIDS

1 Apron markings

2 Runway centre line marking

3 Taxiway centre line marking

4 Taxi – holding position marking

5 Visual aids for denoting restricted use areas

6 Runway edge lights

7 Taxiway edge lights

8 Obstacle lighting

9 Signs

10 Taxiway intersection marking

11 Charts,(aerodrome, movement, apron)

12 Aerodrome control service

13 Signaling lamp

14 Radiotelephony equipment

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 310

15 Taxi – holding position lights

16 Clearance bars

17 Electrical monitoring system for lights

18 Taxiway centre line lights

19 Stop bars

20 Selective switching capability for taxiway centre line lights

21 Selective switching capability for apron taxiway centre line lights

22 Surface movement radar (SMR)

23 Aircraft stand manoevring guidance lights

24 Runway clearance aid

25 Secondary power supply

26 Visual docking guidance system

B SMGCS PROCEDURE Required (Yes/No)

Available (Yes/No)

Comment

1 Aerodrome Authority

2 Periodic electrical monitoring of SMGC aids

3 Designation of taxiways

4 Movement area inspection and reporting

5 Regulation of ground staff conduct on the movement area

6 Initiation of amendment of aerodrome charts as necessary

7 Regulation of ground staff radiotelephony procedures

8 Establishment of standard taxi routes

9 Low visibility movement area protection measures

10 Continual electrical monitoring of SMGC aids

ATS Required (Yes/No)

Available (Yes/No)

Comment

11 Visual monitoring of SMGC aids

12 Use of radiotelephony procedures and phraseology

13 Use of signaling lamp

14 Control of other than aircraft traffic on the manoevring area

15 Operation of lighting aids

16 Determination of the taxiway route to be followed

17 Application of sequencing procedure

18 Initiation and termination of low visibility procedures

19 Application of separation criteria

20 Continual electrical monitoring of SMGC aids

21 Monitoring of surface movement on SMR

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 311

22 Selective switching of taxiway centerlinelights

23 Selective switching of stop bars

Pilot Required (Yes/No)

Available (Yes/No)

Comment

24 Adherence to ground movement traffic rules and regulations

25 Use of radiotelephony procedures and phraseology

Apron Management Required (Yes/No)

Available (Yes/No)

Comment

26 Apron regulations and procedures

27 Emergency procedures

28 Communication procedures with ATS

29 Stand allocation and information

30 Apron security procedures

31 Operation of lighting and docking aids

32 Provision of discrete RTF channel

33 Low visibility procedures

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ___________ DATE:_________

Visibility Visibility

Condition 1

Visibility sufficient for the Pilot to taxi and to

avoid collision with other traffic on taxiway and at

intersection by visual reference and for personnel

of control units to exercise control over all traffic

on the basis of visual surveillance

Visibility

Condition 2

Visibility sufficient for the pilot to taxi and avoid

collision with other traffic on taxiways and at

intersections by visual reference but sufficient for

personnel of control units to exercise control over

all traffic on the basis of visual surveillance

Visibility

Condition 3

Visibility less than 400m in RVR (low visibility

operation)

Traffic Density Light Not greater than 15 movemments per runway or

typically less than 20 total aerodrome movements

Medium Of the order of 16 to 25 movements per runway or

typically between 20 and 35 total aerodrome

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 312

movememts

Heavy Of the order of 26 or more movements per

runway or typically more than 35 total aerodrome

movement

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 313

APPENDIX C16-APRON MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and logo) APRON MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Managing Agency of Facilities:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head of Departments:

Reference: Regulation ……………………………, Advisory Circular, No.............

S/N ITEM YES NO Rmk

AERODROME OPERATIONS MANUAL

1 Has the aerodrome operator identified individual/s who are responsible for apron management and apron safety?

2 Has the aerodrome operator distributed parts of the Aerodrome Operations Manual to those who require it to conduct their duties/ operate on airside?

3 If Yes, is the aerodrome operations manual distribution list available for review?

APRON SAFETY MANAGEMENT YES NO Rmk

4 Are risk assessment and safety audits conducted on the apron?

5 If Yes, who is the person/s responsible for ensuring that risk assessment s and safety audits are conducted?

6 Are the risk assessments/ analysis and internal audits conducted by competent individuals?

7 Has the Aerodrome Operator developed criterion to identify and assess risks identified on apron areas? (Risk Matrix)

8 Are risk assessments and safety audits conducted on apron operations?

9 Has the Aerodrome Operator developed a procedure to ensure the consistent application of risk assessments on aerodrome apron operations?

10 Is the frequency of risk assessments and preceding management review detailed?

12 Are there risk assessments and hazard identification reports available for inspection?

13 Has the Aerodrome Operator developed a safety occurrence and investigation procedure for events?

14 Are there accident and incident investigation reports available for inspection

15 Has the Aerodrome Operator established a

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 314

Committee/Forum where Apron Safety issues are discussed?

16 Are the minutes available for review?

AIRCRAFT SAFETY YES NO Rmk

17 Are all aprons clean and clear of foreign object debris (FOD)?

18 Are there any FOD bins available on the parking bays and other strategic positions?

19 Are FOD bins emptied regularly?

20 Is all apron equipment parked in designated staging areas?

21 Is the marshaller on the aircraft stand prior to the arrival of the aircraft? (One sample per apron)

22 Do all marshallers comply with all standard operating procedures prescribed by the aerodrome operator?

23 Are the marshalling signals used compliant with XCAA Requirements?

24 Is all marshalling staff adequately trained? (Sample: Verify marshaller details with marshalling training records)

25 Interview: Is the marshaller familiar with the aircraft marshalling standard operating procedures?

26 Do apron staff approach the aircraft prior to been given the go-ahead from the aircraft engineer?

27 Are there any unsafe acts/ conditions during the loading and unloading of the aircraft?

28 Do all apron equipment and vehicles adhere to the speed limit permitted when on the ramp?

29 Are all standard operating procedures adhered to during the servicing of the aircraft?

PARKING OF, SECURING AIRCRAFT ON THE APRON YES NO Rmk

33 Are there safety lines painted to define the areas intended for use by ground vehicles and other servicing equipment, to provide safe separation from aircraft?

34 Does the aircraft stand provide the minimum clearance requirements as prescribed in Annex 14?

35 Does the aerodrome have an apron management service at the aerodrome?

36 Is the movement of aircraft on apron areas conducted in a safe manner?

37 Do all pilots adhere to all parking and departing instructions issued by the Apron Management Service/ATC?

38 Is the aircraft properly chocked once stationary?

39 Are the chocks used, suitable for the size of aircraft?

40 Is provision made for smaller aircraft to be properly moored?

41 Does the aerodrome make use of air-bridges?

42 If yes, are the air-bridge operators suitably trained?

43 Do the airbridge operators comply with the aerodrome operators‘ standard operating procedures when using the airbridges?

44 Does the aerodrome make use of motorized apron

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 315

equipment?

45 Are the apron equipment in a serviceable and roadworthy condition?

46 Are the steps used suitable for the type of aircraft?

47 Interview: An apron equipment operator on the content of the standard operating procedures governing the use of such equipment.

48 Record the following information (1 Sample to be taken from each apron): Aircraft registration; ETA of aircraft Ground handling company; Unsafe acts or conditions noted during the handling of the aircraft.

MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES YES NO Rmk

49 Is vehicular movement regulated

50 Has the aerodrome operator developed rules and procedures to regulate the movement of vehicles and equipment on the movement area?

51 Has the aerodrome operator implemented measures to ensure that all drivers are familiar with and complies with, the rules and procedures for the operation of ground vehicles on service roads and aerodrome stands?

52 Do all drivers adhere to the minimum speed and standard operating procedures when on the apron/s and service roads?

53 Interview: (One Sample per apron) Verify if the driver has all necessary authorisation to operate a vehicle on airside and if he/she is knowledgeable on the standard operating procedures governing vehicular movement on the aerodrome?

54 With reference to 5: Has these drivers been trained to operate vehicles on the movement area ?

APRON INSPECTIONS YES NO Rmk

55 Has the aerodrome operator developed an aerodrome inspection programme, incorporating information and procedures for apron inspections?

56 Are all apron areas inspected at least once daily and are the findings recorded on a daily basis?

57 Do competent aerodrome personnel conduct these inspections?

58 Does the apron inspection checklist used, address the specific operational safety needs of the aerodrome?

59 Do all employees complete the apron inspection checklist in accordance with the apron inspection procedures?

60 Are these reports available for inspection?

61 Are these inspection reports verified by aerodrome management?

62 Is the apron sufficiently illuminated when dark?

63 Are airside staff allowed to smoke on airside?

REFUELLING OF AIRCRAFT YES NO Rmk

64 Has the aerodrome prescribed standard operating procedures with regard to aircraft refuelling?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 316

65 Is refuelling of aircraft done in accordance with the prescribed standard operating procedures?

66 Does the aerodrome operator ensure that refuelling is conducted within the prescribed safety parameters?

67 Does the Aerodrome Operator ensure that all refuelling vehicles are roadworthy and that the refuelling equipment is compliant with the safety specifications?

68 Does aircraft refuelling take place whilst passengers are boarding or disembarking from the aircraft

69 If Yes, has the Aerodrome Operator prescribed procedures to mitigate the risks associated with this practice?

70 Are these procedures complied with at all times?

71 Are fuel/ oil spillages reported, appropriately treated and cleaned immediately?

72 Are fuel spillages recorded?

73 To prevent staff and drivers going under aircraft wings, are safety cones placed around wingtips, vent areas and engines?

74 Are these areas kept clear whilst refuelling is taking place?

75 Interview: Are the staff charged with ensuring airside safety aware and knowledgeable about the prescribed refuelling procedure?

76 Interview: Are the refuelling staff aware and knowledgeable about the prescribed refuelling procedure?

SAFETY TRAINING YES NO Rmk

77 Is appropriate training being given to personnel who are charged with the responsibilities of ensuring safety on the apron?

78 Is such training being presented by competent personnel

79 Is the training presented at an accredited training establishment?

80 Are all persons working on the apron inducted in terms of the aerodrome standard operating procedures?

81 Are training records being kept indicating the individuals who attended the training, the type of training, when the training was attended and if the training was successfully completed?

INSPECTOR REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 317

APPENDIX C17-GROUND VEHICLE OPERATIONS CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) GROUND VEHICLE OPERATIONS CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

E-mail/Tel:

Reference: Regulation …………………… MOS……………………. Advisory Circular…………………………

ITEMS Yes No Remarks

1 Does the operator have a training programme (initial and recurrent) for Drivers?

2 Is there a procedure for the issuance of airside permit? Is it implemented

3 Do the Drivers operating on the aerodrome possess airside permit?

4 Have the drivers complied with issuance requirements before been issued with permits?

5

Is the curriculum for drivers training adequate as parXCAA regulations and guidance materials on ground vehicle operation

6 Do airside drivers display their driver‘s permit before being allowed into the airside?

7 Are drivers with expired permits prevented from entering the airside?

15 Are vehicles operating on the manoeuvring areas fitted with R/T or closely escorted by an R/T equipped vehicle?

8 Are the Drivers informed about runway incursion, airfield safety and security?

9 Are the Drivers knowledgeable of the terms used on the Aerodrome?

10 Are the Drivers conversant with the ground vehicle rules and regulations?

11 Reserved

12 Reserved

13 Are Drivers authorized to drive on the movement area familiar with runway configuration/safety area, taxiway configuration, runway lightings, airfield signages, airfield markings and Aerodrome NAVAIDS?

14 Are Drivers capable of sending or receiving a radio messages correctly?

16 Do Drivers operating on the movement areas understand and use the terms and phrases used in the air traffic control?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 318

17 Are Drivers operating on the movement areas familiar speed limits, authorized routes, roles relating to rights of way of aircraft and vehicles, authorized parking areas, traffic lights and warning signs?

18 Is there an enforcement procedure in the event of violation of airside driving rules

19 If Yes, is it implemented

20 Are enforcement records maintained

21 Are accident/incident records maintained

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 319

APPENDIX C18-WILDLIFE HAZARD MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Logo and Name) WILDLIFE HAZARD MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST (CL:AC-AATNS010)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

State and Local Government Area:

Name of Operator:

Managing Agency of Facilities:

Head(s) of Department(s):

E-mail Address/ Telephone Numbers:

Runway Orientation:

Reference: Regulation …………………………….. MOS……………………………………. Advisory Circular …………………………

SN ITEM YES NO Remarks

1. Has bird/wildlife control officer(s) at the site been appointed and responsibilities assigned?

2. Has a training programme been developed to train those involved in bird/wildlife control programme?

Have the control officer(s) being trained accordingly?

3. Has the bird/wildlife control co-coordinating committee been established with well-defined responsibilities?

4. Has a bird/wildlife control programme(management plan) been developed?

5. Is level of implementation of measures in control programme (including those below) satisfactory?

6. Does the aerodrome operator maintain an observation log? Does the content of the log give an indication of the actual status during inspection

7. Does the aerodrome operator on a regular basis remove the attraction to birds particularly water, food, nesting sites and resting places?

8. Does the operator maintain a wildlife/bird dispersal log. Does the content of the log give an indication of the actual status during inspection

9. Does the aerodrome operator regulate the creation of refuse dumps that would attract birds in the vicinity of the aerodrome where the safety of aircraft operations is not endangered?

10. Has a reporting procedure been documented covering all aspects of the bird/wildlife control programme?

11. Does the aerodrome operator keep records of timely reports on bird strike incidents or accidents occurring at the aerodrome?

12. Does the aerodrome operator Submit to XCAA for

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 320

onward submission to ICAO on a regular basis, bird strike reports to facilitate effective use of the IBIS programme in accordance with ICAO Doc. 9332 AN/909

13. Does the operator make available information on the presence of birds and associated hazards to Air traffic controllers for advising arriving and departing aircrafts?

14. Has risk assessment being conducted,where there are indications that it is necessary?

15. Has a list of all bird/wildlife attractants at the aerodrome been completed?

16. Has a list of all birds/wildlife surrounding the aerodrome been completed?

17. Reserved

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: _______DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 321

APPENDIX C19-OBSTACLE CONTROL CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) CONTROL OF OBSTACLES CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Aerodrome/ Aerodrome:

Name of Aerodrome Operator:

Address:

State and Local Government Area:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

E-mail/Telephone:

ITEMS YES NO REMARKS

1. Are there obstacles around the aerodrome?

2. Are the obstacles temporary, permanent, or mobile?

3. Does the aerodrome have obstacle chart?

4. Does the plan depict the plan views of the entire aerodrome and environ to the outer limit of the conical surface( and the outer horizontal surface where established)?

5. Does it show the profile view of all obstacle limitation surfaces?

6. Is every significant obstacle identified in both plan and profile with its description and height above datum specified on the chart?

7 Are obstacle surveys conducted regularly To identify new developments for inclusion in Obstacle Chart

8 At what frequency? Check the latest obstacle survey report conducted for the airport

9 Are the results of obstacle surveys used in updating the obstacle chart

10 Does the operator have a programme of frequent visual monitoring of obstacles limitation surface around the aerodrome

11. Are the permanent obstacles around the aerodrome been included in the AIP?

.12 Does the aerodrome have a process of notifying the XCAA of any obstacle around the aerodrome?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 322

13. Are the coordinates of obstacles reported in degree, minute and seconds?

14. Is the elevation above mean sea level of the obstacle reported?

15. Are the obstacles appropriately marked?

16. Are the obstacles appropriately lighted?

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _______________SIGN:____________DATE:____________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 323

APPENDIX C20-RUNWAY FRICTION ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) RUNWAY FRICTION ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

Operational Hours:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

S/N ITEM YES NO Remarks

1 Does the operator carry out runway friction measurement/assessment?

2 What is the equipment used for the measurement/assessment...........................................

3 Is the equipment compatible with approved CFME?

4 Is the purpose of measurement/assessment well defined?

5 Is the CFME checked/calibrated in accordance with the manufactures‘ operating instructions before use?

6 What is the periodicity of assessment and is it in line with the recommended interval?

7 What is the assessment speed? (65km/hr/ 96km/hr recommended )

8 What friction values are obtained during the last measurement

9 If values in 8 above are below the maintenance planning level, have appropriate measures been taken?(corrective maintenance action)

10 If values in 8 above are below the minimum friction level, have appropriate measures been taken?(NOTAM action indicating runway slipperiness)

11 Is runway friction assessment conducted following any significant maintenance activity, such as runway resurfacing?

12 Is the friction value for the resurfaced runway in agreement with the recommended design objective level

13 Are personnel operating the CFME properly trained in its operation and maintenance?

14 Does the run pattern for a runway with TDZ markings planned so as to include one run either side of the centerline to pass through the centre of the painted TDZ markings?

15 Are records of all runway surface friction assessment kept?

16 Does the runway friction assessment results/records format conform to recommended format?

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 324

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 325

APPENDIX C21-AIRCRAFT FUELLING CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) AIRCRAFT FUELLING & DEFUELLING CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Operating Company:

Address:

Region/Aerodrome facility:

Name of Fuelling Operator:

Vehicle Registration no:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Date of Inspection:

Reference : Regulation ……………… MOS………………………… Advisory Circular ……………………………

STATIONARY / AIRCRAFT FUELLING Time:

S/N ITEM S US Rmk

Fuel trucks parked 50‘ from bldgs and 10‘ apart

Fuel trucks marked with operator name on both sides

No Fuel Leaks

Vehicle Exhaust System -Shielded/Leak free/spark arrestor if required

No Smoking sign-cab/No evidence of smoking/No ashtray

Flammability/Product signs sides-back/Haz Mat placards all sides

Bonding cables provided and clips/plugs functional or Scully System

2 extinguishers on sides /BC/Insp/1 exting.-Hydrant veh/Carts

Deadman Control for all nozzles/Not bypassed or Scully System

Integral system for nozzles to be stowed before moving fuel vehicle

Brake interlock system for bottom loading coupler

Emergency fuel shutoffs operable and properly placard/1 each side

Acftfueling hose/No blistering, cracking, saturation, separation

Aviation fueling hose used/No Kinks

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 326

Explosion proof electrical/Light lens intact

Dome cover seals intact with forward mounted hinge

Truck cabinets have grating type flooring or open flooring

DPF Area established if needed/Meets NFPA stds

Fuel trucks parked 50‘ from bldgs and 10‘ apart

Fuel trucks marked with operator name on both sides

No Fuel Leaks

Vehicle Exhaust System -Shielded/Leak free/spark arrestor if required

No Smoking sign-cab/No evidence of smoking/No ashtray

Flammability/Product signs sides-back/Haz Mat placards all sides

Bonding cables provided and clips/plugs functional or Scully System

2 extinguishers on sides /BC/Insp/1 exting.-Hydrant veh/Carts

Deadman Control for all nozzles/Not bypassed or Scully System

Integral system for nozzles to be stowed before moving fuel vehicle

Brake interlock system for bottom loading coupler

Emergency fuel shutoffs operable and properly placard/1 each side

YES NO N/A

Acftfueling hose/No blistering, cracking, saturation, separation

Aviation fueling hose used/No Kinks

Explosion proof electrical/Light lens intact

Dome cover seals intact with forward mounted hinge

Truck cabinets have grating type flooring or open flooring

DPF Area established if needed/Meets NFPA stds

Proper Fueling Procedures Observed

Fueling Personnel Meet Training Requirements

Fueling Personnel Training Records Maintained

Truck cabinets have grating type flooring or open flooring

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 327

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 328

APPENDIX C22-AVIATION FUEL STORAGE FACILITY CHECKLIST

(Insert CAA Name and Logo) AVIATION FUEL FACILITY INSPECTION CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

GENERAL INFORMATION:

Name of Operating Company:

Address:

Region/Aerodrome facility:

Name of Fuelling Operator:

Vehicle Registration No:

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Date of Inspection:

Facility Supervision:

Reference: Regulation ……………… MOS……………………. Advisory Circular………………………

Time:

S/N ITEM YES NO Rmks

1 Entrances to fueling areas posted with No Smoking signs

2 No evidence of smoking

3 All tanks, machinery, piping is bonded or grounded

4 Areas around tanks are free of weeds, trash or combustible materials

5 Emergency fuel shutoffs provided for each fueling system/Outside spill area

6 Proper EMERGENCY FUEL SHUTTOFF placards /7 ft above grade

7 Emergency fuel shutoffs kept clear and tested every 6 months

8 Fuel servicing equipment properly maintained free of leaks

9 Procedures for prevention & control of spills and notification to fire dept

10 Bonding connections available for loading stations or Scully System

11 Deadman controls available for loading stations or Scully System

12 No evidence of bypassing deadman controls

13

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 329

Aircraft fuel hose/blistering, cracking, carcass saturation, separation, kinks

14 Fueling hydrants, pits, cabinets located 50‘ from bldgexcpt loading bridges

15 Portable fire extinguishers at fuel storage areas and loading stations

16 Portable fire extinguishers on aircraft servicing ramps/aprons

17 At least 1 wheeled extinguisher if >200 gpm aircraft fueling system or equip

18 Explosion proof electrical equipment

19 Above ground fuel piping on acft movement area protected by barrier guard

INSPECTOR‘S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION: NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:_______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 330

APPENDIX C23-VISUAL AIDS CHECKLIST

VISUAL AIDS CHECKLIST

GENERAL INFORAMTION:

Name of Aerodrome/Aerodrome:

Address:

Name of Operator:

Name of Aerodrome Manager:

Head(s) of Department(s):

Operational Hours:

Type of Operation, VFR or IFR ;

Cat Lighting (if IFR) :

E-mail Address:

Telephone Numbers:

Runway Orientation:

Runway Dimension:

Reference:

Regulation ……………

MOS………………………….

Advisory Circular………………………….

S/N ITEM Satisfactory Not

Satisfactory

N/A

Does the aerodrome have the following items?

1 Wind Direction Indicator/Lighted

2 Simple Approach Lighting System

3 CAT I Lighting System/Performance Level Objective

4 CAT II/III Lighting System/Performance Level Objective

5 VASI or PAPI provided as needed

6 Runway Markings – All White

7 Runway Markings properly interrupted

8 Designation/Threshold/Centre Line Markings

9 Transverse Stripe/Arrows if displaced threshold

(Recommended)

10 Aiming Point Marking /TDZ Marking

11 Runway Side Stripe

13 Runway Threshold and Wing Bar Lights/Runway End

Lights

14 Runway Edge Lights

15 Runway Centre Line Lights (Required for Cat II/III)

16 Runway Touchdown Zone Lights (Required for Cat II/III)

17 Stopway Lights (where necessary)

18 Runway Designation Signs at Taxiway/Runway

intersections

19 Runway Holding Position Markings at Runway/Runway

intersections

20 Runway Exit Signs where there is an operational need

21 Lighting intensity and control

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 331

22 Approach Lighting- frangible

23 Elevated Runway Lighting-frangible

24 Lighting properly maintained

25 Rapid Exit Taxiway Lights (where necessary)

26 Circling Guidance Lights (where necessary )

27 Runway Lead in lights (where necessary )

28 Runway End Lights

29 Runway Turn Pad Lights

30 Stop Bars (where necessary-CATII/III operations )

31 Emergency Lights (where necessary)

32 Taxiway Centreline Markings –yellow

33 Taxiway Centreline and Aircraft Stand Markings -yellow

34 Taxiway Centreline Markings

35 Taxiway centreline lines interrupted for Holding Position

Markings width 0.9m gap

36 Runway Holding Position Markings

37 Runway Holding Position Markings provided if runway is

taxi-route

38 Pattern A Markings used for Runway Holding Position

39 Pattern B Markings used in conjunction with ILS holds at

runway hold position

40 Double size hold position markings used for

conspicuity(RECOM)

41 Surface painted CATII/III sign used for pattern B marking

over 60m

42 Mandatory instruction marking recommended where

taxiway width is over 60m

43 Intermediate Taxiway Holding Position Parking where

appropriate with signage(where necessary)

44 Mandatory Instruction Signs meet standards with

colour/size/location/frangibility

45 Runway Designation Signs provided on both sides of

pattern A Holding Position Markings

46 Location Signs provided outboard of runway Designation

Signs

47 CAT I/II/III signs provided both sides of pattern B Holding

Position Markings

48 No entry sign provided where appropriate

49 Information Signs meet standards for

colour/size/location/frangibility

50 Location & Direction Signs provided to identify taxi routes

51 Runway Vacated Sign provided where taxiway centreline

lights not installed

52 Intersection Take-off sign provided where

appropriate(RECOM)

53 Destination Signs provided where necessary (RECOM)

54 Signs/Markings/Lighting properly maintained

55 Mandatory instruction & information signs lighted for RVR

< 800m, night use, instrument runway, non

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 332

instrumentrunway Code 3-4

56 Taxiway Centreline Lights provided for RVR < 350m

57 Stop Bar Lights provided for RVR < 350m

58 Taxiway Edge Lights provided where no centreline lights

and taxiway to be used at night

59 Intermediate Holding Position Lights

60 Road Holding Position Lights

61 Road Holding Position Sign

62 Road Holding Position Marking

63 Runway Guard Lights

64 Visual Docking Guidance Systems, where aviobridges are

provided

65 Aircraft Stand Markings

66 Apron Flood lighting

67 Apron Safety lines

68 Information Marking where it is impractical to install

information Sign

INSPECTOR’S REMARK:

RECOMMENDATION:

NAME OF INSPECTOR: _________________ SIGN: ____________ DATE:______________

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 333

APPENDIX C24-HELIPORT CHECKLIST

Insert CAA Name and Logo) HELIPORT CHECKLIST (Insert Checklist Number)

REFERENCE ITEM

S NS NA REMARK

A BASIC INFORMATION

Largest Helicopter to be served

Greatest Overall Dimension of largest helicopter to be served

(Rotor Diameter) (D)

Undercarriage width (UCW)

Maximum take off weight

Type of Operation (VFR or IFR)

Use of Heliport (Public or Private)

Owner/Operator

B HELIPORT DATA

2.2 (S) Heliport Reference Point :where the heliport id not

collocated with an aerodrome

2.3(S) Heliport Elevation

2.4(S) Heliport Dimensions

2.4.1(S) Heliport Type – surface level

2.4.1(S) TLOF – dimensions to the nearest m or ft, slope surface type,

bearing strength in tonnes

2.4.1(S) FATO – type

2.4.1(S) - Bearing to one hundredth of a degree

2.4.1(S) - Designation number where appropriate

2.4.1(S) - Length and width to the nearest ft or m

2.4.1(S) - Slope

2.4.1(S) - Surface type

2.4.1(S) Safety Area

2.4.1(S) - Length , width and surface type

2.4.1(S) Helicopter ground taxiway and helicopter air taxiway

2.4.1(S) - designation

2.4.1(S) - width

2.4.1(S) - surface type

2.4.1(S) Apron

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 334

2.4.1(S) - Helicopter stands

2.4.1(S) - Surface type

2.4.1(S) Clearway

2.4.1(S) - Length

2.4.1(S) - Ground Profile

2.4.1(S) Visual Aids

2.4.1(S) - Markings and Lighting of FATO TLOF , helicopter

ground taxiway, helicopter air taxiway and helicopter

stands

2.4.2(S) The geographical coordinates of the geometric centre of the

TLOF and/or of each threshold of the FATO

2.4.3(S) The geographical coordinate of the appropriate centre line

points of helicopter ground taxiway and helicopter air

taxiway

2.4.4(S) The geographical coordinate of each helicopter stand

2.4.5(S) The geographical coordinates of obstacles in Area 2 and Area

3. Alos the top elevation, type, marking and lighting

2.5(S) Declared Distances

- TODA

- LDA

- Rejected take off distance available

C PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

C(1) Final Approach Take Off Area (FATO)

(S)3.1.3 Dimensions

3.1.2 (S) Is it Obstacle free

3.1.5 (S) Is Drainage rapid (mean slope < or =3%)

3.1.6 a (S) Is it resistant to the effect of rotor wash

3.1.6 b (S) Is it free of irregularities that will adversely affect take-off

/landing

- Has sufficient bearing strength for rejected take off (For PC1

helicopters)

3.1.8 (R) Does it provide ground effect

3.1.9 (R) Does location minimize surrounding effect

C(2) Helicopter Clearway

Note – A clearway would need to be considered when the

heliport is intended to be used by helicopters operating in

performance class I

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 335

3.1.10 Is clearway properly located (beyond the end of the FATO

3.1.11 (R ) Clearway Width

3.1.12 (R ) Clearway ground profile (< or = 3%) ( From periphery of

the FATO)

3.1.13 (R ) Are objects in clearway removed

C(3) Touch Down And Lift Off Surface (TLOF)

3.1.14 (S) Is TLOF provided

3.1.15 (S) Is TLOF located within FATO

3.1.16 (S) TLOF Dimensions (0.83 D)

3.1.17 (S) TLOF slope(< or =2%)

3.1.19 (S) Is TFOL dynamic load bearing (where located within the

FATO)

Is TLOF static bearing ( where collocated with a helicopter

stand)

3.1.20 (S) Is TLOF centred on FATO

C(4) Safety Areas

3.1.21 (S) Does FATO have a safety area (It need not be solid)

3.1.22 (S) Dimensions of Safety Area (sides are 2D for quadrilateral or

outer diameter 2D for circle )

3.1.23 (S) Is there obstacle free are adjoining the Safety area (45

degree slope rising from safety area edge a distance of 10m)

3.1.24 (S) Is FATO and safety area object free

3.1.25 (S) Is safety area object free except for the presence of object

required by their function (less than 5cm if within 0.75D of

FATO centre)

3.1.26 (S) Slope of safety area (< 4% from edge of FATO)

3.1.27 (S) Is surface of safety area treated to prevent flying debris

caused by rotor downwash (Only where applicable)

3.1.28 (S) Is surface of the safety area continuous with FATO where

surface abuts the FATO ( This applies when surface is solid)

C(5) Helicopter Ground Taxiways And Helicopter

Ground Taxi Route (Applicable To Wheeled

Helicopters)

3.1.29 (S) Width of ground taxiway

(> or =1.5 x largest width of UCW of design helicopter))

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 336

3.1.30 (S) Long. Slope of ground taxiway

(< or = 3% )

3.1.31 (S) Is ground taxiway static load bearing

3.1.32 (S) Is ground taxiway centred on ground taxi-route

3.1.33(S) Dimension of ground taxi route

(Symmetrical on each side of the centerline for at least 0.75x

the largest overall helicopter width)

3.1.34(S) Is it fixed object and mobile object free

3.1.35(S) Is ground taxi route object free except for the presence of

object required by their function

(within 50cm from the edge of ground taxiway and 25cm

above ground taxiway from the 50cm edge outwards at a

gradient of 5%)

3.1.36(S) Do ground taxiway and taxi route provide rapid drainage (<

or = 2% for ground taxiway)

3.1.37(S) Is surface of the groudtaxiroute resistant to the effect of rotor

downwash

3.1.38(S) Do ground tax routes overlap (for simultaneous operations)

C(6) Helicopter Air Taxiways And Helicopter Air

Taxi Route

It is intended to permit the movement of helicopters above the

surface at a height normally associated with ground defect

and at ground speeds less than 37km/hr

3.1.39(S) Width of air taxiway

(> or =2.0 x largest width of UCW of design helicopter))

3.1.40(R) Is air taxiway static load bearing

3.1.41(R) Long. Slope of air taxiway

(< or = 7 % )

Transverse slope of air taxiway

(< or = 10 % )

3.1.42(S) Is air taxiway centred on air taxi-route

3.1.43(S) Dimension of air taxi route

(Symmetrical on each side of the centerlineand at least equal

to the largest overall helicopter width)

3.1.44(S) Is air taxi route fixed object and mobile object free

3.1.45(S) Is air taxi route object free except for the presence of object

required by their function

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 337

(within 1m from the edge of air taxiway and 25cm; above

air taxiway plane from the 1m edge outwards at a gradient

of 5%)

3.1.46(R) Recommendation for 3.1.45(S)

3.1.47(S) Is surface of the air taxiroute resistant to the effect of rotor

downwash

3.1.48(S) Does the surface provide ground effect

3.1.49(S) Do air tax routes overlap (for simultaneous operations)

C(7) Helicopter Stands

It is not good practice to provide stands under a flight path

3.1.50(S) Does the stand protection area averlap protection area of

another stand

3.1.51(S) Does the stand provide rapid drainage (< or = 2% )

3.1.52(S) Dimension of stand

(For helicopters turning in a hover: > or= 1.2 D of the

largest helicopter)

3.1.53(S) Width of stand

(For taxi through> or = width of taxi route)

3.1.54(S) Dimension of stand and protection area

(For turning : >or= 2 D of the largest helicopter)

For turning

3.1.55(S) Dimension Protection area

(For turning, = 0.4D from the edge of the stand

3.1.56(S) Do protection area of stands and associated taxi-routes

overlap (for simultaneous operations)

3.1.57(S) Does the stand and associated protection surface provide

ground effect

3.1.58(S) Is stand object free

3.1.59(S) Is stand fixed object free except for the presence of object

required by their function(These objects shall be frangible)

3.1.60(S) Is stand and associated protection area mobile object free

(during helicopter operation)

3.1.61(S) Is protection area object free except for the presence of object

required by their function

(can be within 0.75D of the centre of the stand, not higher

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 338

than 5cm of the plane of the stand;

Not above 25cm from the e0.75D edge upwards and

outwards at a gradient of 5%))

3.1.62(S) Diameter of central zone of stand (>or=0.83D of the largest

helicopter; = width of ground taxiway)

D OBSTACLE ENVIRONMENT

4.1 OBSTACLE LIMITATION SURFACE

Approach, Take off Climb and Transitional Surface

(See Table 4-1 and Figure 4-1 to 4-5

4.2 Obstacle Limitation Requirement

4.2.1 Is take-off climb, approach and transitional surface

established

(For PinS approach procedure with visual segment)

4.2.2 Is take-off climb and approach surface established

(For PinS approach procedure without visual segment)

E VISUAL AIDS

Wind Direction Indicator

5.1.1.1(S) Is there at least one wind direction indicator

5.1.1.2-5.1.1.6 Location , Characteristics

5.1.1.7(S) Is it illuminated at night

MARKINGS

5.2.2.1 (S) Is Heliport Identiification Marking provided

5.2.2.2-3 (S) Is it centrally located on FATO

5.2.2.5(S) Does it consist of a H letter, white in color. Are the marking

dimensions adequate (See Fig 5-3, Annex 14 vol II)

5.2.2.5(S) Is the cross arm of the H Marking at right angel to the

preferred finalapproach direction

5.2.5.1(R ) Is the final dimensions of the FATO marked on the FATO

5.2.6.1(S) Is FATO Perimeter marking or marker provided

(Applies where the extent of the FATO is not self evident)

5.2.6.2(S) Is it located on the edge of the FATO

5.2.6.10(S) Is the FATO perimeter marking white in color and of correct

dimensions

5.2.9.1(S) Is a TLOF perimeter marking provided

(Applies where the perimeter of the TLOF is not self evident

and where the TLOF is located on a FATO)

5.2.9.4(S) Is the marking located along the edge of the TLOF

5.2.9.5(S) Is the marking continuous white line at least 30cm in width

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 339

5.2.15.1-4(R) Is the centerline and edge of a helicopter ground taxiway

marked with markings or markers

5.2.15.5-8(R) Are the centerline markings continuous yellow line 15cm

wide and the edge markings continuous double yellow line

15cm wide

5.2.16.1-5(R) Is the centerline and edge of a helicopter air taxiway marked

with markings or markers

5.2.15.6-8(R) Are the centerline markings continuous yellow line 15cm

wide and the edge markings continuous double yellow line

15cm wide

5.2.17.1(S) Is helicopter stand perimeter marking and or central zone

perimeter marking provided

(Applies to stand designed for turning)

5.2.17.4-6(S) Are the types of the markings adequate

5.2.17.7-12(S) Are the color and dimensions adequate

F LIGHTS

5.3.2.1(R) Is a heliport beacon provided

5.3.2.2(S) Is it properly located so that it does not dazzle the pilot

5.3.2.3(R) Does the ligh of the beacon show in all angel of azimuth

F(1) Approacjh Lighting System

5.3.3.1 (R ) Is an approach lighting system provided

5.3.3.2-3 Is it of appropropriate configuration

5.3.3.3-4(S) Are the steady light and flshing lights omnidirectional white

lights

5.3.37(R) Is brilliancy control incorporated into the system

F(2) Visual Approach Slope Indicator

5.3.6.1(R) Is a VASI (HAPI)provided at the heliport) Is it light weight,

frangible and mounted as low as possible

5.3.6.3-5(R) Is it located to guide the helicopter to the desired location

within the FATO and to avoid dazzling a piot during an

approach and landing

5.3.6.6-11(R) Are the signal format adequate (Above slope-flashing green,

on slope – green, slightly below slope – red, below slope –

flashing red)

5.3.6.17-18(S) Is the angel of elevation setting such that during an approach

the pilot of the helicopter observing the upper boundary of

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 340

the below slope signal will clear all object in the approach

area by a safe margin

5.3.6.19(S) Is the system so designed as to switich off automatically in

the even of vertical misalignment

5.3.6.19(S) Is the system so designed that no light will be emitted in the

failed flashing sector if the flashing mechanism fails

HM Is it calibrated (Ground tested)what is it approach slope

angle

HM 5.5.10 Is it Flight Checked to confirm setting angle and brilliancy

control, azimuth coverage range,

HM 5.5.14 Is it located 3m outside of the safety area and not penetrating

any obstacle limitation surface

F(3) 5.3.7(S) FATO Lighting System

5.3.7.1(S) Are FATO Lights provided

(For heliport to be used at night

5.3.7.2(S) Are the lights uniformly spaced at intervals of not more than

50mwith a minimum of 4 lights on each side for a square or

rectangle

Are lights fixed omnidirectional lights showing white

F(4) TLOF Lighting

5.3.9.1(S) Is TLOF lighting provided

5.3.9.2(S) Does the system consists of perimeter lights

5.3.9.5(S) Are they located at the edge of the area or 1.5 from the edge

5.3.9.6(S) Are they uniformly spaced at intervals of not more than 5m

5.3.9.13 (S) Are the lights fixed omnidirectional showing green

G RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING

6.6.1(S) What is the heliport fire fighting category

6.1.4 (S) What is the amount of water on wheel (H1-500L, H2-

100L,H3-1600L

6.1.4 (S) What is the amount of complemnetatry agent on wheel

(DCP: H1-23kg, H2-45kg,H3-90kg) (Halon: H1-23kg, H2-

45kg,H3-90kg) (CO2: H1-45kg, H2-90kg,H3-180kg)

6.1.8 (S) Are adequate rescue equipment commensurate with the level

of protection provided

6.1.9 (S) Is the response time less than and not exceeding two minutes

H AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE

(State) Civil Aviation Authority Aerodrome Inspector Handbook

2nd

Edition: 01 April 2015 341

Is traffic information provided

Is weather information provided

I AERODROME MANUAL

Is there an Aerodrome Manual containing details on

particulars of the facilities, equipment and procedures

governing operation of the heliport

F HELIPORT PERSONNEL

Are there sufficient qualified heliport personnel to carry out

operations and maintenance activities at the heliport

G AVIATION SECURITY

Are measures in place against acts of unlawful

intereference